CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

100

description

"Security Export Control"

Transcript of CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Page 1: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept
Page 2: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

BlKktexton colour·tintbIlcIcground

Colouredtext

Goods described are eligible for licensing atNational Discretion under the specified conditions.Any limitation on the qualifying countries isindicated within the text.

Goods described may qualifY for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifYing countries is indicatedwithin the text.

© Crown Copyright 1991.

Not to be reproduced or transmitted in any fonn, including

photocopying, recording or use on any infonnation storage:

and retrieval system.

Page 3: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

List of Goods Sut)Je;~:(:t.A:

Security·Export ControlSeptember 1991

Contents

IntroductionPage

2Page

International Munitions List - (EGCO Group 1)

Summary of PL Series of UK National Controls 71

International Atomic Energy List -(EGCO Group 2)

General Technology Note(to Atomic Energy List) 66

A. Nuclear Materials Al to A14 66

B. Nuclear Facilities Bl to B6 67

C. Nuclear-Related Equipment Cl to CS 70

New International Industrial List - (EGCO Group 3)

General Technology Note(to the Industrial List) 5

General Software Note(to the Industrial List) 5

Category 1Advanced Materials 5

Category 2Materials Processing 10

Category 3Electronics 19

Category 4Computers 24

Category 5Telecommunications 29"Information Security" 36

Category 6Sensors and "Lasers" 37

Category 7Navigation and Avionics 47

Category 8Marine 49

Category 9Propulsion 52

General Technology Note(to Munitions List)

MU to \'vU,26

Definition of Terms

Cross References betweenOld Br New Industrial Lists '

Combined Index

56

56

71

82

86

SecuritY ExpOrt Control' september 1991 ;

D.~ IT.3'K: Iffi' (~)

Page 4: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

S,curity~~xp~rt Contr()1~. ',~ .... ~- ~'~." -.: '.;':'

.;: ,...... • ." ,A' '<,

Int'roductlon'This~et is prepared for information andguidance- to exporters. It is bem, issued in advanceof th~ corresponding new Export of Goods(Control) Order and therefore does not directlycorrelate with the 1989 Export of Goods (Control)Order, as amended (see also below). Althoughpublished primarily as a guide for exporters to theproscribed countries, goods embargoed in these Listsalso require a United Kingdom export licence for alldestinations. For non-proscribed destinations, suchgoods may qualitY under one of the Open GeneralExport Licences (OGELs).

This booklet has no force in United KingdomLaw. Legal prohibition on the export of goodssubject to licensing by the Department of Tradeand Industry is enforced under the current issueof The Export of Goods (Control) Order(EGCO) and its amendments, which also imposescontrol on the export of goods not listed in thisbooklet. The Export of Goods .(Control) Order,with amendments, is available fromGovernment Bookshops.

Non-COCOM origin controls are indicated as 'PL'series entries in the EGCO. For information, asummary of the 'PL' series which are operative atthe time ofgoing to print, is shown on Page 71.The current EGCO (as amended) should beconsulted for the latest list.

Goods covered by the COCOM Munitions List andAtomic Energy List, as given in this booklet, areembargoed. The licence requirements are given inthe Export of Goods (Control) Order at Groups 1and 2 respectively of Part 11 ofSchedule 1, whichmay differ from the COCOM Lists. The COCOMLists are reproduced here for the embargo status onlyand not as a guide to the Export of Goods (Control)Order.

The COCOM New International Industrial List

The new International Industrial List, consisting of_nine Categories, reflects the 'Core List' agreement ­

reached in COCOM in May 1991, on goods andtechnologies which are controlled for strategicreasons. The COCOM implementation date is1 September 1991. This List covers goods whichCOCOM has agreed should be embargoed to theCOCOM-proscribed countries and definesconditions under which certain embargoed goodsmay be licenced to those countries.

Each category is divided into five sections:A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components;B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment;C. Materials;D. Software;E. Technology.

There are further sub-divisions within some categories.

2 Security Export Control September 1991

As from ht September 1991, goods which aredecontrolled by the new COCOM Industrial listwill continUe to require a United KingdQmexport licence, until the Export of Goods(Control) Order is amended. It should also benoted that, because of other internationalob1igations and national concerns, a new Exportof Goods '(Control) Order will not necessarilyfully reflect the new COCOM List. (e.g. somegoods decontrolled by COCOM will continue torequire an export licence under the amendedEGCO).

Cross references (where appropriate) between the'old' and the 'new' Industrial Lists are givencommencing on Page 82,

Exporters who are in doubt as to the new COCOMcontrol status ofgoods may apply to the SensitiveTechnologies Unit, ExPort Control Organisation fora new 'rating', bearing in mind the informationgiven above. Ifknown, the intended destinationshould be stated.

What is COCOM7

The Coordinating Committee for MultilateralExport Controls. An informal non-treaty organisa­tion of 17 countries operating according to the ruleof unanimity. It comprises members of NATO, lessIceland plus Japan and Australia,

Which are the proscribed countries7

Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic ofChina,Czech & Slovak Federal Republic, Hungary,Mongolia, North Korea, Poland, Romania, theformer USSR (all 15 former Republics until furthernotice) and Vietnam. Although not a COCOM­proscribed country, licence applications forMghanistan will be dealt with using similar guide­lines.

Why does the People's Republic of China receivedifferent treatment7

COCOM agreed in 1985 to maintain a differentialin the application of controls of strategic goods tothe People's Republic ofChina, The Notes hereinconcerning exports to the PRC may change in detailshortly after publication of this booklet.

Why do Poland, Hungary and the Czech Br SlovakFederal Republic receive different treatment7

In recognition of their changed political status,COCOM agreed in 1990 to introduce a differentialin the application ofcontrols on exports to Poland,Hungary and the Czech & Slovak Federal Republic.In addition to the listed concessions, althoughnot specified within these texts, many of thegoods embargoed by the new Industrial List nowqualifY for COCOM 'Favourable Consideration'for export to these countries.

Page 5: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania

COCOM is considering the status ofEstonia, Latviaand Lithuania. It is possible that this will result inmore favourable treatment for exports to thesecountries, particularly with respect to equipmentcovered by Category 5 - Telecommunications. TheExporr Control Organisation should be consulted forthe latest information.

How can you influence changes to the controls7

COCOM reviews the lists on a regular rolling­review basis. The Depanrnent consults tradeassociations, other industry groups and individualcompanies with a known interest in forrhcomingreview issues. Ifyou wish to propose any changesand are not currently consulted on these matters,please write to the Sensitive Technologies Unit ofthe Exporr Control Organisation (address on backcover).

Do you need a licence7

The inclusion of goods in these lists does notnecessarily mean a complete prohibition on theirexporr, even to the proscribed countries, but it doesmean that you require a licence before exportingthem to any couritry. Ifyou are uncenain whetheryou require a licence for your proposed exporr youshould contact the Depanrnent's Exporr ControlOrganisation, Sensitive Technologies Unit (STU)(telephone enquiries: see back cover). If a technicalrating is necessary, you must provide full supportingdocumentation, including a precise description ofthe goods to be exporred and complete technicalspecifications. Cenain goods which contain acomputer or digital processing element may requirea completed computer questionnaire. Technical

.Officers will then assess your goods against theExporr of Goods (Control) Order and provide aformal statement on their licensing status.

When deciding whether an exporr licence isrequired, exporrers should also bear in mind theprovisions of Amendment Orders Nos 6 and 7 to theExporr of Goods (Control) Order 1989. Pursuant tothese amendments, if you intend to exporr anygoods which are capable of being used for chemical,biological, nuclear weapons or missile purposes asdescribed in Schedule lA to the Exporr of Goods(Control) Order, you are required to apply for anexporr licence unless you have made all reasonableenquiries as to the proposed use of the goods andsatisfied yourself that they will not be so used.

" you need a licence

You should fully complete an 'Application for anexporr licence - Form A'. (Note that a new versionof this form is now in use.) Send, together with fullsupporting documents, to the appropriate address onthe back cover of this booklet. Where the exporrinvolves a computer or digital processing elementand the exporr is to a proscribed country, a com­pleted computer questionnaire and block diagram ofthe complete computer system must be provided.

(For a comprehensive description 0(the controls oncomputers and equipment containing them, seeCategory 4;)

Where do you apply7"$ -

Where the exporr is for goods and technologies onthe Industrial List to a proscribed country(ie. Albania, Bulgaria, People's Republic ofChina,Czech & Slovak Federal Republic, Hungary,Mongolia, Nonh Korea, Poland, Romania, theformer USSR Republics and Vietnam) applicationsand enquiries should be addressed to: CocomLicensing Unit, Bay 633, Kingsgate House, 66-74Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW (telephoneenquiries: see back cover).

Applications for exporr licences for goods on theIndustrial List to other (non-proscribed) countriesand for goods and technologies on the Munitionsand Atomic Energy Lists to any country and relatedenquiries should be addressed to: Exporr LicensingUnit, Bay 629, Kingsgate House, 66-74 VictoriaStreet, London SW1E 6SW (telephone enquiries:see back cover).

Exports to the proscribed countries

It is the general policy ofHer Majesty's Governmentto consult its COCOM panners before decidingwhether to issue a licence for the exporr of control­led goods to a proscribed country.

'Biai' .

Other goods may qualify for exporr underCOCOM's 'Favourable Consideration' procedure.These are indicated by Notes in coloured text on awhite background. Again, each Note lists thequalifying countries and the applicable conditions.

The treatment of technology

Section E ofeach category in the new Industrial Listdescribes that technology which is controlled.This should be read in conjunction with the GeneralTechnology Note (to the Industrial List) and thisappears in front of the Industrial List.

Note that there are separate and different GeneralTechnology Notes in front of the Munitions List andthe Atomic Energy List.

Controls do not apply to that technology which isthe minimum necessary for the installation, opera­tion, mainte:nance (checking) and repair ofproduct5whoSf exporr has been authorised.

The treatmeqt.of software

Section D ofeach category in the new Industrial Listdescribes that software which is controlled. TheGeneral Software NQte in front of the Industrial List

Security Export Control Sepr.mb.-':.1991 3

Page 6: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

removes from control all software in the publicdomain and software available from stock at retailoutlets" even if it is embargoed by the Industrial List,provided that it meets the conditions of that Note.

Export for exhibitions

Procedures exist for the treatment of applications toexport goods temporarily for exhibitions anddemonstration purposes, where any export licencesissued will be subject to certain conditions.Applications and enquiries should be addressed toeither the Export Licensing Unit or CocomLicencing Unit (see 'Where do you apply?' sectionfor addresses), depending on the country concerned.In all cases applications should be submitted on an'Application for an export licence - Form A' and asfar in advance of shipment as practicable.

United States re-export controls

Exporters should be aware that the United StatesAuthorities claim control over many exports fromother countries, including the United Kingdom,where the goods are of US origin, include compo­nents of US origin, or were produced using USorigin technology. In such cases, und~r US exportregulations, a US re-export licence is generallyrequired whether or not a UK export licence isneeded or has been granted.

Although such US regulations are not valid in UKlaw the US authorities commonly penalise foreigncompanies which do not comply, by denying themaccess to US goods or technology in the future.Where a company has a presence in the US, legalaction may lead to the imposition of fines and otherpenalties.

Exporters should note that the US regulationschanged in 1988. UK exporters seeking guidanceon licensable items or restricted countries under USregulations should contact the Commercial Section,US Embassy, 24 Grosvenor Square, London W1AlEA (tel: 071-499 9000 ext 2425). Copies of theUS Export Administration Regulations are availablefor reference at the Embassy, and a summary of theregulations and licence application forms may beobtained from the Embassy or from the Office ofExport Administration, US Department ofCommerce, Washington DC 20230.

Applications for re-export licences may be madedirect to the US Department of Commerce;alternatively UK exporters may prefer to contacttheir US suppliers who should be able to advisewhether a licence is required under US law and, ifso, whether or not they can apply for such a licenceon behalf of their UK principals.

There are additional US licensing requirements fordefence equipment ofUS origin and these areadministered by the Office of Munitions Controls,US Department ofState, 22nd and C Streets, NWWashington DC 20521. Enquiries can also be madeat the US Embassy in London.

4 Security Export Control September 1991

Colouredtext

British companies requiring general advice on USre-export controls or experiencing difficulties withUS regulations should contact DTI, OT2IlB, Bay759, 66-74 Victoria Street, London SW1E 6SW(tel: 071-215 5401).

Department ofTrade and IndustryExport Control Organisation1 September 1991

Bulk copies of this booklet at £7.50 per copy maybe obtained from the Enquiry Unit, Export ControlOrganisation (see back cover). Cheques should bemade payable to 'Department of Trade andIndustry',

Goods described may qualifY for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions, Anylimitation on the qualifYing countries is indicatedwithin the text,

Page 7: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

New InternationalIndustrial List

Cross-references (where appropriate) betweenthe 'old' and 'new' Industrial Lists are givencommencing on Page 82.

Terms used throughout these Lists which arewithin double quotation marks are defined in theDefinitions of Terms commencing on Page 71.

General Technology Note to the Industrial List

(To be read in conjunction with Section E ofeach category)

The export of "technology" which is "required" forthe "development", "production" or "use" ofproducts embargoed in the International IndustrialList is controlled according to the provisions in eachCategory.

"Technology" "required" for the "development","production" or "use" of a product under embargoremains under embargo even when applicable to anyunembargoed product.

Category 1 - AdvancedMaterialsThis category encompasses and replaces thefollowing former Industrial List Items:

• Systems for producing metal alloy powder(IL 1310)

• Equipment for the production offibres (IL 1357)• Electromagnetic wave absorbers (IL 1561)• Metal alloys and metal alloy powders (IL 1610)• Magnet metals (IL 1631)• Nickel or titanium alloys (IL 1672)• Superconductive materials (IL 1675)• Fluids and lubricating materials (IL 1710)• Ceramic base materials and composites (IL 1733)• Non-fluorinated polymeric substances (IL 1746)• Fluorinated compounds (IL 1754)• Fibrous and filamentary materials (IL 1763)• Related specially designed software• Related technologies

The above list is for reference only and is not exhaustive.

1. A. Equipment, Assemblies and ComponentsControls do not apply to that "technology" whichis the minimum" necessary for the installation,operation, maintenance (checking) and repair ofthose products which are unembargoed or whoseexport has been authorised.N.B.: This does not release the repair "technology"embargoed by Category 8.E.2.a.

Controls do not apply to "technology" "in thepublic domain" or to "basic scientific research".

For the control of technology related to theMunitions List or Atomic Energy List - see theGeneral Technology Notes associated with thoseLists.

General Software Note to the Industrial List

(This overrides any embargo within Section D ofeachcategory)

The Industrial List does not embargo "software"which is either:

1. Generally available to the public by being:a. Sold from stock at retail selling points,

without restriction, by means of:1. Over-the-counter transactions;2. Mail order transactions: or3. Telephone call transactions; and

b. Designed for installation by the user withoutfurther substantial support by the supplier; or

2. "In the public domain".

1. A.1.

1. A.2.

1. A.3.

Components made from fluorinated compounds,as follows:a. Seals, gaskets, sealants or fuel bladders specially

designed for aircraft or aerospace use made frommore than 50% of any of the materials embargoedby 1.C.9.b. or c.;

b. Piezoelectric polymers and copolymers made fromvinylidene fluoride:1. In sheet or film form; and2. With a thickness exceeding 200 micrometre;

c. Seals, gaskets, valve seats, bladders or diaphragmsmade from fluoroelastomers containing at leastone vinylether monomer, specially designed foraircraft, aerospace or missile use;

"Composite" structures or laminates:a. Having an organic ','matrix" and made from

materials embargoed by 1.C.I0.c., d. or e.; orb. Having a metal or carbon "matrix" and made

from:1. Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" with:

a. A 'specific modulus' exceeding10.15 x 106 m; and

b. A 'specific tensile strength' exceeding17.7 x 10 4 m; or

2. Materials embargoed by 1.C.IO.c.;

(See Technical Note 1.C.t0.)

Manufactures ofnon-fluorinated polymericsubstances embargoed by I.C.S.a., in film, sheet,tape or ribbon form:a. With a thickness exceeding 0.254 mm; orb. Coated or laminated with carbon, graphite, metals

or ma.gnetic substances;

Security Export Control September 1991 6

Page 8: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 1: 1. A. 3. continued

1. C. Materials

1. B. T~.ln~n ....d :production~ipm.nt

1. B.2. Systems and components therefor specially designedfor producing metal alloys, metal alloy powder oralloyed materials embargoed by Le.2.a.2., 1.e.2.b,or 1.e.2.c.;

1. B. 3. Tools, dies, moulds or fixtures, for "superplasticforming" or "diffusion bonding" titanium oraluminium or their alloys, specially designed forthe manufacture of:a. Airfi:ame or aerospace structures;b. Aircraft or aerospace engines; orCo Specially designed components for those s~ctures

or engines;

NOTE: Nothing in 1.C.l.a. releases magneticmaterials to provide absorption when contained in paint.1. Hair type absorbers, constructed of natural or

synthetic fibres, with non-magnetic loading toprovide absorption;

2. Absorbers having no magnetic loss and whoseincident surface is non-planar in shape, includingpyramids, cones, wedges and convoluted surfaces;

3. Planar absorbers:a. Made from:

1, Plastic foam materials (flexible or non­flexible) with carbon-loading, or organicmaterials, including binders, providingmore than 5% echo compared with metalover a bandwidth exceeding ±15% of thecentre frequency of the incident energy,and not capable of withstanding tempera­tures exceeding 450 K (177"C); or

2. Ceramic materials providing more than20% echo compared with metal over abandwidth exceeding ±15% of the centrefrequency of the incident energy, and notcapable of withstanding temperaturesexceeding 800 K (527°C);

b. Tensile strength less than 7 x 106 N/m';and

c. Compressive strength less than14 x 106 N/m';Technical Note: Absorption test samples forLe. La.3,a. should be a square at least 5wavelengths of the centre frequency on aside and positioned in the far field of theradiating element.

4. Planar absorbers made of sintered ferrite, with:a. A specific gravity exceeding 4.4; andb. A maximum operating temperature of548 K

(275°C);Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding1,5 x 10" Hz but less than 3.7 x 10" Hz and nottransparent to visible light;Intrinsically conductive polymeric materials with abulk electrical conductivity exceeding 10,000 S/m(Siemens per metre) or a sheet (surface) resistivityof less than 100 ohms/square, based on any of thefollowing polymers:1, Polyaniline;2. Polypyrrole;3. Polythiophene;4. Poly phenylene-vinylene; or5. Poly thienylene-vinylene;Technical Note: Bulk electrical conductivity andsheet (surface) resistivity should be determinedusing ASTM D-257 or national equivalents.

Metal alloys, metal alloy powder or alloyed materials,as follows:NOTE: 1.e.2. does not embargo metal alloys, metalalloy powder or alloyed materials for coating substrates.Metal alloys, as follows:1. Nickel or titanium-based alloys in the form of

aluminides, as follows, in crude or semi­fabricated forms:a. Nickel aluminides containing 10 weight

percent or more aluminium;b. Titanium aluminides containing 12 weight

percent or more aluminium;2. Metal alloys, as follows, made from metal alloy

powder or particulate material embargoed by

1. C. 1. b.

1. C. 1. c.

1. C. 2. 8.

1. C.2.

Materials specially designed for use as absorbers ofelectromagnetic waves, or intrinsically conductivepolymers, as follows:Materials for absorbing frequencies exceeding2 x lOS Hz but less than 3 x 10" Hz, exceptmaterials as follows:

1. B.1. Equipment for the prodvction'of6bres, PteP~8s,preforms or "composites" embargoed by LA,2 orC.I0., ;IS follows, and specially designed componentsand accessories therefor:

1. B. 1. B. Filament winding mac'hines of which the m~tionsfor positioning, wrapping and winding fibres arecoordinated and programmed in three or moreaxes, specially designed for the manufacture of"composite" structures or laminates from "fibrousor filamentary materials";

1. B. 1. b. Tape-laying or tow-placement machines of whichthe motions for positioning and laying tape, tows orsheets are coordinated and programmed in two ormore axes, specially designed for the manufacture of"composite" airfi:ame or missile structures;

1. B. 1. c. Multidirectional, multidimensional weavingmachines or interlacing machines, including adaptersand modification kits, for weaving, interlacing orbraiding fibres to manufacture "composite" struc­tures, except textile machinery not modified for theabove end-uses;

1. B. 1. d. Equipment specially designed or adapted for theproduction of reinforcement fibres, as follows:1. Equipment for converting polymeric fibres

(such as polyacrylonitrile, rayon, pitch orpolycarbosilane) into carbon fibres or siliconcarbide fibres, including special equipment tostrain the fibre during heating;

2. Equipment for the chemical vapour depositionofelements or compounds on heatedfilamentary substrates to manufacture siliconcarbide fibres;

3. Equipment for the wet-spinning of refractoryceramics (such as aluminium oxide);

4. Equipment for converting aluminiumcontaining precursor fibres into alumina fibresby heat treatment;

1. B. 1. e. Equipment for producing prepregs embargoed byLC.I0.e. by the hot melt method;

1. B. 1. f. Non-destructive inspection equipment capable ofinspecting defects three dimensionally, usingultrasonic or X-ray tomography and speciallydesigned for "composite" materials;

1. C. 1. B.

1. C.1.

;6 'Security Export Control September 1991

Page 9: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

1. C. 2. b.

1.C.2.b.:a. Nickel alloys with:

1. A stress-rupture life of 10,000 hours orlonger at 923 K (650°C) at a stress of550 MPa; or

2. A low cycle fatigue life of 10,000 cycles ormore at 823 K (550°C) at a maximumstress of 700 MPa;

b. Niobium alloys with:1. A stress-rupture life of 10,000 hours or

longer at 1,073 K (800°C) at a stress of400 MPa; or

2. A low cycle fatigue life of 10,000 cycles ormore at 973 K (700°C) at a maximumstress of 700 MPa;

c. Titanium alloys with:1. A stress-rupture life of 10,000 hours or

longer at 723 K (450°C) at a stress of200 MPa; or

2. A low cycle fatigue life of 10,000 cycles ormore at 723 K (450°C) at a maximumstress of 400 MPa;

d. Aluminium alloys with a tensile strength of1. 240 MPa or more at 473 K (200°C); or2.415 MPa or more at 298 K (25°C);

e. Magnesium alloys with a tensile strength of345 MPa or more and a corrosion rate oflessthan 1 mm/year in 3% sodium chlorideaqueous solution measured in accordancewith ASTM standard G-31 or nationalequivalents;

Technical Notes:1. The metal alloys in 1.C.2.a. are those

containing a higher percentage by weight of thestated metal than of any other element.

2. Stress-rupture life should be measured inaccordance with ASTM standard E-139 ornational equivalents.

3. Low cycle fatigue life should be measured inaccordance with ASTM Standard E-606'Recommended Practice for Constant­Amplitude Low- Cycle Fatigue Testing' ornational equivaents. Testing should be axialwith an average stress ratio equal to 1 and astress-concentration factor (Kt) equal to 1.The average stress is defined as maximum stressminus minimum stress divided by maximum stress.

Metal alloy powder or particulate material formaterials embargoed by 1.C.2.a., as follows:1. Made from any of the following composition

systems:Technical Note: X in the following equals oneor more alloying elements.a. Nickel alloys (Ni-AI-X, Ni-X-Al) qualified

for turbine engine parts or components,i.e. with less than 3 non-metallic particles(introduced during the manufacturing process)larger than 100 micrometre in 10' alloyparticles;

b. Niobium alloys (Nb-Al-X or Nb-X-Al,Nb-Si-X or Nb-X-Si, Nb-Ti-X orNb-X-Ti);

c. Titanium alloys (Ti-Al-X or Ti-X-Al);d. Aluminium alloys (AI-Mg-X or AI-X-Mg,

AI-Zn-X or AI-X-Zn, AI-Fe-X or AI-X-Fe); ore. Magnesium alloys (Mg-Al-X or Mg-X-Al); and

2. Made in a controlled environment by any of thefollowing processes:

1. C. 2. C.

1. C.3.

1. C. 3. a.

1. C. 3. b.

1. C. 3. c.

1. C.4.

1. C.5.

1. C. 5. a.

1. C. 5. b.

1. C.6.1. C. 6. a.

a. "Vacuum atomisation"; .b. "Gas atomisation";c. "Rotary atomisation";d. "Splat quenching";e. "Melt spinning" and "comminution";f. "Melt extraction" and "comminution"; org. "Mechanical alloying";

Alloyed materials, in the form of uncomminutedflakes, ribbons or thin rods produced in a controlledenvironment by "splat quenching," "melt spinning"or "melt extraction", used in the manufacture ofmetal alloy powder or particulare material embar­goed by 1.C.2.b.;

Magnetic metals, of all types and of whatever form,having any of the following characteristics:Initial relative permeability of 120,000 or more and athickness of0.05 mm or less;Technical Note: Measurement of initial permeabilitymust be performed on fully annealed materials.Magnetostrictive alloys with:1. A saturation magnetostriction of more than

5 x 10-'; or2. A magnetomechanical coupling factor (k) of

more than 0.8; orAmorphous alloy strips with:1. A composition having a minimum of75 weight

percent of iron, cobalt or nickel; and2. A saturation magnetic induction (Bs) of 1.6 T

or more, and:a. A strip thickness of 0.02 mm or less; orb. An electrical resistivity of2 x 10-' ohm cm

or more;

Uranium titanium alloys or tungsten alloys with a"matrix" based on iron, nickel or copper, with:a. A density exceeding 17.5 g/cm';b. An elastic limit exceeding 1,250 MPa;c. An ultimate tensile strength exceeding

1,270 MPa; andd. An elongation exceeding 8%;

"Superconductive" "composite" conductors inlengths exceeding 100 m or with a mass exceeding100 g, as follows:Multifilamentary "superconductive" "composite"conductors containing one or more niobium­titanium filaments:1. Embedded in a "matrix" other than a copper or

copper-based mixed "matrix"; or2. With a cross-section area less than

0.28 x 10-' mm' (6 micrometre in diameter forcircular filaments);

"Superconductive" "composite" conductorsconsisting of one or more "superconductive"filaments other than niobium-titanium:1. With a "critical temperature" at zero magnetic

induction exceeding 9.85 K (-263.31°C) butless than 24 K (-249.16°C);

2. With a cross-section area less than0.28 x 10-' mm'; and

3. Which remain in the "superconductive" state ata temperature of 4.2 K (-268.96°C) whenexposed to a magnetic field corresponding to amagnetic induction of 12 T;

Fluids and lubricating materials, as follows:Hydraulic fluids containing, as their principal

Security EXP9rt Control Septtlmbet:-1S81~-

Page 10: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 1: 1. C. 6. continued

ingredients, any of the following compounds ormaterials:1. Synthetic hydrocarbon oils or silahydrocarbon

oils with:NOTE: FOr/he purpose cif 1.C.6.a.l.,silahydrocarbon oils contain extlusively silicon,hydrogen and carbon.a. A flash point exceeding 477 K (204°C);b. A pour point at 239 K (-34°C) or less;c. A viscosity index of75 or more; andd. A thermal stability at 616 K (343°C); or

2. Chlorofluorocarbons with:NOTE: For the purpose of1.C6.a.2.,chlorofluorocarbons contain exclusively carbon, fluorineand chlorine.a. No flash point;b. An autogenous ignition temperature

exceeding 977 K (704°C);c. A pour point at 219 K (-54°C) or less;d. A viscosity index of 80 or more; ande. A boiling point at 473 K (200°C) or higher;

1. C. 6. b. Lubricating materials containing, as their principalingredients, any of the following compounds ormaterials:1. Phenylene or alkylphenylene ether.; or thioether.;,

or their mixtures, containing more thantwo ether or thio-ether functions or mixturesthereof; or

2. Fluorinated silicone fluids with a kinematicviscosity ofless than 5,000 mm2/s (5,000centistokes) measured at 298 K (25°C);

1. C. 6. c. Damping or flotation fluids with a purity exceeding99.8%, containing less than 25 particles of200micrometre or larger in size per 100 ml and madefrom at least 85% of any of the followingcompounds or materials:1. Dibromotetrafluoroethane;2. Polychlorotrifluoroethylene (oily and waxy

modifications only); or3. Polybromotrifluoroethylene;Technical Note: .For the purpose of 1.C.6.:a. Flash point is determined using the Cleveland

Open Cup Method described in ASTM D-92or national equivalents.

b. Pour point is determined using the methoddescribed in ASTM D-97 or national equivalents.

c. Viscosity index is determined using the methoddescribed in ASTM D-2270 or nationalequivalents.

d. Thermal stability is determined by the followingtest procedure or national equivalents:Twenty ml of the fluid under test is placed in a46 ml type 317 stainless steel chamber containingone each of12.5 mm (nominal) diameter balls ofM-I0 tool steel, 52100 steel and naval bronze(60% Cu, 39% Zn, 0.75% Sn). The chamber ispurged with nitrogen, sealed at atmosphericpressure and the temperature raised to andmaintained at 644 ± 6 K (371 ±6°C) for sixhour.;.The specimen will be considered thermally stableif, on completion of the above procedure, all ofthe following conditions are met:1. The loss in weight of each ball is less than

10 mg/mm2 of ball surface;2. The change in original viscosity as determined

at 311 K (38°C) is less than 25%; and

8 S'"ecurlty Export ControlS~mber 1991

1. C.7.

1. C. 7. B.

1. C. 7. b.

1. C. 7. c.

1. C. 7. d.

1. C. 7. e.

1. C.8.1. C. 8. B.

1. C. 8. b.

1. C. 8. c.

3. The total acid or base number is less than 0.40.e. Autogenous ignition temperature is determined

using the method described in ASTM E-659 ornational equivalents.

Ceramic base materials, non-"composite"ceramic materials, ceramic-"matrix" "composite"materials and precur.;or materials, as follows:Base materials of single or complex borides oftitanium having total metallic impurities,excluding intentional additions, ofless than 5,000ppm, an average particle size equal to or less than5 micrometre and no more than 10% of theparticles larger than 10 micrometre;Non-"composite" ceramic materials in crude orsemi-fabricated form, except abrasives, composedofborides of titanium with a density of98% ormore of the theoretical density;Ceramic-ceramic "composite" materials with aglass or oxide-"matrix" and reinforced with fibresfrom any of the following systems:1. Si-N;2. Si-C;3. Si-Al-O-N; or4. Si-O-N;Ceramic-ceramic "composite" materials, with orwithout a continuous metallic phase, containingfinely dispersed particles or phases of any fibrousor whisker-like material, where carbides ornitrides of silicon, zirconium or boron form the"matrix";

Precur.;or materials (i.e., special purpose polymericor metallo-organic materials) for producing anyphase or phases of the materials embargoed by1.C7.c., as follows:1. Polydiorganosilanes (for producing silicon

carbide);2. Polysilazanes (for producing silicon nitride);3. Polycarbosilazanes (for producing ceramics with

silicon, carbon and nitrogen components);

Non-fluorinated polymeric substances, as follows:1. Bismaleimides;2. Aromatic polyamide-imides;3. Aromatic polyimides;4. Aromatic polyetherimidcs having a glass

transition temperature (Tg ) exceeding 503 K(230°C) as measured by the wet method;NOTE: 1.CS.a. does not embargo nonjusiblecompression moulding powders or mouldedforms.

Thermoplastic liquid crystal copolymer.; having aheat distortion temperature exceeding 523 K(250°C) measured according to ASTM D-648,method A, or national equivalents, with a load of1.82 N/mm2 and composed of:1. Either of the following:

a. Phenylene, biphenylene or naphthalene; orb. Methyl, tertiary-butyl or phenyl substituted

phenylene, biphenylene or naphthalene; and2. Any of the following acids:

a. Terephthalic acid;b. 6-hydroxy-2 naphthoic acid; orc. 4-hydroxybenzoic acid;

Polyarylene ether ketones, as follows:1. Polyether ether ketone (PEEK);2. Polyether ketone ketone (PEKK);3. Polyether ketone (PEK);4. Polyether ketone ether ketone ketone (PEKEKK);

Page 11: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

1. D. Software

1. E. Technology

1. C.B. d.1. C. B. e.

1. C. B. f.

1. C.9.

1. C.10.

1. C. 10. a.

1. C. 10. b.

1. C. 10. c.

1. C. 10. d.

1. C. 10. e.

Polyarylene ketones;Polyarylene sulphides, where the arylene group isbiphenylene, triphenylene or combinations

thereof;Polybiphenylenethersulphone;

Unprocessed fluorinated compounds, as follows:a. Copolymers ofvinylidene fluoride having 75% or

more beta crystalline structure without stretching;b. Fluorinated polyimides containing 30% or more of

combined fluorine;c. Fluorinated phosphazene elastomers containing

30% or more of combined fluorine;

"Fibrous and filamentary materials" which may beused in organic "matrix", metallic "matrix" orcarbon"matrix" "composite" structures or laminates,as follows:Organic "fibrous or filamentary materials" (exceptpolyethylene) with:1. A specific modulus exceeding 12.7 x 106 m;

and2. A specific tensile strength exceeding

23.5 x 10 4 m;Carbon "fibrous or filamentary materials" with:1. A specific modulus exceeding 12.7 x 106 m;

and2. A specific tensile strength exceeding 23.5 x 104 m;

Technical Note: Properties for materials describedin 1.C.l0.b. should be determined usingSACMA recommended methods SRM 12 to17, or national equivalent tow tests, such asJapanese Industrial StandardJIS-R-7601,Paragraph 6.6.2., and based on lot average.

Inorganic "fibrous or filamentary materials" with:1. A specific modulus exceeding 2.54 x 106 m;

and2. A melting, decomposition or sublimation point

exceeding 1,922 K (1 ,649°C) in an inertenvironment;

NOTE: 1. C. 1O.e. does not embargo:1. Discontinuous, multiphase, polycrystalline alumina

fibres in choppedfibre or random matform, containing3 weight percent or more silica, with a "specificmodulus" of less than 10 x 106 m;

2. Molybdenum and molybdenum al/oy fibres;3. Boronfibres;4. Discontinuous ceramicfibres with a melting,

de((lmposition or sublimation point lower than2,043 K (1, 7700C) in an inert environment.

"Fibrous or filamentary materials":1. Composed of any of the following:

a. Polyetherimides embargoed by 1.C.8.a; orb. Materials embargoed by 1.C.8.b., c., d., e. or

f.; or2. Composed of materials embargoed by

1.C.lO.d.1.a. or b. and "commingled" withother fibres embargoed by 1.C.I0.a., b. or c.;

Resin- or pitch-impregnated fibres (prepregs),metal or carbon-coated fibres (preforms) or"carbon fibre preforms", as follows:1. Made from "fibrous or filamentary materials"

embargoed by 1.C.l0.a., b. or c.;2. Made from organic or carbon "fibrous or

filamentary materials":a. With a specific tensile strength exceeding

17.7 x 104 m;b. With a specific modulus exceeding

1. D.1.

1. D.2.

1. E.1.

1. E.2.1. E. 2. a.

1. E. 2. b.

1. E. 2. c.

10.15 x 1()6 m;c. Not embar~dby 1.C.I0.a. or b:; andd. When impregnated with materials embargoed

by 1.C.S. or 1.C.9.b., or with phenolic orepoxy resins, having a glass transitiontemperature (TB) exceeding 383 K (110°C);

Technical Notes:1. Specific Tensile Strength is defined as ultimate

tensile strength in pascals, equivalent to N/m2

divided by specific weight in N/m', measured at atemperature of 296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2°C) and a,relative humidity of (50 ± 5)%.

2. Specific Modulus is defined as Young's modulusin pascals, equivalent to N/m2 divided by specificweight in N/m', measured at a temperature of296 ± 2 K (23 ± 2°C) and a relative humidity of(50 ± 5)%.

(See Technical Note 2. to the Atomic Energy List.)

"Software" specially designed or modified for the"development", "production" or "use" ofequipment embargoed by LB.;

"Software" for the "development" oforganic"matrix" 1 metal "matrix" or carbon "matrix"laminates or "composites";

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development" or "production" ofequipment or materials embargoed by LA. Lb.,1.A.1.c., 1.A.2., 1.A.3.• LB. or 1.C.;

Other technology:Technology for the "development" or"production" of polybenzothiazoles orpolybenzoxazoles;Technology for the "development" or"production" offluoroelastomer compoundscontaining at least one vinylether monomer;Technology for the design or "production" of thefollwing base materials or non-"composite"ceramic materials:1. Base materials having all of the following

characteristics:a. Any of the following compositions:

1. Single or complex oxides of zirconium andcomplex oxides of silicon or aluminium;

2. Single nitrides of boron (cubic crystallineforms);

3. Single or complex carbides of silicon orboron; or

4. Single or complex nitrides of silicon;b. Total metallic impurities, excluding

intentional additions, ofless than:1. 1,000 ppm for single oxides or carbides; or·2. 5,000 ppm for complex compounds or

single nitrides; andc. 1. Average particle size equal to or less than 5

micrometre and no more than 100,4 of theparticles larger than 10 micrometre; orNOTE: For zirronia, these limits are '1

micrometre and 5 micrometre respectively;

Page 12: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Catagory 1: 1. E. 2. continued

1. E. 2. d.

1. E. 2. e.

1. E. 2. f.

2. a. Platelets with a length to thickness ratioexceeding 5;

b. Whiskers with a length to diameter ratioexceeding 10 for diameters less than 2micrometre; and

c. Continuous or chopped fibres less than10 micrometre in diameter;

2. Non-"composite" ceramic materials (exceptabrasives) composed of the. materialsdescribed in l.E.2.c.1.;

Technology for the "production" of aromaticpolyamide fibres;Technology for the installation, maintenance orrepair of materials embargoed by 1.c.1.;Technology for the repair of "composite"structures, laminates or materials embargoed byl.A.2., 1.C.7.c. or 1.C.7.d.

Category 2 - MaterialsProcessing

This category encompasses and replaces thefollowing former Industrial List Items:

• Technology for metal V\IOrking processes (IL 1(01)• Gear making and finishing machines (IL 1088)• NC units and NC machine tools (IL 1091)• Dimensional inspection machines and devices (IL 1099)• Isostatic presses (IL 1312)• Optical quality surface generating machine tools (IL 1370)• Anti-friction bearings (IL 1371)• Surface coating equipment for non electronic substrates

(IL 1388)• Surface coating technology for non electronic substrates

(IL 1389)

• Robots (IL 1391)

The above list is for reference only and is not exhaustive.

2. A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

....... 'GOOdt'Cleldibed~ eti&ible roriicensing at .

011':""'" '.ff~~ IIfdttlhl specified conditions.'.tint 1iS ,*~OD. quaIilYfng countries is~....... ' ~'wUJjiii- ·_~1{;. ."'.' :. .

Colouredtext

Goods described may qualify for lin:llSing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specifi,d conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifying countries is indicatedwithin the text.

2. A.

2. A.1.

2. A.2.

2. A.3.

2.A.•.

Anti-friction bearings or bearing systems, as follows,and components therefor:NOTE: 2.A. does not embargo balls with tolerancesspecified by the mamifacturer in aaordance with ISO 3290as grade 5 or worse.

Ball bearings or solid roller bearings (except taperedroller bearings) having tolerances specified by themanufacturer in accordance with ABEC 7, ABEC7P, ABEC 7T or ISO Standard Class 4 or better(or national equivalents), and having any of thefollowing characteristics:a. Rings, balls or rollers made from monel or

.beryllium;

b. Manufactured for use at operating temperaruresabove 573 K (300°C) either by using specialmaterials or by special heat treatment; or

c. With lubricating elements or component modifi­cations that, according to the manufacturer'sspecifications, are specially designed to enable thebearings to operate at speeds exceeding 2.3 millionDN;

Other ball bearings or solid roller bearings (excepttapered roller bearings) having tolerances speci!.i!d bythe manufacturer in accordance with ABEC 9,ABEC 9P, or ISO Standard Class 2 or better (ornational equivalents);

Solid tapered roller bearings, having tolerancesspecified by the manufacturer in accordance withANSIIAFBMA Class 00 (inch) or Class A (metric)or better (or national equivalents) and having eitherof the following characteristics:a. With lubricating elements or component modifi­

cations that, according to the manufacturer'sspecifications, are specially designed to enable thebearings to operate at speeds exceeding 2.3 millionDN;or

b. Manufactured for use at operating temperaturesbelow 219 K (-54°C) or above 423 K (150°C);

Gas-lubricated foil bearings manufactured for use at

10 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 13: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

2. B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

2. A.5.

2. A.6.

2. B.

2. B.1.

2. B. 1.8.

operating temperatures of561 K (288°C) or higherand with a unit load capacity exceeding 1 MPa;

Active magnetic bearing systems;·

Fabric-lined self-aligning or fabric-lined journalsliding bearings manufactured for use at operatingtemperatures below 219 K (-54°C) or above423 K (150°C);(For quiet running bearings, see Item 9 on theMunitions List.)TechniCiJI Notes:1. DN isrhe product of the bearing bore diameter in

mm and the bearing rotational velocity in rpm.2. Operating temperatures include those tempera­

tures obtained when a gas turbine engine hasstopped after operation.

NOTE: 2.B does not embargo measuring interferometersystems, without closed or open loop feedback, containing a"laser" to measure slide movement errors ofmachine-tools,dimensional inspection machines or similar equipment.

"Numerical contro'" units, "motion control boards"specially designed for "numerical control" applica­tions on machine tools,machine tools, and speciallydesigned components therefor, as follows:Technical Notes1. Secondary parallel contouring axes, e.g., the

w-axis on horizontal boring mills or a secondaryrotary axis the centre line of which is parallel tothe primary rotary axis, are not counted in thetotal number of contouring axes.N.B.: Rotary axes need not rotate over 36rJ'. A rotaryaxis can be driven by a linear device, e.g., a screw or arack-and-pinion.

2. Axis nomenclature shall be in accordance withInternational Standard ISO 841, 'NumericalControl Machines - Axis and MotionNomenclature' .

"Numerical control" units for machine tools, asfollows, and specially designed componentstherefor:NOTE: 2.B.1.a. does not embargo "numerical control"units:a. Modified for and incorporated in unembargoed

machines; orb. Specially designedfor unembargoed machines.1. Having more than four interpolating axes which

can be coordinated simultaneously for"contouring control";

2. Having two, three or four interpolating axeswhich can be coordinated simultaneously for"contouring control" and:a. Capable of "real time processing" of data to

modify, during the machining operation, toolpath, feed rate and spindle data by either:1. Automatic calculation and modification of

part programme data for machining in twoor more axes by means of measuringcycles and access to source data; or

2. "Adaptive control" with more than onephysical variable measured and processingby means ofa computing model (strategy)to change one or more machininginstructions to optimize the process;

b. Capable of receiving directly (on-line) andprocessing computer aided design (CAD)data for intefIlll1 preparation ofmachineinstructions; or

c. Capable, without modification, according tothe manufacturer's technical specifications, ofaccepting additional boards which wouldpermit an increase above the embargo levelsspecified in 2.B.1., in the number ofinterpolating axes which can be coordinatedsimultaneously for "contouring control",even if they do not contain these additionalboards;

2. 8. 1. b. "Motion control boards" specially designed formachine tools and having any of the followingcharacteristics:1. Interpolation in more than four axes;2. Capable of "real time processing" as described

in 2.B.1.a.2.a.; or3. Capable of receiving. and processing CAD data

as described in 2.B.1.a.2.b.;2. B. 1. c. Machine tools, as follows, for removing or cutting

metals, ceramics or composites, which, accordingto the manufacturer's technical specifications, canbe equipped with electronic devices for simultane­ous "contouring control" in two or more axes:

2. B. 1. c. 1. Machine tools for turning, grinding, milling orany combination thereof which:a. Have two or more axes which can be

coordinated simultaneously for "contouringcontro'''; and

b. Have any of the following characteristics:1. Two or more contouring rotary axes;

Technical Note: The c axis onjig grinde~ usedto maintain grinding wheels nonnal to thework surface is not considered a contouringrotary axis.

2. One or more contouring "tilting spindles";NOTE: 2.B.1.c.1.b.2. applies to machinetools for grinding or milling only.

3. "Carnrning" (axial displacement) in onerevolution of the spindle less (better) than0.0006 mm total indicator reading (TIR);NOTE: 2.B.1.c.1.b.3. applies 10 machinetools or turning only.

4. "Run out" (out-of~true running) in onerevolution of the spindle less (better) than0.0006 mm total indicator reading (TIR);

5. The positioning accuracies, with allcompensations available, are less (better) than:a. 0.001 ° on any rotary axis; orb. 1. 0.004 mm along any linear axis

(overall positioning) for grinding machines;2. 0.006 mm along any linear axis

(overall positioning) for turning ormilling machines; orNOTE: 2.B.1.c.1.b.5. does not .embargomilling or turning machine tools with apositioning aawraq along one axis, withall compensations available. equal to ormort (worse) than O.005mm.

6. a. A positioning accuracy less (better) than0.007 mm; and

b. A slide motion from rest for all slideswithin 20% ofa motion command inputfor inputs ofless than 0.5 rnierometre;

Technical Notes:1. The p~itioningau:ur.acy of "numerically

I

~urity Export Co~l September 1119,111

Page 14: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Cat~?ry 2: 2. B. 1. continued

·controlled" mac;:hine "tools is to be deter­mined and presented in accordance withISO/DIS 23012, paragraph 2.13, inconjunction with the requirements below:a. Test conditions (paragraph 3):

1. For 12 hours before and duringmeasurments, the machine tool andaccuracy measuring equipment will be keptat the same ambient temperature. Duringthe pre-measurement time the slides of themachine will be continuously cycled inthe same manner that the accuracymeasurements will be taken;

2. The machine shall be equipped with anymechanical, electronic, or softwarecompensation to be exported with themachine;

3. Accuracy ofmeasuring equipment for themeasurements shall be at least four timesmore accurate than the expected machinetool accuracy;

4. Power supply for slide drives shall beas follows:a. Line voltage variation shall not exceed

±10 % of nominal rated voltage;b. Frequency variation shall not exceed

± 2 Hz of normal frequency;c. Lineouts or interrupted service are not

permitted.b. Test programme (paragraph 4):

1. Feed rate (velocity of slides) duringmeasurement shall be the rapid travel'llerate;N.B.: In the case ofmachines tools whichgenerate optical quality surfaces, the feed rateshall be equal to or less than 50 mm per minute;

2. Measurements shall be made in anincremental manner from one limit ofthe axis travel to the other withoutreturning to the starting position foreach move to the target position;

3. Axes not being measured shall be retainedat midtravel during test of an axis.

e. Presentation of test results (paragraph 2):The results of the measurements must include:1. positioning accuracy (A); and2. The mean reversal error (B).

2. Minimum increment of motion test (slidemotion from rest):The test is conducted only if the machine tool isequipped with a conrtol unit the minimumincrement of which is less (better) than0.5 micrometre. Prepare the machine for testing inaccordance with ISO 230/2 paragraphs3.1,3.2,3.3.Conduct the test on each axis (slide) of themachine tool as follows:a. Move the axis over at least 50% of the

maximum travel in plus and minusdirections twice at maximum feed rate,rapid traverse rate or jog control;

b. Wait at least 10 seconds;c. With manual data input, input the minimum

programmable increment of the control unit;d. Measure the axis movement;e. Clear the control unit with the servo null, reset

or whatever clears any signal (voltage) in theservo loop;

12 SecuritvExportControl Septembt#r 1991

f. Repeat steps 2 to 5 five times, twice in the samedirection of the axis travel andthree times in the opposite direction oftravel for a total of six test points;

g. If the axis movement is between 80%and 120010 orthe minimum programmable inputfor four of the six test points, the machine isembargoed.For rotary'axes, the measurement is taken200 mm from the centre of rotation.

2. B. Notes: 1. 2.B.l.c.1. does not embargo cylindrical external.internal, and external-internal grindingmachineshaving all of the following characteristics:a. Not centreless (shoe-type) grinding machines;b. Limited to cylindrical grinding;c. A maximum workpiece outside diameter or

length of 150 mm;d. Only two axes which can be coordinated

simultaneously for"contouring control"; ande. No contouring c axis.

2. 2.B.l.c.l. does not embargo machines designedspecifically as jig grinders having both of thefollowing characteristics:a. Axes limited to x, y, c and a, where the c axis is

used to maintain the grinding wheel normal tothe work surface and the a axis is configured togrind barrel cams; and

b. A spindle "run out" not less (not better) than0.0006 mm.

3. 2.B.1.c.1. does not embargo tool or cuttergrinding machines having all of the followingcharacteristics:a. Shipped as a complete system with "software"

specially designed for the production of tools orcutters;

b. No more than two rotary axes which can becoordinated simultaneously for "contouringcontrol";

c. "Run out" (out-of-true running) in onerevolution of the spindle not less (not better)than 0.0006 mm TIR; and

d. The positioning accuracies, with allcompensations available, are not less (not better)than:1. 0.004 mm along any linear axis for overall

positioning; or2. 0.001 0 on any rotary axis.

4. Licence applications will be f.wourably consideredfor the export of turning machines embargoed by2.B.1.c.1. provided:a. They arc not intended for use in nuclear related

activities; alld

b. They have all of the following characteristics:1. Only two axes which can be coordinated

simultaneously for "contouring control";2. The positioning accuracy, with all

compensations available, is not less (notbetter) than 0.002 mm per 300 mm of travel;

3. Geometric alignment of the axes, parallel orperpendicular to each other, is not less (notbetter) than 0.001 mm per 300 mm of travel;

4. Slide trave! in both axes is not longer than400 mm;

5. "Run-out" (out-of-true running) in onerevolution of the spindle is nore (worse)than 0.0004 mm TIR; and

6. "Camming" (axial displacement) in one

Page 15: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

revolution of the spindle is more (worse) than0.0004 mm TIR.

~:'; t~~.:: .

1\'

JiiBft~~dlif~' .2. B. 1. c. 2. Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the wire

feed type which have five or more axes which canbe coordinated simultaneously for"contouringcontrol";

2. B. 1. c. 3. Electrical discharge machines (EDM) of the non­wire type which have two or more rotary axeswhich can be coordinated simultaneously for"contouring control";

2. B. 1. c. 4. Machine tools for removing metals, ceramics orcomposites:a. By means of:

1. Water or other liquid jets, including thoseemploying abrasive additives;

2. Electron beam; or3. "Laser" beam; and

b. Having two or more rotary axes which:1. Can be coordinated simultaneously for

"contouring control"; and2. Have a positioning accuracy ofless (better) than

0.003°;

2. B.2. Non-"numerically controlled" machine toolsfor generating optical quality surfaces, as follows:

2. B. 2. a. Turning machines using a single point cutting tooland having all of the following characteristics:1. Slide positioning accuracy less (better) than

0.0005 mm per 300 mm of travel;2. Bidirectional slide positioning repeatability less

(better) than 0.00025 mm per 300 mm of travel;3. Spindle "run out" and "camming" less (better)

than 0.0004 mm TIR;4. Angular deviation of the slide movement (yaw,

pitch and roll) less (better) than 2 seconds of arc,TIR, over full travel; and

5. Slide perpendicularity less (better) than0.001 mm per 300 mm of travel;

Technical Note: The bidirectional slide positioningrepeatability (R) of an axis is the maximum value ofthe repeatability of positioning at any position alongor around the axis determined using the procedureand under the conditions specified in part2.11 of ISO 23012: 1988.

2. B. 2. b. Fly cutting machines having both of the followingcharacteristics:1. Spindle "run out" and "camming" less (better)

than 0.0004 mm TIR; and2. Angular deviation of slide movement (yaw,

pitch and roll) less (better) than 2 seconds of arc,TIR, over full travel;

2. B. 3. "Numerically controlled" or manual machine toolsspecially designed for cutting, finishing, grinding orhoning either of the following classes of bevel orparallel axis hardened (Rc =40 or more) gears, andspecially designed components, controls andaccessories therefor:a. Hardened bevel gears finished to a quality of

better than AGMA 13 (equivalent to ISO 1328class 4); or

b Hardened spur, helical and double-helical gears

with a pitch diameter exceeding 1,250 mm and aface width of 15% ofpitch diameter or largerfinished to a quality of AGMA 14 or better(equivalent to ISO 1328 class 3);

2. B. 4. Hot "isostatic presses", as follows, and speciallydesigned dies, moulds, components, accessories andcontrols therefor:a. Having a controlled thermal environment within

the closed cavity and possessing a chamber cavitywith an inside diameter of 406 mm or more; and

b. Having:1. A maximum working pressure exceeding

207 MPa;2. A controlled thermal environment exceeding

1,773 K (1,500°C) ; or3. A facility for hydrocarbon impregnation and

removal of resultant gaseous degradationproducts;

Technical Note: The inside chamber dimension is thatof the chamber in which both the working tempera­ture and the working pressure are achieved and doesnot include fixtures. That dimension will be thesmaller of either the inside diameter of the pressurechamber or the inside diameter of the insulatedfurnace chamber, depending on which of the twochambers is located inside the other.

2. B. 5. Equipment specially designed for the deposition,processing and in-process control of inorganicoverlays, coatings and surface modifications, asfollows, for non-electronic substrates, by processesshown in the Table and associated Notes following2.E.3.d, and specially designed automated handling,positioning, manipulation and control componentstherefor:

2. B. 5. 8. "Stored programme controlled" chemical vapourdeposition (CVD) production equipment withboth of the following:1. Process modified for one of the following:

a. Pulsating CVD;b. Controlled nucleation thermal decomposition

(CNTD); orc. Plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVD; and

2. Either of the following:a. Incorporating high vacuum (equal to or less

than 0.01 Pa) rotating seals; orb. Incorporating in situ coating thickness control;

2. B. 5. b. "Stored programme controlled" ion implantationproduction equipment having beam currents of5 mA or more;

2. B. 5. c. "Stored programme controlled" electron beamphysical vapour deposition (EB-PVD) productionequipment incorporating:1. Power systems rated for over 80 kW;2. A liquid pool level "laser" control system which

regulates precisely the ingots feed rate; and3. A computer controlled rate monitor operating

on the principle of photo-luminescence of theionised atoms in the evaporant stream to controlthe deposition rate of a coating containing twoor more elements;

2. B. 5. d. "Stored programme controlled" plasma sprayingproduction equipment having either of thefollowing characteristics:1. Operating at reduced pressure controlled

amosphere (equal to or less than 10 kPameasured above and within 300 mm of the gun

Security Export Control September 1991 13

Page 16: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

'Category 2: 2. B. 6. continued

noztle exit) in 'a vacuum chamber capable ofevacuation down to 0.01 Pa prior to thespraying process; or ,

2. Incorporating in,situcoating thickness control;2. B. 5. e. "Stored programme controlled" sputter deposition

production equipment capable of current densitiesof0.1 mA/mm2 or higher at a deposition rate of15 micrometre/hr or more;

2. B. 5. f. "Stored programme controlled" cathodic arcdeposition production equipment incorporating agrid ofelectromagnets for steering control of thearc spot on the cathode;

2. B. 5. g. "Stored programme controlled" ion platingproduction equipment allowing for the in situmeasurement of either:1. Coating thickness on the substrate and rate

control; or2. Optical characteristics;NOTE: 2.B.5.g, does not embargo standard ionplating coating equipment for cutting or machining tools,

2. B. 6. Dimensional inspection or measuring systems orequipment, as follows:

2. B. 6. a. Computer controlled, "numerically controlled"or "stored programme controlled" dimensionalinspection machines, having both of the followingcharacteristics:1. Two or more axes; and2. A one dimensional length "measurement

uncertainty" equal to or less (better) than(1.25 + Lll,OOO) micrometre tested with aprobe with an "accuracy" ofless (better) than0.2 micrometre (L is the measured length in mm);

2. B. 6. b. Linear and angular displacement measuringinstruments, as follows:1. Linear measuring instruments having any of the

following characteristics:a. Non-contact type measuring systems with a

"resolution" equal to or less (better) than0.2 micrometre within a measuring range upto 0.2 mm;

b. Linear voltage differential transfonner systemswith both of the following characteristics:1. "Linearity" equal to or less (better) than

0.1% within a measuring range up to5 mm; and

2. Drift equal to or less (better) than 0.1 % perday at a standard ambient test roomtemperature ±1 K; or

c. Measuring systems having both of thefollowing characteristics:1. Containing a "laser"; and2. Maintaining, for at least 12 hours, over a

temperature range of±1 K around astandard temperature and, at a standardpressure:a. A "resolution" over their full scale of

0.1 micrometre or less (better); andb. A "measurement uncertainty" equal to

or less (better) than (0.2 + Ll2,000)micrometre (L is the measured length inmm);

2. Angular measuring instruments having an"angular position deviation" equal to or less(better) than 0.00025°;NOTE: 2.B.6.b.2. does not embargo opticalinstruments I such as autocollimalorsI' using collimatedlight to deled angular displacement ofa mirror.

.14 Security ~por:tControlSeptemlHlr 1991

2.8.6.c.

2.8.6. d.

2. B.7.

2. B.8.

2.8.8. a.

2.8.8. b.

2.8.8. c.

2.B.8.d.

Systems for simultaneous linear-angular inspectionof hemishells, having both of the followingcharacteristics:1. "Measurement uncertainty" along any linear

axis equal to or less (better) than 3.5 micrometreper 5 mm; and

2. "Angular position deviation" equal to or less(better) th:tn 0.02°;

Equipment for measuring surface irregularities, bymeasuring optical scatter as a function of angle,with a sensitivity of0.5 om or less (better);Technical Notes:1. The probe used in determining the "measurement

uncertainty" ofa dimensional inspection system shallbe as described in VDIIVDE 2617 Parts 2,3 and 4.

2, All measurement values in 2.B.6. representpermissible positive and negative deviationsfrom the target value, i.e., not total band.NOTES:1, Machine tools which can be used as

measuring machines are embargoed if they meet orexceed the criteria spedjiedfor the machine toolfunction or the measuring machine function,

2. A machine described in 2.B.6, is embargoed if itexceeds the embargo threshold anywhere within itsoperating range.

(} '~/mq.bt>grtIlfkdal-1'(lItjolUl1!)iSqttion,jor. thuxportofequiplMlt embtUg«d by 2.B.6.b.1, to

·cilli#.mil-Users'nol en~d'i"at1osp4a or nutkar;:1- .JJIdi1ikifs..tJ1.ll'J) ILlt···, • ,,-':::Jf; ~ ''1 f" -]

"Robots", as follows, and specially designedcontrollers and "end-effectors" therefor:a. Capable in real time of full three-dimensional

image processing or full three-dimensional sceneanalysis to generate or modifY "programmes" or togenerate or modifY numerical programme data;NOTE: The scene analysis limitation does not includeapproximation of the third dimensio~ by viewing at agiven angle, or limited grey scale interpretation for theperception of depth ot texture for the approved tasks(21/2 Dj.

b. Specially designed to comply with national safetystandards applicable to explosive munitionsenvironments; or

c. Specially designed or rated as radiation-hardenedbeyond that necessary to withstand normalindustrial (i.e., non-nuclear industry) ionizingradiation;

Assemblies, units or inserts specially designed formachine tools, or for equipment embargoed by2.B.6. or 7., as follows:Spindle assemblies, consisting of spindles andbearings as a minimal assembly, with radial ("runout") or axial ("camming") axis motion in onerevolution of the spindle less (better) than0.0006 mm total indicator reading (TIR);Linear position feedback units (e.g., inductive typedevices, graduated scales, infrared systems or"laser" systems) having an overall "accuracy" less(better) than (800 + (600 x L x 10.3)) nm(L equals the effective length in mm);Rotary position feedback units, e.g., inductivetype devices, graduated scales, infrared systems or"laser" systems, having an "accuracy" less (better)than 0.00025°;Slide way assemblies consisting ofa minimal

Page 17: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

2. C. Materials

2. D. Software

2. E. Technology

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "production" of equipment embargoedby 2.A. or 2.B.;

Other technology, as follows:Technology:1. For the"development" ofinteractive graphics

as an integrated part in "numerical control"units for preparation or modification of partprogrammes;

2. For the "development" of generators ofmachine tool instructions (e.g., part programmes)from design data residing inside "numericalcontrol" units;

3. For the "development" ofintegration "software"for incorporation ofexpert systems for advanceddecision support of shop floor operations into"numerical control" units;

Technology for metal-working manufacturingprocesses, as follows:1. Technology for the design of tools, dies or

fixtures specially designed for the followingprocesses:a. "Superplastic forming";b. "Diffusion bonding";c. "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing";

2. Technical data consisting of processmethods or parameters as listed below usedto control:a. "Superplastic forming" of aluminium

alloys, titanium alloys or "superalloys":1. Surface preparation;2. Strain rate;3. Temperature;4. Pressure;

b. "Diffusion bonding" of "superalloys" ortitanium alloys:1. Surface preparation;2: Temperature;3. Pressure;

c. "Direct-acting hydraulic pressing" ofaluminium alloys or titanium alloys:1. Pressure;2. Cycle time;

d. "Hot isostatic densification" of titaniumalloys, aluminium alloys or "superalloys":1. Temperature;2. Pressure;3. Cycle time;

Technology for the "development" or"production" of hydraulic stretch-formingmachines and dies therefor, for the manufactureof airfrarne structures;Technology for:• The application ofinorganic overlay coatings or

inorganit surface modification coatings, specifiedin column 3 of the following Table; .

• To non-electronic substrates, specified in column2 of the tollowing Table;

• By processes specified in column 1 of thefollowing Table and defined in the TechnicalNote;

Technology according to the General-TeChnology'Note for the "development" of equipment or"software" embargoed by 2.A., 2.B. or 2.D.;

2. E. 3. b.

2. E. 3. c.

2. E. 3. d.

2. E.2.

2. E.3.2. E. 3. 8.

2. E.1.

None.

"Software" specially designed or modified for the"development", "production" or "use" of equip­ment embargoed by 2.A. or 2.B.;

Specific "software", as follows:"Software" to provide "adaptive control" andhaving both of the following characteristics:1. For "flexible manufacturing units" (FMUs)

which consist at least of equipment described inb.1. and b.2. of the definition of "flexiblemanufacturing unit"; and

2. Capable of generating or modifying, in "realtime processing", "programmes" or data byusing the signals obtained simultaneously bymeans of at least two detection techniques,SIIch as:a. Machine vision (optical ranging);b. Infrared imaging;c. Acoustical imaging (acoustical ranging);d. Tactile measurement;e. Inertial positioning;f. Force measurement;g. Torque measurement;NOTE: 2.D.2.a. does not embargo "software"which only provides rescheduling ciffunctionallyidentical equipment within 'Jlexible manufacturingunits" using pre-stored part programmes and a pre­stored strategy for the distribution of the partprogrammes.

"Software" for electronic devices other than thosedescribed in 2.B.1.a. or b., which provides the"numerical control" capability of the equipmentembargoed by 2.B.1;

assembly of ways, bed and slide having all of thefollowing characteristics:1. A yaw, pitch or roll of less (better) than

2 seconds of arc TIR (reference: ISOIDIS 230/1)over full travel;

2. A horizontal straightness ofless (better) than2 micrometre per 300 mm length; and

3. A vertical straightness ofless (better) than2 micrometre per 300 mm length;

Single point diamond cutting tool inserts, havingall of the following characteristics:1. Flawless and chip-free cutting edge when

magnified 400 times in any direction;2. Cutting radius from 0.1 to 5 mm inclusive; and3. Cutting radius out-of-roundness less (better)

than 0.002 mm TIR;

Specially designed printed circuit boards withmounted components and "software" therefor, or"compound rotary tables", capable of upgrading,according to the manufacturer's specifications,"numerical control" units, machine tools or feed­back devices to or above the levels specified in 2.B.;

2. 0.1.

2.0.2.2.0.2. a.

2. D. 2. b.

2. B. 8. e.

2. B.9.

I

Security Export Control September 1991 .~5

Page 18: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Cetegory 2: co/'ftinued·..

T.bI•• Deposition Techniques ~ (..,

1. Coating Process (1) 2. Substrate 3. Resultant Coating

1. CoatiDa Prpceu (1)* 2..S~ 3•.Resultant Coll[lina B.2. Ion assisted . Ceramics and Low- Dielectric bye,,(15)resistive heating expansi()n glasses (14)

A. Chemical Vapour :'SuperalIoys" A1uminides for internal Physical Vapour

Deposition (CVD) passages Deposition (IonPbting) Carbon-carbon, Dielectric bye" (15)

,Ceramics and Low- SilicidesCeramic andMetal "matrix"

expansion gIasses(14) CarbidesU cOIllposites"

DiFlectric laye" (15)

Carbon-carbon, SiIlcidesCemented tungsten Dielectric laye" (15)carbide (16),

Ceramic and Carbides Silicon carbideMetal "matrix" Refractory metalsU composites" Mixtures thereof (4) Molybdenum and

Dielectric laye" (IS) Molybdenum alloys Dielectric laym (IS)A1uminidesAlloyed aluminides (2) Beryllium and

Beryllium alloys Dielectric bye" (15)Cemented tungsten Carbidescarbide (16), Tungsten Sensor window Dielectric laye" (IS)

Silicon carbide Mixtures thereof (4) materials (9)

Dielectric laye" (IS).8.3. Physical Vapour Ceramics and Low- Silicides

Molybdenum and Dielectric laye" (IS) Deposition: expansion glasses (14) Dielectric laye" (IS)

Molybdenum alloys ulaser" evaporation

Beryllium arid Dielectric laye,,(15) Carbon-carbon, Dielectric !aye" (15)

Beryllium alloys Ceramic andMetal "matrix"

Sensor window Dielectric laye,,(15)"composites"

materials (9) Cemented tungsten Dielectric laye" (IS)carbide (16),

B. Thermal-Evaporation Silicon carbidePhysical VapourDeposition (TE-PVD) Molybdenum and Dielectric laye" (IS)

Molybdenum alloys

B.1. Physical Vapour "SuperalIoys" Alloyed silicidesBeryllium and Dielectric laym (15)Deposition (PVD): Alloyed aluminides (2)

Electron-Beam MCrAIX (5) Beryllium alloys

(EB-PVD) Modified zirconia (12)Sensor window Dielectric laye" (IS)

SilicidesA1uminides

materials (9) Diamond-like carbon

Mixtures thereof (4)BA. Physical "Superalloys" Alloyed silicides

Ceramics and Low- Dielectric !aye" (15) Vapour Deposition: Alloyed aluminides (2)

expansion glasses cathodic arc discharge MCrAIX (5)

(14) Polyme" (11) and BoridesOrganic "matrix" Carbides

Corrosion resistant MCrAIX (5) "composites" Nitridessteel (7) Modified zirconia (12)

Mixtures thereof (4)C. Pack cementation Carbon-carbon, Silicides

Carbon-carbon, Silicides(see A above for Ceramic and Carbidesout-of-pack Metal "matrix" Mixtures thereof (4)

Ceramic and Carbides cementation) (ID) "composites"Metal "matrix" Refractory metals"composites" Mixtures thereof (4) Titanium alloys (13) Silicides

Dielectric laye" (IS) A1uminidesAlloyed aluminides (2)

Cemented tungsten Carbidescarbide (16), Tungsten Refractory metals SilicidesSilicon carbide Mixtures thereof (4) and alloys (8) Oxides

Dielectric laye" (IS)D. Plasma spraying "Superalloys" MCrAIX (5)

Molybdenum and Dielectric laye" (IS) Modified zirconia (12)Molybdenum alloys Mixtures thereof (4)

Abradable Nickel GraphiteBeryllium and Dielectric laye" (15) AbradableBeryllium alloys Borides Ni-Cr-AI-Bentonite

Abradable AI-Si-PolyesterSensor window Dielectric laye" (15) Alloyed aluminides (2)

materials (9)Aluminium alloys (6) MCrAIX (5)

Titanium alloys (13) Borides Modified zirconia (12)

Nitrides SilicidesMixtures thereof (4)

* The numbe" in parenthesis refer to the Notes following this Table. Refractory metals A1uminidesand alloys (8) Silicides

Carbides

'.! security ExpoltContr.ol September 1991

Page 19: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Teble· Depoaltton Technlqu.... NotIM .1. Coating Process (1) 2. Subslrate 3. Resultant Coatingi'

~.p-j ••" } "

f"

D. Plastn2 spr:ayingwntin""d

E. Slurry Deposition

F. Sputter Deposition

G. Ion Implantation

CorrOsion resistantsteel (7)

Titanium alloys (13)

Refractory metalsand alloys (8)

Carbon-carbon,Cer:amic andMetal "matrix""composites"

"Superalloys"

Cer:amics and Low­expansion glasses(14)

Titanium alloys (13)

Carbon-carbon,Cer:amic andMetal "tn2trix""composites"

Cemented tungstencarbide (16),Silicon carbide

Molybdenum andMolybdenum alloys

Beryllium andBeryllium alloys

Sensor windowmaterials (9)

Refractory metalsand alloys (8)

High temper:aturebearing steels

Titanium alloys (13)

Beryllium andBeryllium alloys

Cemented tungstencarbide (16)

MCrAIX(s)Modified zin:onia (12)Mixtures thereof (4)

CarbidesAlwninidesSilicidesAlloyed aluminides (2)Abr:adable Nickel-Gr:aphiteAbr:adableNi-Cr-Al-BentoniteAbr:adable Al-Si-Polyester

Fused silicidesFused aluminidesexcept for resistanceheating elements

SilicidesCarbidesMixtures thereof (4)

Alloyed silicidesAlloyed aluminides (2)Noble metal moelifiedaluminides (3)MCrAIX(s)Moelified zirconia (12)PlatinumMixtures thereof (4)

SilicidesPlatinumMixtures thereof (4)Dielectric layers (IS)

BoridesNitridesOxidesSilicidesAluminidesAlloyed aluminides (2)Carbides

SilicidesCarbidesRefractory metalsMixtures thereof (4)Dielectric layers (IS)

CarbidesTungstenMixtures thereof (4)Dielectric layers (IS)

Dielectric layers(15)

BoridesDielectric layers(15)

Dielectric layers(15)

AluminidesSilicidesOxidesCarbides

Adelitions otchromium,Tantalum orNiobium (Columbium)

BoridesNitrides

Borides

CarbidesNitrides

1. Thnenn 'coating process' includet cOQUng Rpm andrefurbishing as well as original coating. ·o',:.J-

2. The tenn 'alloyed aluminide coating' mcludesSlhgle ormultiple-step coatings in which an,element or elementsare deposited prior to or dUring apPlication of thealuminide coating, even.if these elements are depositedby another coating process. It does not, however, includethe multiple use ofsingle-step pack cementation processesto achieve alloyed aiuminides. : ' , • .'

3. The tenn 'noble metal modified alumiriide'coating includes multiple-step coatings i,n whichthe noble metal or noble metals are laid down by, someother coating process prior to application of the .aluminide coating.

4. Mixtures consist ofinfiltrated material,gradedcompositions, co-deposits and multilayer deposits and areobtained by one or more of the coating processesspecified in the Table.

5. MCrAIX refers to a coating alloy where M equalscobalt, iron, nickel or combinations thereof and Xequals hafnium, yttrium, silicon, tantalum in any amountor other intentional additions over 0.01 weight percent invarious proportions and combinations, except:a. CoCrAlY coatings which contain less than 22 weight

percent of chromium, less than 7 weight percent ofaluminium and less than 2 weight percent ofyttrium;

b. CoCrAlY coatings which contain 22 to 24 weightpercent of chromium, 10 to 12 weitiht percent ofaluminium and 0.5 to 0.7 weight percent ofyttrium; or

c. NiCrAlY coatings which contain 21 to 23 weightpercent of chromium, 10 to 12 weight percent ofaluminium and 0.9 to 1.1 weight percent ofyttrium.

6. The tenn 'aluminium alloys' refers to alloys having anultimate tensile strength of 190 MPa or more measured at293 K (20°C).

7. The tenn 'corrosion resistant steel' refers to AISI(American Iron and Steel Institute) 300 series orequivalent national standard steels.

8. Refractory metals consist of the following metalsand their alloys: niobium (columbium), molybdenum,tungsten and tantalum.

9. Sensor window materials, as follows: alumina, silicon,germanium, zinc sulphide, zinc sdenide, gallium arsenideand the following metal ha1ides: potassium iodide,potassium fluoride, or sensor Window materials of morethan 40 mm diameter for thallium bromide and thalliumchlorobromide.

10. Technology for single-step pack cementation·of solidairfoils is not embargoed by Category 2.

11. Polymers, as follows: polyimide, polyester, polysulphide,polycarbonates and polyurethanes.

12. Modified zirconia refers to additions ofother metaloxides, e.g., calcia, magnesia, yttria, hafuia, rare earthoxides, etc., to zirconia in order to stabilise certaincrystallographic phases and phase compositiQIIS. Thennalbartier coatings made of zirconia, modified with calcia ormagnesia by mixing,or fusion, are not embargoed.

13. Titanium alloys refers to aerospace alloys having anultimate tensile strength of900 MPa or more measured at293 K (20°q.

14. Low-expansion glasses refers to glasses which have acoefficient ofthennal expansion of t x 10-' K-' or lessmeasured at 293 K ,(20~C).

15. Die1ectridayers are ooatin~ coostnu;ted ofmulti-layersof insulator materials in which the intc:tferepce propertiesofa design composed ofmaterials ofv;Kious .refractive

!

i

securitYE~ontrol· s.pr.m.'tlll.. Q,. ..

Page 20: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Table' - Deposition Techniques - Notes continued

indices are 'used to reflect; 'ttansmit or' absorb various'waveleiigth bands: Dielectric layers refers to more thanfour dielectric layers or dielectric/metal "composite"layers.

16, Cemented tun~ten carbide does not include cutting andforming tool materials consisting of tungsten carbide/(cobalt, nickel), titanium carbide/(cobalt, nickel),chromium carbidenickel-chromium and chromiumcarbide/nickel.

Table· Deposition Techniques· Technical Note:

Processes specified in Column 1 of the Table are defined asfollows:a. Chemical Vapour Deposition (CVD) is an overlay

coating or surface modification coating process wherein ametal, alloy, "composite", dielectric or ceramic isdeposited upon a heated substrate. Gaseous reactants aredecomposed or combined in the vicinity ofa substrateresulting in the deposition of the desired elemental, alloyor compound material on the substrate. Energy for thisdecomposition or chemical reaction process may beprovided by the heat of the substrate, a glow dischargeplasma, or "laser" irradiation.N.B.: 1. CVD includes the following processes:

directed gas flow out-oJ-pack deposition, pulsatingCVD, controlled nucleation thermal decomposition(CNTD), plasma enhanced or plasma assisted CVDprocesses.

2. Pack denotes a substrate immersed in a powdermixture.

3. The gaseous reactants used in the out-<if-packprocess are produced using the same basic reactions andparameters as the pack cementation process, exceptthat the substrate to be coated is not in contact withthe powder mixture.

b. Thermal Evaporation-Physical Vapour Deposition(TE-PVD) is an overlay coating process conductedin a vacuum with a pressure less than 0.1 Pa wherein asource of thermal energy is used to vaporize the coatingmaterial. This process results in the condensation, ordeposition, of the evaporated speCies onto appropriatelypositioned substrates. The addition of gases to thevacUum chamber during the coating process to synthesizecompound coatings is an ordinary modification of theprocess. The use of ion or electron beams, or plasma, toactivate or assist the coating's deposition is also a commonmodification in this technique. The use of monitors toprovide in-process measurement of optical characteristicsand thickness of coatings can be a feature of theseprocesses.Specific TE-PVD processes are as follows:1. Electron Beam PVD uses an electron beam to heat and

evaporate the material which forms the coating;2. Resistive Heating PVD employs electrically resistive

heating sources capable of producing a controlled anduniform flux ofevaporated coating species;

3. "Laser" Evaporation uses either pulsed or continuouswave "laser" beams to heat the material which formsthe coating;

4. Cathodic Arc Deposition employs a consumablecathode of the material which forms the coating andhas an arc discharge established on the surface by amomentary contact of a ground trigger. Controlledmotion ofarcing erodes the cathode surface creating ahighly ionized plasma. The anode can be either a coneattached to the periphery of the cathode, through aninsulator, or the chamber. Substrate biasing is used for

18. Security Export Control September 1991

non line-of-sight deposition.N.B.: This dd/nition does not include random tathodic arcdeposition with non-biased substrates.

c. Ion Plating is a special modification of a general TE-PVDprocess in which a plasma or an ion source is used toionize the species to be deposited, and a negative bias isapplied to the substrate in order to facilitate the extractionof the species to be deposited from the plasma. Theintroduction of reactive species, evaporation of solidswithin the process chamber, and the use of monitors toprovide in-process measurement of optical characteristicsand thicknesses of coatings are ordinary modifications ofthe process.

d. Pack Cementation is a surface modification coating oroverlay coating process wherein a substrate is immersedin a powder mixture (a pack), that consists of:1. The metallic powders that are to be deposited

(usually aluminium, chromium, silicon orcombinations thereof);

2. An activator (normally a halide salt); and3. An inert powder, most frequently alumina.The

substrate and powder. mixture is contained within aretort which is heated to between 1,030 K (757°C) to1,375 K (1 ,102°C) for sufficient time to deposit thecoating.

e. Plasma Spraying is an overlay coating process wherein agun (spray torch) which produces and controls a plasmaaccepts powder or wire coating materials, melts them andpropels them towards a substrate, whereon an integrallybonded coating is formed. Plasma spraying constituteseither low pressure plasma spraying or high velocityplasma spraying carried out underwater.N.B.: 1. Low pressure means less than ambient atmospheric

pressure.2. High velocity rtfers to nozzle-exit gas velocity

exceeding 750 m/s calculated at 293 K (200C) at0.1 MPa.

f. Slurry Deposition is a surface modification coating oroverlay coating process wherein a metallic or ceramicpowder with an organic binder is suspended in a liquidand is. applied to a substrate by either spraying, dipping orpainting, subsequent air or oven drying, and heattreatment to obtain the desired coating.

g. Sputter Deposition is an overlay coating process based ona momentum transfer phenomenon, wherein positiveions are accelerated by an electric field towards thesurface of a target (coating material). The kinetic energyof the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surfaceatoms to be released and deposited on an appropriatelypositioned substrate.N.B.: 1. The Table rtfers only to triode, magnetron or reactive

spuller deposition which is used to increase adhesion ofthe coating and rate of deposition and to radiofrequency (RF) augmented sputter deposition used topermit vapourisation of non-metallic coating materials.

2. Low-energy ion beams ~ess than 5 ke V? can be usedto activate the deposition.

h. Ion Implantation is a surface modification coating processin which the element to be alloyed is ionized, acceleratedthrough a potential gradient and implanted into thesurface region of the substrate. This includes processes inwhich ion implantation is performed simultaneously withelectron beam physical vapour deposition or sputterdeposition.

Page 21: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

3. A.1.3. A. 1. a.

Category 3 - Electronics

This category encompasses and replaces theformer Industrial List Items as follows:

• General purpose integrated circuits (IL 1564)• Microwave and rnillimeterwave devices (IL 1537, 1558)• Acoustic wave devices (IL 1586)• High Engery Devices (IL 1560)• Mechanical input type encoders (IL 1568)• Recording Equipment and recording media (IL 1572)• General purpose test and inspection equipment (IL 1355, 1529,

1531, 1533)

• Production equipment and tools for the above sub-categories(IL 1355)

• Related materials (IL 1757)• Power Generating Cells (IL 1205)• Related specially designed software• Related technologies

The above list is for reference only and it is not exhaustive.

3. A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

3. A. Notes: 1. The embargo status of equipment, devices andcomponents described in 3.A., other than thosedescribed in 3.A.1.a.3. to 10., which are speciallydesigned or which have the same functionalcharacteristics as other equipment is determinedby the embargo status of the other equipment.

2. The embargo status of integrated circuitsdescribed in 3.A.1.a.3. to 9. which are unalterablyprogrammed or designed for a specific function isdetermined by the embargo status of the otherequipment.N. B.: When the manujilCturer or applicant cannotdetermine the embargo status of the other equipment, theembargo status of the illtegrated circuits is determined in3A.1.a.3. to 9.

Electronic devices and components:General purpose integrated circuits, as follows:NOTES: 1. The embargo status of wafers (finished or

unfinished), in which thefunction has been determined,is to be evaluated against the parameters of3A .1.a.

2. Integrated circuits include the following types:"Monolithic integrated circuits";"Hybrid integrated circuits";"Multichip integrated circuits ";"Film type integrated circuits ", includillg silicon-on­sapphire integrated circuits;"Optical integrated circuits".

3. A. 1. a. 1. Integrated circuits, designed or rated as radiationhardened to withstand a total dose of 5 X 10 5 rad(Si), or higher; (For integrated circuits designed orrated against neutron or transient ionizing radiation,see the Munitions List.)

3. A. 1. a. 2. Integrated circuits described in 3.A.1.a.3. to 10. ratedfor operation at an ambient temperature below219 K (-54°C) or above 398 K (125°C);NOTE: 3.A.1.a.2. does not apply to integrated circuitsfor civil automobiles or railway engines.

3. A. 1. a. 3. "Microprocessor microcircuits", "microcomputermicrocircuits" and microcontroller microcircuits,having any of the following:

F. ).. '(0' ,",'

NOTES: 1. 3.A.1.a:3. does 1ID1.emh4rgo silicon-based"~miavcift:uits" ormilmcontrolkr miaocircwits having an'optTand(tiara) wortllmgth of8 bit or less aad notcovtred by Note 2 to 3.A.

2. 3.A.1.a.3.inclwks digital signal processors,digital ,,"ay processors and digitalcoprocessors .

a. An external data bus width exceeding 32 bit or anarithmetic logic unit with an access widthexceeding 32 bit;

b. A clock frequency exceeding 40 MHz;c. An external data bus width of 32 bit or more and

capable of executing 12.5 million instructions persecond (MIPS) or more; orTechnil:al Note: IfMIPS are not specified, theinverse of the average instruction cycle time(in rnicro-seconds) should be used.NOTE: Control 3A.1.a.3.c. is inforcefor the timebeing. The current status is detmnined by theDepartment of Trade and Industry.

d. More than one data or instruction bus or serialcommunication port for external interconnectionin a parallel processor with a transfer rateexceeding 2.4 Mbyte/s;

3. A. 1. a. 4. Storage integrated circuits, as follows:a. Electrical erasable programmable read-only

memories (EEPROMs) with a storage capacity:1. Exceeding 1 Mbit per package; or2. Exceeding 256 kbit per package and a

maximum access time ofless than 80 ns;b. Static random-access memories (SRAMs)

with a storage capacity:1. Exceeding 1 Mbit per package; or2. Exceeding 256 kbit per package and a maxi

mum access time ofless than 25 ns;c. Storage integrated circuits manufactured from a

compound semiconductor;3. A. 1. a. 5. Converter integrated circuits, as follows:

a. Analogue-to-digital converters having any of thefollowing:1. A resolution of8 bit or more, but less than 12

bit, with a total conversion time to maximumresolution ofless than 10 ns;

2. A resolution of12 bit with a total conversiontime to maximum resolution ofless than 200 ns;or

3. A resolution ofmore than 12 bit with a totalconversion time to maximum resolution oflessthan 2 microseconds;

b. Digital-to-analogue converters with a resolutionof 12 bit or more, and a "settling time" oflessthan 10 ns;

3. A. 1. a. 6. Electro-optical or "optical integrated circuits" for"signal processing" having all of the following:a. One or more internal "laser" diodes;b. One or more internal light detecting elements;

andc. Optical waveguides;

3. A. 1. a. 7. Field programmable gate arrays having either of thefollowing:a. An equivalent gate count of more than 30,000

(2 input gates); or .b. A typical "basic gate propagation delay time" of

less than 0.4 ns;3. A. 1.8.8. Field programmable logic attays having either of the

following:a. An equivalent gate count ofmore than 5,000

Ii

Seeurity Export Control September ·1991 '19

Page 22: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 3: 3. A. 1. continued

(2 input gates); orb. A toggle frequency exceeding 100 MHz;

3. A.. 1••. 9. Neural networldntegtated circuits;3. A. 1; •• 10.Custom integtated circuits for which either the

function is unknown, or. the embargo status of theequipment in which the integrated circuits will beused is unknown to the manufacturer, having any ofthe following:a. More than 144 terminals;b. A typical "basic gate propagation delay time" of

less than 0.4 ns; orc. An operating frequency exceeding 3 GHz;

3. A. 1.•. ".Digital integtated circuits, other than those describedin 3.A.1.a.3 to 10., based upon any compoundsemiconductor and having either of the following:a. An equivalent gate count of more than 300

(2 input gates); orb. A toggle frequency exceeding 1.2 GHz;

3. A. 1. b. Microwave or millimetre wave devices:3. A. 1. b. 1. Electronic vacuum tubes and cathodes, as follows:

(For "frequency agile" tubes, see Item lion theMunitions List.)NOTE: 3.A.l.b.1. does not embargo tubes designed orrated to operate in the Standard Civil TelecommunicationsBand.! at frequencies not exceeding 31 GHz.a. Travelling wave tubes, pulsed or continuous wave,

as follows:1. Operating at frequencies high~r than 31 GHz;2. Having a cathode heater element with a turn on

time to rated RF power ofless than 3 seconds;3. Coupled cavity tubes, or derivatives thereof;4. Helix tubes, or derivatives thereof, with any of

the following:a. 1. An "instantaneous bandwidth" of half an

octave or more; and2. The product of the rated average ouput

power (expressed in kW) and the maximum operating frequency (expressed inGHz) of more than 0.2;

b. 1. An "instantaneous bandwidth" ofless thanhalf an octave; and

2. The product of the rated average ouputpower (expressed in kW) and themaximum operating frequency (expressedi!1 GHz) of more than 0.4; or

c. "Space qualified";b. Crossed-field amplifier tubes with a gain of more

than 17 dB;c. Impregnated cathodes for electronic tubes, with

either of the following:1. Having a turn on time to rated emission ofless

than 3 seconds; or2. Producing a continuous emission current

density at rated operating conditions exceeding5 A/cm2;

3. A. 1. b. 2. Microwave integtated circuits or modulescontaining "monolithic integtated circuits" operatingat frequencies exceeding 3 GHz;NOTE: 3.A.l.b.2. does not embargo circuits or modulesfor equipment designed or rated to operate in the StandardCivil Telecommunications Bands at.frequencies notexceeding 31 GHz.

3. A. 1. b. 3. Microwave transistors rated for operation atfrequencies exceeding 31 GHz;

3. A. 1. b. 4. Microwave solid state amplifiers, as follows:a. Operating at frequencies exceeding 10.5 GHz and

having an "instantaneous bandwidth" of morethan halfan octave;

b. Operating at frequencies exceeding 31 GHz;

20 Se<:urity Exppr1 Control September 1991

NOIf: 3.A.1.b.4: does not embargoampl!fi.ers:1. Spedally designed for medical applications;2. Specially designed for use in "simple educational

devicts",. or3. Having an output IJOU!er ofno more than lOW and

specially designedfor:a. Industrial or civilian intrusion, detection and

alarm systems;b. Traffic or industrial movement control and counting

systems; orc. Systems for the detection ofenvironmental

pollution ofair or water.3. A. 1. b. 5. Electronically or magnetically tunable band-pass or

band-stop filters having more than 5 tunableresonators capable of tuning across a 1.5:1 frequencyband (fmu/fm,,) in less than 10 microseconds with:a. A band-pass bandwidth of more than 0.5% of

centre frequency; orb. A band-stop bandwidth ofless than 0.5% of centre

frequency;3. A. 1. b. 6. Microwave assemblies capable of operating at

frequencies exceeding 31 GHz;3. A. 1. b. 7. Flexible waveguides designed for use at frequencies

exceeding 40 GHz; .3. A. ,. c. Acoustic wave devices, as follows, and specially

designed components therefor:3. A. 1. c. 1. Surface acoustic wave and surface skimming (shallow

bulk) acoustic wave devices (i.e., "signal processing"devices employing elastic waves in materials), havingeither of the following:NOTE: 3.A.l.c.l. does not embargo devices speciallydesigned for home electronics or entertainment.a. A carrier frequency exceeding 1 GHz; orb. A carrier frequency of 1 GHz or less; and

1. A frequency side-lobe rejection exceeding55dB;

2. A product of the maximum delay time and thebandwidth (time in microseconds and bandwidth in MHz) of more than 100; or

3. A dispersive delay of more than 10 micro­seconds;

3. A. ,. c. 2. Bulk (volume) acoustic wave devices (i.e., "signalprocessing" devices employing elastic waves) whichpermit direct processing of signals at frequenciesexceeding 1 GHz;

3. A. 1. c. 3. Acoustic-optic "signal processing" devicesemploying interaction between acoustic waves (bulkwave or surface wave) and light waves which permitthe direct processing of signals or images, includingspectral analysis, correlation or convolution;NOTE: 3.A.l.c.3. does not embargo devices specia/lydesigned for civil television, video or AM and FMbroadcasting equipment.

3. A. ,. d. Electronic devices or circuits containingcomponents, manufactured from "superconductive"materials specially designed for operation attemperatures below the"critical temperature" of atleast one of the "superconductive" constituents, withany of the following:1. Electromagnetic amplification:

a. At frequencies equal to or less than 31 GHzwith a noise figure ofless than 0.5 dB; or

b. At frequencies exceeding 31 GHz;2. Current switching for digital circuits using

"superconductive" gates with a product of delaytime per gate (in seconds) and power dissipationper gate (in watts) ofless than 10·1< J; or

3. Frequency selection at all frequencies usingresonant circuits with Q-values exceeding 10,000;

Page 23: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

3. A. 1. 8. f~ Flash discharge.type X.,ray systems, including tubes,having all of the following: .a. A peak,power: exceeding 500 MW;b.An output voltage ex~eeding 500 kV; andc. A pulse width ofiess~ 0.2 microsecond;

3. A. 1. f. Rotary input type shaft absolute position encodershaving either of the following:1. A resolution ofbetter than 1 part in 265,000

(18 bit resolution) offull scale; or2. An accuracy better than ± 2.5 seconds ofarc;

3. A. 1.8.3. A. 1.8.1.

3. A. 1. e. 2.

3. A. 1. e. 3.

3. A. 1. e. 4.

High energy devices, as follows:Batteries, as follows:NOTE: 3 .A,.1 .e.1. does not embargo batteries withvolumes equal to or less than 26 cm3 (e.g., standardC-cells or UM-2 batteries).a. Primary cells and batteries having an energy

density exceeding 350 Wh/kg and rated foroperation in the temperature range from below243 K (-30°C) to above 343 K (70°C);

b. Rechargeable cells and batteries having an energydensity exceeding 150 Wh/kg after 75 chargeldischarge cycles at a discharge current equal toC/5 hours (C being the nominal capacity inampere hours)' when operating in the temperaturerange from below 253 K (-20°C) to above 333 K(60°C);Technical Note: Energy density is obtained bymultiplying the average power'in watts (averagevoltage in volts times average current in amperes)by the duration of the discharge in hours to 75%of the open circuit voltage divided by the totalmass of the cell (or battery) in kg.

c. "Space qualified" and radiation hardened photovoltaic arrays with a specific power exceeding160 W 1m2 at an operating temperature of 301 K(28°C) under a tungsten illumination of 1 kWI m2

at 2,800 K (2,527°C);High energy storage capacitors, as follows:a. Capacitors with a repetition rate of less than 10Hz

(single shot capacitors) having all of the following:1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;2. An energy density equal to or more than

250 JIkg; and3. A total energy equal to or more than 25 kJ;

b. Capacitors with a repetition rate of 10 Hz ormore (repetition rated capacitors) having all of thefollowing:1. A voltage rating equal to or more than 5 kV;2. An energy density equal to or more than

50J/kg;3. A total energy equal to or more than 100 J; and4. A chargeI discharge cycle life equal to or more

than 10,000;"Superconductive" electromagnets or solenoidsspecially designed to be frilly charged or dischargedin less than one minute, having all of the following:l\70TE: 3.A.t.e.3. does not embargo "superconductive"electromagnets or solenoids specially designed forMagnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) medical equipment.a. Maximum energy delivered during the discharge

divided by the duration of the discharge ofmorethan 500 kJ per minute;

b. Inner diameter of the current carrying windings ofmore than 250 mm; and

c. Rated for a magnetic induction of more than 8 Tor "overall current density" in the winding ofmore than 300 A/mm2

;

Circuits or sy~tems for electromagnetic energystorage, containing components manufactured from"superconductive" materials specially designed foroperation at temperatures below the "criticaltemperature" ofat least one of their"superconductive" constituents, having all of thefollowing:a. Resonant operating frequencies exceeding

1 MHz;b. A stored energy density of 1 MJ1m3 or more; andc. A discharge time of less than 1 ms;

3. A.2.3. A.2.B.

3. A.2. B. 1.

3. A.2. B. 2.

3. A. 2. B. 3.

3. A. 2. B. 4.

3. A.2.b.

3. A.2.c.

3. A.2.d.

General purpose electronic equipment:Recording equipment, as follows, and speciallydesigned test tape therefor:Analogue instrumentation magnetic tape recorders,including those pennitting the recording ofdigitalsignals (e.g., using a high density digital recording(HDDR) module), having any of the following:a. A bandwidth exceeding 4 MHz per electronic

channel or track;b. A bandwidth exceeding 2 MHz per electroni~

channel or track and having more than 42 tracks;or

c. A time displacement (base) error, measured inaccordance with applicable IRIG or EIAdocuments, of less than ±0.1 microsecond;

Digital video magnetic tape recorders having amaximum digital interface transfer rate exceeding180 Mbitls, except those specially designed fortelevision recording as standardized or recommendedby the CCIR or the IEC for civil televisionapplications;Digital instrumentation magnetic tape data recordel1'having any of the following characteristics:a. A maximum digital interface transfer rate

exceeding 60 Mbitls and emploYing helical scantechniques;

b. A maximum digital interface transfer rateexceeding 120 Mbit/s and employing fixed headtechniques; or

c. "Space qualified";NOTE: 3.A.2.a.3. does not embargo analogue magnetictape recorders equipped with HDDR conversion electronicsand configured to record only digital data.Equipment, with a maximum digital interfacetransfer rate exceeding 60 Mbitls, designed toconvert digital video magnetic tape recorders for useas digital instrumentati~n data recorders;"Frequency synthesiser" "assemblies" having a"frequency switching time" from one selectedfrequency to another of less than 1 ms;"Signal analysers", as follows:1. Capable ofanalysing frequencies exceeding

31 GHz;2. "Dynamic signal analysers" with a "real-time

bandwidth" exceeding 25.6 kHz, except thoseusing only constant percentage bandwidth filters(also known as octave or fractional octave filters);

Frequency synthesised signal generators producingoutput frequencies, the accuracy and short term andlong term stability ofwhich are controlled, derivedfrom or disciplined by the internal master freq~el1cy,

and having any of the following:1. A maximum synthesised frequency exceeding

31 GHz;2. A "frequency switching time" fh)m one selected

frequency to another ofless than 1 ms; or3. A single sideband (SSB) phase noise better than

SecurityExport Control Sep!em"""Il9' 21

Page 24: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

3. B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

Category 3: 3. A.. 2. continued

- (126-+ 20 I081OF .. 20 log1of) in dBc/Hz, where Fis the off-set fro. t1ttI()Pt~ting frequency in Hzand: lis the operating frequency in MHz;N(>TB: 3.A.2.d. dOts not embargo equipment inwhich the outputfrequency is either produced by theaddition or subtraction of two or m"ore crystal oscillatorfrequendts, or by an addition or subtrdttion followed bya multiplication of the result.

3. A.2. e. Network analysers with a'maximum operatingfrequency exceeding 31 Gl-iz;NOTE: l.A.2.e. does not ~';'bargo ttsweptfrequencynetwork analysers" with a maximum operatingfrequencynot exceeding 40 GHz and which do not contain a databus for remote control interfacing.

3. A. 2. f. Microwave test receivers with both of the following:1. A maximum operating frequency exceeding

31 GHz; and2. Capable of measuring amplitude and phase

simultaneously;3. A. 2. g. Atomic frequency standards having either of the

following characteristics:1. Long term stability (aging) less (better) than

1 x 10-11 /month; or2. "Space qualified";NOTE: 3.A.2.g.1. does not embargo non -{(spacequalified" rubidium standards.

3. A. 2. h. Emulators for microcircuits embargoed by 3.A.1.a.3.or 3.A.1.a.9.;NOTE: 3.A.2.h.does not embargo emulators designed fora tJamily" which contains at least one device notembargoed by 3.A.l.a.3. or 3.A.l.a.9.

3. B.

3. B.1.

3. B.2.

3.8.3.

Equipment for the manufacture or testing ofsemiconductor devices or materials, as follows, andspecially designed components and accessoriestherefor:

"Stored programme controlled" equipment forepitaxial growth, as follows:a. Capable ofproducing a layer thickness uniform to

less than ± 2.5% across a distance of75 mm ormore;

b. Metal organic chemical vapour deposition(MOCVD) reactors specially designed forcompound semiconductor crystal growth by thechemical reaction between materials embargoedby 3.C.3 or 3.C.4;

c. Molecular beam epitaxial growth equipment usinggas sources;

"Stored programme controlled" equipment designedfor ion implantation, having any of the following:a. An accelerating voltage exceeding 200 keV;b. Specially designed and optimized to operate at an

accelerating voltage ofless than 10 keY;c. Direct write capability; ord. Capable ofhigh energy oxygen implant into a

heated semiconductor material "substrate";

"Stored programme controlled" anisotropic plasmadry etching equipment, as follows:a. With cassette-to-cassette operation and load-locks,

and having ei~her of the following:1. Magnetic confinement; Of

2. Electron cyclotron resonance (ECR);b. Specially designed for equipment embargoed by

3.B.6. and having either of the following:1. Magnetic confinement; or2. Electron cyclotron resonance (ECR);

3. B. 4. "Stored programme controlled" plasma enhancedCVD equipment, as follows:a. With cassette-to-cassette operation and load-locks,

and having either of the following:1. Magnetic confinement; or

2. Electron cyclotron resonance (ECR);b. Specially designed for equipment embargoed by

3.B.6. and having either of the following:1. Magnetic confinement; or2. Electron cyclotron resonance (ECR);

3. B. 5. "Stored programme controlled" multifunctionalfocussed ion beam systems specially designed formanufacturing, repairing, physical layout analysis andtesting of masks or semiconductor devices, havingeither of the following:a. Target-to-beam position feedback control

precision of0.25 micrometre or finer; orb. Digital-to-analogue conversion resolution

exceeding 12 bit;

3. B. 6. "Stored programme controlled" automatic loadingmulti-chamber central wafer handling systems,having interfaces for wafer input and output, towhich more than two pieces of semiconductorprocessing equipment are to be connected, to forman integrated system in a vacuum environment forsequential multiple wafer processing;NOTE: 3.B.6. does not embargo automatic robotic wqferhandling systems not designed to operate in a vacuumenvironment.

3. B. 7. "Stored programme controlled" lithographyequipment, as follows:

3. B. 7. 8. Align and expose step and repeat equipment forwafer processing using photo-optical or X-raymethods, having any of the following:1. A light source wavelength shorter than 400 nm;2. A numerical aperture more than 0.40; or3. An overlay accuracy of± 0.20 micrometre(3 sigma) or better;NOTE: 3.B.7.a. does not embargo align and expose step

and repeat equipment having all of the following:1. A light source wavelength of 436 nm or more;2. A numerical aperture 0.38 or less,. and3.An image size diameter 22 mm or less.

3. B. 7. b. Equipment specially designed for mask making orsemiconductor device processing using deflectedfocussed electron beam, ion beam or "laser" beam,with any of the following:1. A spot size smaller than 0.2 micrometre;2. Capable ofproducing a pattern with a feature size

of less than 1 micrometre; or3. An overlay accuracy ofbetter than ± 0.20

micrometre (3 sigrna);

3. B. 8. Masks or retides, as follows:a. For integrated circuits embargoed by 3.A.i.;b. Multi-layer masks with a phase shift layer;

3. B. 9.. "Stored programme'controlled" test equipment,specially designed for testing semiconductor devicesand unencapsulated dice, as follows:

3. B. 9. 8. For testing S-parameters of transistor devices at

228eCoritY Export Control 'SeptfJmber 1991

Page 25: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

3. B. 9. b.

3. 8.9. c.

3. B.9.d.

frequencies exceeding 31 GHz;For testing integrated circuits. and "assemblies"thereof, and capable of performing functional (truthtable) testing at a pattern rate of more than 40 MHz;NOTE: ;J.B.9.b. does not embargClc test equipmentspecially designed for testing:1. "A<semblies" or a class cif "assemblies" for home or

entertainment applications;2. Unembargoed electronic components, "assemblies" or

integrated circuits.For testing microwave integrated circuits atfrequencies exceeding 3 GHz;NOTE: 3.B.9.c. does not embargo test equipmentspecially designed for testing microwave integrated circuitsfor equipment designed or rated to operate in the StandardCivil Telecommunication Bands at frequencies notexceeding 31 GHz.Electron beam systems designed for operation at orbelow 3 keV, or "laser" beam systems, for the non­contactive probing of powered-up semiconductordevices, with both of the following:1. Stroboscopic capability with either beam-blanking

or detector strobing; atld2. An electron spectrometer for voltage

measurement with a resolution ofless than 0.5 V;NOTE: 3.B.9.d. does not embargo scanning electronmicroscopes, except when specially designed andinstrumented for the not.-contactive probing ofpowered-upsemiconductor devices.

3. 0.1.

3.0.2.

3.0.3.

:J.

";..c;~' . .... .1 h'~ ';.>~.. ~ ,;.t,{.'$.:'.

"SoftWare" speciatly'designed for the "i!eve1oprhenf'or "productioJil" of equipment ecp.bargoe~~y,: ..~,3.A.1.b. to: 3.A.2.h. or 3,B.,;;

"Software" specially designed for the ',:use" of"stored programme controlled'~ equipmentembargoed by 3.B.;

Computer-aIded-design (CAD) "software" forsemiconductor devices or irltegr:ued circuits, havingany of the following:a. Design rules or circuit verification rules;b. Simulation of the physically laid out circuits; orc. Lithographic processing simulators for design;

Technual Note: A lithographic processing simulatoris a "software" package used in the design phase todefine the sequence of lithographic, etching anddeposition step~ for translating masking patternsinto specific topographical patterns in conductors,dielectrics or semiconductor material.

NOTE: 3.D.3. does not embargo "software" speciallydesigned for schematic entry, logu simulation, placing androuting, layout verification or pattern generation tape;

N.B.: Libraries, desig,n attributes or associated data forthe design cifsemiconductor devi!es or integrated circuitsare considered as technology.

3. C. Materials3. E. Technology

3. C.1.

3. C.2.

3. C.3.

3. C.4.

Hetero-epitaxial materials consisting of a "substrate"with stacked epitaxially grown multiple layers of:a. Silicon;b. Germanium; orc. Ill/V compounds of gallium or indium;

Technical Note: Ill/V compounds arepolycrystalline or binary or complexmonocrystalline products consisting of elements ofgroups llIA and VA of Mendeleyev's periodicclassification table (gallium arsenide, gallium­aluminium arsenide, indium phosphide, etc.).

Resist materials, as follows, and "substrates" coatedwith embargoed resists:a. Positive resists with a spectral response optimized

for use bclow 370 nm;b. All resists, for use with electron beams or ion

beams, with a sensitivity of 0.01microcoulomb/mm2 or better;

c. All resists. for use with X-rays, with a sensitivity of2.5 m]lmm2 or better;

d. All resists optimized for surface imagingtechnologies, including silyated resists;Technical Note: ~ilyation techniques are defined asprocesses incorporating oxidation of the resistsurface to enhance performance for both wet anddry developing.

Metal-organic compounds of aluminium, gallium orindium, having a purity (metal basis) better than99.999%;

Hydrides ofphosphorus, arsenic or antimony,having a purity better than 99.999%, even dilutedin neutral gases;NOTE: 3.C.4. does not embargo hydrides containing20% molar or more cif rare gases or hydrogen;

3. E.1.

3. E.2.

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development" or "production" ofequipment or materials embargoed by 3.A. 3.B or3.C;NOTE: 3 .E.l. does not embargo technology for the"development" or "production" of:a. Microwave transistors operating at frequencies below

31 GHz;b. Integrated circuits embargoed by 3.A.l.a.3. to ~ I.,

having both cif the following characteristics:1. Using technology ofone micrometre or more, and2. Not incorporating multi-layer structures.N.B.: This Note does not preclude the export oftt1ultilayer technology for devices incorporating amaximum of two metallayers and two polysilicon layers.

Other technology for the "development" or"production" of:a. Vacuum microelectronic devices;b. Hetero-structure semiconductor devices such as

high electron mobility transistors (HEMT),hetero-bipolar transistors (HBT), quantum well orsuper lattice devices;

c. "Superconductive" electronic devices; .

:,....

Security Export Control September ~9!!-1 -23

Page 26: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 3: continued

The above list is for reference only and is not exhaustive.

• Electronic Computers and Related Equipment (IL1565)• Software (IL1566)

Category 4 - Computers

1. Computers, related equipment or"software" performing telecommunications or"local area network" functions must also beevaluated against the performance characteristics ofCategory 5 (Telecommunications).NoB.: '0 Control units which directly interconnect the

buses or channels ofcelltral processing units,"main storage" or disk controllers are notregarded as telecommunications equipment

described in Category 5 (Telecommunications).2. For the embargo status of "s~ftware" which

provides routing or switching of "datagram "or '1ast select" packets (i.e., packet by packetroute selection) or of "software" speciallydesigned for packet switching, see Category 5(Telecommunications).

2. Computers, related equipment or "software"performing cryptographic, cryptanalytic, certifiablemulti-level security or certifiable user isolationfunctions, or which limit electromagneticcompatibility (EMC), must also be evaluatedagainst the performance characteristics inCategory 5 ("Information Security").

4. Notes:

This category encompasses and replaces thefollowing former Industrial List Items as follows:

4. A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

"Hybrid computers", as follows, and "assemblies"and specially designed components therefor:a. Containing "digital computers" embargoed by

4.A.3.;b. Containing analogue-to-digital or digital-to

analogue converters having both of the followingcharacteristics:1. 32 channels or more; and

4. A. ,. b.

4. A. 1. Electronic computers and related equipment,as follows, and "assemblies" and specially designedcomponents therefor:

4, A. 1. a. Specially designed to have either of the followingcharacteristics:1. Rated for operation at an ambient temperature

below 228 K (-45°C) or above 343 K (70°C);orNOTE: 4.A.1.a.1. does not apply to computersspecially designedfor civil automobile or railwayengine applications.

2. Radiation-hardened to exceed any of thefollowing specifications:a. Total Dose 5 x 10' Rads (Si)b. Dose Rate Upset 5 x 10' Rads (Si)/sec; orc. Single Event Upset 1 x 10'7 Error/bit/day;NOTE: Equipment designed or rated for transientionising radiation is embargoed by the MunitionsList.

Having characteristics or performing functionsexceeding the limits in Category 5 ("InformationSecurity") ;

4. A.2.

Goods described may qualifY for licellSing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifYing countries is indicatedwithin the text.

.Goods dCscnbed are eligible fOr IicenJitl! -at'riiilionai Discretion under the speoned conditions.Any IimiCition on the qualifying coiJntties isirliliCat.ed wfthi:dlhe ten.~""~ . 0"

Colouredtext

8IMIl tIixtOn ......tint'1,1*_,.

24 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 27: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

4. A.3.

4. A.3. 8.

4. A.3. b.

2. A resolution of 14 bits (plus sign bit) or morewith a conversion rate of200,000 conversions/sor more;

"Digital computers", "assemblies", and relatedequipment therefor, as follows, and speciallydesigned components therefor:NOTES:1. 4.A.3. includes vector processors, array

processors, logic processors, and equipment for "imageenhancement" or ((signal processing".

2. The embargo status t.?! the ((digital computers JJ orrelated equipment described in 4.A.3 is governed by theembargo status t.?! other equipment or systems provided:a. The ((digital computers" or related equipment are

essentialfor the operation t.?! the other equipment orsystems;

b. The ((digital computers" or related equipment are nota (~rincipal element" t.?! the other equipment orsystems; andN.B.: 1. The embargo status t.?! ((signal processing"

or ((image enhancement" equipmentdescribed in 4.A.3 .g. and speciallydesigned for other equipment with functionslimited to those required for the otherequipment is determined by the embargostatus of the other equipment even if itexceeds the (~rincipal element" criterion.

2. For the embargo status t.?! ((digitalcomputers" or related equipment fortelecommunications equipment, seeCategory 5 (Telecommunications).

c. The technology for the ((digital computers" andrelated equipment is governed by 4.E.

3. ((Digital computers" or related equipment are notembargoed by 4.A.3 provided:a. They are essential for medical applications;b. The equipment is substantially restricted to medical

applications by nature t.?! its design and peiformance;c. The equipment does not have ((user-accessible

programmability" other than that allowing forinsertion t.?! the original or modijied (~rogramme5"

supplied by the original manufacturer;d. The ((composite theoretical peiformance" t.?! any

((digital computer" which is not designed or modijiedbut essential for the medical application does notexceed 20 million theoretical operations per second(Mtops); and

e. The technology for the ((digital computers" or relatedequipment is governed by 4.E.

Designed for combined recognition, understandingand interpretation of image or continuous(connected) speech;Designed or modified for "'fault tolerance";~\JOTE: For the purposes t.?! 4.A.3.b., ((digital comput­ers" and related equipment are not considered to bedesigned or modijiedfor (Jault tolerance", if they use:1. Error detection or correction algorithms in ((main

storage JJ;

2. The interconnection t.?! two Udigital computers" so that,if the active central processing unitfails, an idling butmirroring central processing unit can continue thesystem's functioning;

3. The interconnection t.?! two central processing units bydata channels or by use t.?!shared storage to permit onecentral processing unit to peiform other work until thesecond central processing unitfails, at which time the firstcentral processing unit takes over in order to continue the

system's fUnctioning; or4. The synchronisation of two central processing units by

ust.?ftware" so that one central processing unit recogniseswhen the other central processing unitfails and recoverstasks from thefailing unit.

4. A.3. c. "Digital computers" having a "composite theoreticalperfonnance" (CTP) exceeding 12.5 milliontheoretical operations per second (Mtops);

4. A. 3. d. "Assemblies" specially designed or modifiedto enhance perfonnance by aggregation of"comput­ing elements", as follows:NOTES:1. 4.A.3.d. applies only to Hassemblies" and

programmable interconnections not exceeding the limit in4.A.3.c., when shipped as unintegrated Hassemblies".It does not apply to ((assemblies" inherently limite,d bynature of their design for 'use as related equipmentembargoed by 4.A.3. e. to k.

2. 4.A.3.d. does not embargo ((assemblies" speciallydesigned for a product orfamily t.?!products whosemaximum configuration does not exceed the limit of4.A.3.c.

1. Designed to be capable of aggregation inconfigurations of 16 or more "computingelements"; or

2. Having a sum of maximum data rates on all datachannels available for connection to associatedprocessors exceeding 40 MBytes/s;

4. A.3. e. Disk drives and solid state storage equipment,as follows:1. Magnetic, erasable optical or magneto-optical disk

drives with a "maximum bit transfer rate"exceeding 25 Mbitls;

2. Solid state storage equipment, other than "mainstorage" (also known as solid state disks or RAMdisks), with a "maximum bit transfer rate"exceeding 36 Mbit/s;

4. A. 3. f. Input/output control units designed for use withequipment embargoed by 4.A.3.e.;

4. A. 3. g. Equipment for "signal processing" or "imageenhancement" having a "composite theoreticalperformance" exceeding 8.5 million theoreticaloperations per second (Mtops);

4. A. 3. h. Graphics accelerators or graphics coprocessorsexceeding a "3-D Vector Rate" of 400,000 or, ifsupported by 2-D vect~rs only, a "2-D VectorRate" of 600,000;NOTE: 4.A.3.h. does not apply to work stationsdesigned for and limited to:1. Graphic arts (e.g., printing, publishing); and2. The display t.?! two-dimensional vectors.

4. A. 3. i. Colour displays or monitors having more than 12resolvable elements per mm in the direction of themaximum pixel density;NOTES:1. 4.A.3.i. does not embargo displays or

monitors not specially designed for electronic computers.2. Displays specially designed for Air Traffic Control

(A TC) systems are treated as specially designedcomponents for A TC systems under Category 6.

4. A. 3. j. Equipment performing analogue-to-digital ordigital-to-analogue conversions exceeding the limitsin 3.A.1.a.. 5.;

4. A. 3. k. Equipment containing "terminal interfaceequipment" exceeding the limits in 5.A.1.b.3.;NOTE: For the purposes t.?! 4.A.3.k., Uterminal interfaceequipment" includes uloc41area network" interfaces,modem; and oth."r communications interfaces. "Local area

Security Export Control September 1991 25

Page 28: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 4: 4. A. 3. continued

4. A.4.

network" interfaces are evaluated as "network accesscontrollers".

Computers, as follows, and specially designedrelated equipment, "assemblies" and componentstherefor;a. "Syst~lic array computers";b. "Neural computers";c. "Optical computers";

e. "Software" having characteristics or performingfunctions exceeding the limits in Category 5("Information Security");

f. Operating systems specially designed for "real timeprocessing" equipment which guarantees a "globalinterrupt latency time"ofless than 30 microseconds;

4. E. Technology

4. C. Materials

4. D. Software

4. B. Test, Inspection Br Production Equipment

4. C. Materials specially formulated for and required forthe fabrication of head/disk assemblies for embar­goed magnetic and magneto-optical hard disk drives;

4. E.1. "Technology" according to the General TechnologyNote, for the "development", "production" or"use" of equipment, materials or "software"

embargoed by 4.A, 4.B, 4.C or 4.0;2. a. "Technology" for the "development" or

"production" of equipment released under4.A.3.h.;

b. "Technology" for the "development" or"production" of equipment desib'lled for"multi-data-stream processing";

c. Technology "required" for the "development"or "production" of magnetic hard disk driveswith a "maximum bit transfer rate" exceeding11 Mbit/s;

4. Notes: 1. Licensesmay·be.granted.at NationalDiscretion for the export of "digital computers".embargoed by 4.A.3.c.• or specially designedcomponents therefor, and "software" embargoedby".D.h;-provided:a, They will' be operated by civil end-users for'.<;ivil applications;'

.b. 'the}"'i~Ve been primarily designed and used fornon.,st'rategic applications.;

c. The "CTP" ofthe "digital computers" does notexceed 20 Mtop!;

d.'f!leY:-do not contain any embargoed rel~ted

equipment;e. When exp0'tedas enha,ncements. the enhanced

"digital comP.!1ter'· does not exceed the limit inNote. Le:; ~ ..

, '\f. They are not Shipped as enhancements to

computers designedwit~ a proscribedcountry;N.R: This dHS not prtdude the enhanament ofsuch COnlputm wIun they art used by civil end-usersill civilapplkatiOflS.

g. Any'enibargoed "software" is the minimumrequir~d for the "me" of the approved "digitalt:dmpiit~rs';; .',.

h. The exporter shall: .1: Sa9,sfY. ~e-Department ofTrade and Vtdu~try

. "~;~-:quiPrilent:will be used:p~rily for

,the speoqc non~strategicappli<;aclon-for./ which,the,~xportwoll1dbeai1Proved;and

b: The equipment will Dot be used for the.', ",: .design, development or prqduction of

'.....:,··emb~d P~UclS;'. ,/. .2.~mpdy notifY the Departm,ent ofTrade

,.., _:.:arid Industry·of any information concerning.the ~val·()r.diversion Ofthe.equipment

'. ::frmn the authorised pUrpOSesre!ati:d to thespecific export-licence. . .

.2.licenceS1l112Y be 8ranted at National Dis<:retion',for,th~~ofequipiJlentl'embUgoed by4A3::".;n..£ p{OVided:. 'L' '. • ,

'-' a;.~~~ bit'ttaJIs1el'·rare" does not..., ~. ~exce;~36-Mbitlli -, ./'.:.~"'}'''' .

"Software" specially designed or modified to support"technology" embargoed by 4.E;

"Software" specially designed or modified for the"development", "production" or "use" of equip­ment, materials or "software" embargoed by 4.A,4.B, 4.C or 4.0;

NOTE: The embargo status of "software"for theHdevelopment", "production", or U use" ofequipmentdescribed in other Categories is dealt with in the appropri­ate Category. The embargo status of "software" forequipment described in this Category is dealt with herein.

Equipment for the development and production ofmagnetic and optical storage equipment, as follows:1. Equipment specially designed for the application

of magnetic coating to embargoed non-flexible(rigid) magnetic or magneto-optical media;NOTE: 4.B.1. does not embargo general purpose"sputtering" equipment.

2. "Stored programme controlled" equipmentspecially designed for monitoring, grading,exercising or testing embargoed rigid magneticmedia;

3. Equipment specially designed for the productionor alignment of heads or head/disk assemblies forembargoed rigid magnetic and magneto-opticalstorage, and electro-mechanical or opticalcomponents therefor;

Specific "software", as follows:a. "Pr9gramme" proof and validation "software"

using mathematical and analytical techniques anddesigned or modified for "programmes" havingmore than 500,000 "source code" instructions;

b. "Software" allowing the automatic generation of"source codes" from data acquired on line fromexternal sensors described in these Lists;

c. Operating system "software", "software" develop­ment tools and compilers specially designed for"multi-data-stteam processing" equipment, in"source code";

d. "Expert systems" or "software" for "expertsystem" inference engines providing both:1. Time dependent rules; and2. Primitives to handle the time characteristics of

the rules and the facts;

4. D.3.

4. D.2.

4. D.1.

4. D.

4. B.

26 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 29: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Abbreviations used in this Technical Note

4. Technical Note"Composite Theoretical Performance" (CTP)

CTP is a measure of computational performancegiven in millions of theoretical operations per second(Mtc-ps), . In calculating the "Composite Theoretical

Execution time 'r' is expressed in microseconds, andCTP is c'xpressed in Mtops (millions of theoreticaloperations per second),

"computing element" (typically an arithmetic logical unit)floating pointfixed pointexecution timeexclusive ORcentral processing unittheoretical performance (of a single CE)"composite theoretical performance" (multiple CEs)effective calculating rate

application of the equipment; andc. These Western representatives will be

notified of any significant change ofapplication or of other facts on whichthe licence was based;

b. A full description of:1. The equipment; and2. Its intended application and workload;

alldc. A complete identification of all end-users

and their activities;2. The exporter will in all cases:

a. Promptly reporr to the Department ofTradeand Industry any evidence of:1. Any violation of the conditions of this

Note; or2. Any removal or diversion of the equip­ment from authorised purposes, related tothe specific export licence;

XORCPUTPCTPR

CEFPXP

"\?: •.;"/ofT·,"'1..lL&,-

./t' ~, ... ':'ff£~.~e te~ :~. e~li1~ . ~:

• frOili the~ ~"," ..~~ £dih' IJ.''';' '•• , ;'-''''............... 1i" !,~" .:,..cn,. . " .••pe<;lll~ .....yvtt. <:ence.\"·'·"" .'. ' . .3. Licence applications for tlie following will receive

favourable consideration: "digital computers" orrebted equipment thert·for embargoed by4.A.3.c., e.. f. or g.. or "software" embargoed by4.1).1 .. provided:a. They wiIJ be operated by civil cnd-users for

civil applications;b. They have been primarily designed and used for

non ..slrategic applications;c. They do not exceed any of thc' following limits:

1. CT!' of the "digital computers" - 23 Mtops;2. "Maximum bit transfer rate" of disk drives or

input/outpot cootroluuits embargoed by4.A.3.e. or f. - 3f) Mbit/s; or

3. eTP of "signal processing" or "imageenliancement" equipment - 12.5 Mtops;

d. They dt, not contain ,lilY other embargoedrelated "quipment;

e. When exported as enhancements. the enhanced"digital computer" does not exceed the limit inNote 3.e.;

f. They arc not shipped as enhanc{'mellts tocomputers designed within a proscribed area;

g. Any embargoed "software" is the minimumrequired for tht' "use" of the approved "digitalcomputers" and related equipment;

h. This Note is administered as follows:1. Tht·'exporter will in all caSL'S provide the

Department of Trade and Industry withinformation wliich includes:a. A signed statement by a responsible repre­

sentative of the eud-us{'r(s) or the import­iug agency describing the cnd-use andcertifying tliat:J. The "digital computers" or r{'lated

equipment will:a. Bc used only for civil applications; andb. Not be reexported or otherwis{'

disposed of without permission fromthe Department of Trade and Industry;

2. Responsible Western represcntativcs ofthe supplier will:a. Have the right of access to the

"computer using facility" and allequipment, wherever located, duringnonnal w0rking hours and at anyother time the equipment is operating;alld

b. Be furnished informationdemonstrating continued authorised

Security Export Control SeptembM' 1991 'Z7

Page 30: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 4: Technical Note continued

The following table shows the method ofcalculating the EffectiveCalculating Rate R for each Computing Element:

Performance" (CTP) of a configuration of Comput­ing Elements (CEs) the following three steps arerequired:

1. Calculate the effective calculating rate R for eachCE;

2. Apply the word length adjustment to this rate,resulting in aTheoretical Performance (TP) foreach CE.Select the maximum resulting value ofTP;

3. If there is more than one "computing element",combine the TPs resulting in a "CompositeTheoretical Performance" for the configuration.Note: This aggregation should not be applied tocomputers connected through a decontrol1ed "local areanetwork".

In simple logic operations, a single instructionperforms a single logic manipulation of no morethan two operands of given lengths. In complexlogic operations, a single instruction performsmultiple logic manipulations to produce one ormore results from two or more operands.

Rates should be calculated for all supported operand.lengths, using the fastest executing instruction foreach operand length based on:1. Register-to-register. Exclude extraordinarily

short execution times generated for operations ona predetermined operand or operands (forexample, multiplication by 0 or 1). If no register­register operations are implemented, continuewith (2).

2. The faster ofregister-to-memory or memory-to­register operations; if these also do not exist, thencontinue with (3).

3. Memory-to-memory.

CEs which perform different types ofarithmeticoperations in a single machine cycle are to be treatedas multiple separate CEs performing simultaneously(e.g., a CE performing an addition and a multiplica­tion in one cycle, is to be treated as two CEs, the firstperforming an addition in one cycle and the secondperforming a multiplication in one cycle).If a single CE has both scalar function and vectorfunction, use larger value.

If no FP add or FP multiply are implemented,but the CE performs FP divide:

Rfp = 1tfpdcvick;

If the divide is not implemented, the fp reciprocalshould be used.If none of the specified instructions is implemented,the effective FP rate is O.

t = cycle timethe number of arithmetic operations per machine cycle

Nota V:

NotaZ:

1

ttpmult

Effective calculating Rate, R

Max 1ttp add

See Notes X & Z

See Notes X & Y

If neither add nor multiply isimplemented use the fastest availablearithmetic operation as follows:

1

3 * txp

if no add is implemented use:1

(txpmult)

For Computing Elements (CEs)Implementing:

BothFP and XP(R)

Calculate bothRxp,Rtp

In each case above, use the shortest execution timecertified by the manufacturer.

TP for each supported operand length WL

For simple logic processorsnot implementing any of thespecified arithmeticoperations. Where tlog is the execution time of

the XOR, or for logic hardware notimplementing the XOR, the fastestsimple logic operation.

See Notes X & Z

Adjust the effective rate R (or R') by the wordlength adjustment L as follows:

TP =R * L,where L =(113 + WL/96)

Note: The word length WL used in these calculations isthe operand length in bits. (if an operation uses operands ofdifferent lengths, select the largest word length.)

For special logicprocessors not using anyof the specified arithmeticlogical operations

Not. X:

R =R'*WLl64where R' is the number of resultsper second, WL is the number ofbits upon which the logic operationoccurs, and 64 is a factor tonormalize to a 64 bit operation.

For CEs which perform multiple arithmetic operationsoh specific type in a single cycle (e.g., two additionsper cycle), the execution time t is given by:

This adjustment is not applied to specialized logicprocessors which do not use XOR instructions. Inthis case TP = R.

Select the Maximum Resulting Value of TP for:

Each XP-only CE (Rxp);Each FP-only CE (Rfp);Each combined FP and XP CE (R);Each simple logic processor not implementing any of

2~ Security Expol1 COl'\trol September 1991

Page 31: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

the specified arithmetic operations; andEach special logic processor not using any of thespecified arithmetic or logic operations.

CTP for CPU. and aggregation. of CE.

For a CPU with a single CE.CTP=TP

(for CEs performing both fixed and floating pointoperations TP = max (TPfp, TPxp))For aggregations of multiple CEs operatingsimultaneously:Note 1: For configurations which do not allow all of the

CEs to run simultaneously, the configuration ofpermissible CEs that provides the largest CTP should beused. The TP ofeach contributing CE is to be calculatedat its maximum value theoretically possible bifore theCTP of the combination is derived.

2: A single integrated circuit chip or board assembly maycontain multiple CEs.

3: Simultaneous operations are assumed to exist when thecomputer manufacturer claims concurrent, parallel orsimultaneous operation or execution in a manual orbrochure for the computer.

CTP = TP t + C2 * TP2 + ... + C n * TPn •

where TP1 is the highest of the TPs. and Ci is acoefficient determined by the strength of theinterconnection between CEs, as follows:For multiple CEs sharing memory:C2 = C 3 = C 4 = ... = C n = 0.75Note: CEs share memory if they access a commonsegment ofsolid state memory. This memory may includecache storage, main storage. or other internal memory.Peripheral memory devices such as disk drives, tape drivesor RAM disks are not included.

Category 5Telecommunications and'Illnformation Securityn

Note to Reader:

The following text is split into two sections:Category 5 Part 1 - Telecommunications andCategory 5 Part 2 - "Information Security".

The origins of this Category are from the following formerIndustrial List Items:• Optical Fibre & Cable Manufacture and Test Equipment

(IL 1353)• Communication. detection or tracking equipment

(IL 1502)• Radio Receivers (IL 1516)• Radio Transmitters (IL 1517)

• Lasers (IL 1522)• Transmission Equipment (IL 1519)• Radio Relay Equipment (IL 1520)• Cable and Optical Fibre (IL 1526)• Cryptographic Equipment (IL 1527)• Electronic Test Equipment (IL 1529)• Frequency Synthesisers & Equipment Containing Them

(IL 1531)

• Signal Analysers (IL 1533)• Microwave Equipment (IL 1537)• Electronic Computers (IL 1565)

• Software (IL 1566)• Stored Programme Controlled Switching (IL 1567)• Related specially designed software• Related technologies

The above list is for reference only and it is not exhaustive.

Part 1 . TelecommunicationsFor multiple CEs not sharing memory. intercon­nected by one or more data channels:

Cj= 8 * Si

(WLj * TPJ(i =2 n)where Si = sum of the maximum data rates (in unitsof MByte/sec) for all data channels connected to thei'h CE or CPU.Note: This d~es not include channels dedicated to transfersbetween one individual processor and its most immediatememory or related equipment.

WLj is the operand length for which TPj wasobtained. and the factor 8 normalizes Si (measured inbytes per second) and WL (given in bits).Note: lfC; exceeds 0.75, theformulafor CE/CPUsharing direct addressable memory applies (i.e. Ci cannotexceed 0.75).

5. Notes: A.The embargo status of components. "lasers", testand production equipment. materials and "software" therefor which are specially designed fortelecommunications 'equipment or systems isdefined in this Category.

B. "Digital computers". related equipment or"software". when essential for the operation andsupport of telecommunications equipmentdescribed in this Category. are regarded asspecially designed components. provided they arethe standard models customarily supplied by themanufacturer. This includes operation.administration. maintenance. engineering orbilling computer systems.

BIeck text Goods described an: e1igible.for Iicc!nsing aton colour" '. National Oicretion und«~especified"~onditions ..tint . "Any limitation'oil die qualifyiilg..cOUlitrles 'isbeoqround indicllted within the text..

Colouredtext

Goods described may qualify for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifYing countries is indicatedwithin the text.

5. A. 1. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

5. A. 1. a. Any type of telecommunications equipment havingany ofthe following characteristics, functions orfeatures:

1. Specially designed to withstand transitoryelectronic effects or electromagnetic pulse arisingfrom a nuclear explosion;

2. Specially hardened to withstand gamma, neutronor ion radiation;

3. SpecWlyp~ed to operate, outside the

Security Export Control Septeml1er. 7997 29

Page 32: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

'~

5. A. 1. b.

categOry 6 Part 1: 5. A. 1. cont;nu~

temperature range from 219 K (-54°C) ,to ! :,397 K (124°C); , '

NOTE: ,5.A.! ~a.J. applies pmy to,ekarolli4equipmerit.' " ' ,. ,

"NOTEd.A.1.a.2. and J. do not tIJ1Plyto equipfl'lent 011

board satetlttes. " , ,Telecommunication transmission equipment orsystems, and specially designed components andaccessories therefor, having any of the followingcharacteristics, functions or features:NOTE: Telecommunication transmission,equipmenta. Categorised as follows, or combinations thereof:

1. Radio equipment (e.g., transmitters, receivers, and transceivers);

2. Line terminating equipment;3. Intermediate amplifier equipment;4. Repeater equipment;5. Regenerator equipment;6. Translation encoders (transcoders);7. Multiplex equipment (statistical multiplex

included);8. Modulatorsl demodulators (modems);9. Transmultiplex equipment (see CCITT Rec.

G,701);10, "Stored programme controlled" digital

crossconnection equipment;11. "Gateways" and bridges;12. "Media access units"; and

b. Designed for use in single or multi;-channelcommunication via:1. Wire (line);2, Coaxial cable;3. Optical fibre cable;4, Electromagnetic radiation,

5. A. 1. b. 1. Employing digital techniques, including digitalprocessing of analogue signals, and designed tooperate at a "digital transfer rate" at the highestmultiplex level exceeding 45 Mbit/s or a "totaldigital transfer rate" exceeding 90 Mbitls;NOTE: 5.A.1,.b.,1.,does not embargo equipment speciallydesigned to be inttgrated and operated in any satellitesystem for civil use.

5. A. 1. b. 2. Being "stored programme controlled" digital crossconnect equipment with a "digital transfer rate"exceeding 8.5 Mbit/s per port;

5. A. 1. b. 3. Being equipment containing:a. Modems using the "bandwidth ofone voice

channel" with a "data signalling rate" exceeding9,600 bit/s;

b. "Communication channel controllers" with adigital output having a "data signalling rate"exceeding 64,000 bitls per channel; or

c. "Network access controllers" and related commonmedium having a "digital transfer rate" exceeding33 Mbitls;

NOTE: Ifany unembargoed equipment contains a"network aaess amtroller", it cann'?t have any type oftetelommunkatio'nt interface except'those described in, butnot embargoed by, 5,A.1.b.J.

5. A. 1. b.;4. Employing a "laser" and having any of the followingcharacteristics:a. A transmission wavelength exceeding 1,000 nm;b. Employing analogue techniques and having a

bandwidth exceeding 45 MHz;c. Employing coherent optical transmission or

coherent optical detection techniques (also calledoptical heterodyne or homodyne techniques);

d. Empldying wavelength division mUitiplexing

30 securitY,Export Control.September 1991

techniques; or

e. Performing "optical amplification";5. A. 1. b. 5. Being radio equipment operating at input or output

frequencies exceeding:a, 31 GHz tOr satcllite-earth station applications;b. 26.5 GHz for other applications;

NOTE: 5.A.1 ,b.5,b, does not embargo equipment forcivil use conforming with an ITV allocated band between26,5 and J1 GHz.

5. A. 1. b. 6. Being radio equipment:a. Employing quadrature-amplitude-modulation

(QAM) techniques above level 4; orb. Employing other digital modulation techniques

and having a "spectral efficiency" exceeding3 bit/sec/Hz;NOTE: 5.A.1 ,b,6.b. does not embargo equipmentspecially designed to be integrated and operated in anysatellite system for civil use.

5. A. 1. b. 7. Being radio equipment operating in the 1.5 to87,5 MHz band and having either of the followingcharacteristics:a, 1. Automatically predicting and selecting

frequencies and "total digital transfer rates" perchannel to optimize the transmission; and

2, Incorporating a linear power amplifierconfiguration having a capability to supportmultiple signals simultaneously at an outputpower ofl kW or more in the 1.5 to 30 MHzfrequency range or 250 W or more in the 30 to87.5 MHz frequency range, over an"instantaneous bandwidth" ofone octave ormore and with an output harmonic anddistortion content of better than -80 dB; or

b. Incorporating adaptive techniques providingmore than 15 dB suppression of an interferingsignal;

5. A. 1. b. 8. Being radio equipment employing "spreadspectrum" or "frequency agility" (frequencyhopping) techniques having either of the followingcharacteristics:a, User programmable spreading codes; orb, A total transmitted bandwidth which is 100 or

more times the bandwidth ofanyone informationchannel and in excess of 50 kHz;

5. A. 1. b. 9. Being digitally controlled radio receivers havingmore than 1,000 channels, which:a. Search or scan automati~ally a part of the

electromagnetic spectrum;b. IdentifY the received signals or the type of

transmitter; andc. Have a "frequency switching time" ofless

than 1 ms;5. A. 1. b. 10.Providing functions of digital "signal processing"

as follows:a, Voice coding at rates ofless than 2,400 bit/s;b, Employing circuitry which incorporates

"user-accessible programmability" of Oigital"signal processing" circuits exceeding the limits of4.A.3.g.;

5. A. 1. b. 11.Being underwater communications systemshaving any of the following characteristics:a. An acoustic carrier frequency outside the range

from 20 to 60 kHz;b. Using an electromagnetic carrier frequency

below 30 kHz; orc. Using electronic beam steering techniques;

5. A. 1. c. "Stored programme controlled" switchingequipment and related signalling systems, having any

Page 33: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

of the following chancteristics, functions or'features,and specially designed components and accessoriestherefor:NOTE: Statistical multiplexers with digital input anddigital output which provide switching are treated as "storedprogramme controlled" switches.

5. A. 1. c. 1. "Common channel signalling";NOTE: Signalling systems in which the signalling channelis carried in and refers to no more than 32 multiplexedchannels forming a trunk line iif no more than 2.1 Mbitls,and in which the signalling information is carried in afixed, time division multiplexed channel without the use oflabelled messages, are not considered to be "commonchannel signalling" systems.

5. A. 1. c. 2. Containing '~IntegratedServices Digital Network"(ISDN) functions and having either of the following:a. Switch-tenninal (e.g., subscriber line) interfaces

with a "digital transfer rate" at the highestmultiplex level exceeding 192,000 bit/s, includingthe associated signalling channel (e.g., 2B+D); or

b. The capability that a signalling message receivedby a switch on a given channel that is related to acommunication on another channel may be passedthrough to another switch;

NOTE: 5,A, 1.c.2. does not preclude:1, The evaluation and appropriate actions taken by

the receiving switch;2. Unrelated user message traffic on a D channel

iifISDN.5. A. 1. c. 3. Multi-level priority and pre-emption for circuit

switching;NOTE: 5,A.t.e.3. does not embargo single-levelcall pre-emption.

5. A. 1. c. 4. "Dynamic adaptive routing";5. A. 1. c. 5. Routing or switching of "datagram" packets;5. A. 1. c. 6. Routing or switching of "fast select" packets;

NOTE: The restrictions in 5,A.1.c.5. and 6. do notapply to networks using only "network access controllers"or to "network aaess controllers" themselves.

5. A. 1. c. 7. Designed for automatic hand-off of cellular radiocalls to other cellular switches or for automaticconnection to a centralized subscriber data basecommon to more than one switch;

5. A. 1. c. 8. Being packet switches, circuit switches and routerswith ports or lines exceeding either:a. A "data signalling rate" of64,000 bit/s per

channel for a "communications channelcontroller"; orNOTE: 5,A.1 ,c.8.a. does not preclude themultiplexing over a composite link ofcommunicationschannels not embargoed by 5,A.1.c.8.a.

b. A "digital transfer rate" of 33 Mbit/s for a"network access controller" and related commonmedium;

5. A. 1. c. 9. "Optical switching";5. A. 1. c. 10.Employing "Asynchronous Transfer Mode" (ATM)

techniques;5. A. 1. c. 11. Containing "stored programme controlled" digital

crossconnect equipment with a "digital transfer rate"exceeding 8.5 Mbit/s per port;

5. A. 1. d. Centralized network control having both of thefollowing characteristics:1. Receives data from the nodes; and2. Processes these data in order to provide control of

traffic not requiring operator decisions, therebyperfortning "dynamic adaptive routing";

NOTE: 5.A.1.d. does not preclude control of traffic as ajunction iifpredictable statistical traffic conditions.

5. A. 1. e. Optical fibre communication Clbksl'-cil.iibril :£3ana SpeCWly des!jied cOiilponents ina-iCc~iies-'

therefor. as fpUo"!': ' '5. A. 1. e. 1. Optical fibres ~r cables of more. d)an 50 m,in

length having either of the .follo.wjng characteristics:a. Designed for single mode ope~on; orb. For optical fib~, capable of withstanding a

"prooftest" tensile stress of 2 x:l O' N/m2

or more;Technical Note: Proof Test:On-line or off-line production screen testing thatdynamically applies a prescribed tensile stress overa 0.5 to 3 m length offibre at a running rate of2to 5 m/s while passing between capstansapproximately 150 mm in diameter. The ambienttemperature is a nominal 293 K and relativehumidity 40"10.N.B.: Equivalent national standards may be usedforexecuting the proof (est.

5. A. 1. e. 2. Components and accessories specially designed forthe optical fibres or cables embargoed by s.A.l.e.l.,except connectors for use with optical fibres orcables with a repeatable coupling loss of0.5 dBor more;

5. A. 1. 8. 3. Optical fibre cables and accessories designed forunderwater use; (For fibre-optic hull penetratorsor connectors, see 8.A.2.c.)

5. A. 1. f. Phased array antennae, operating above 10.5 GHz,containing active elements and distributedcomponents, and designed to pennit electroniccontrol of beam shaping and pointing, except thosefor landing systems with instruments meeting ICAOstandards (microwave landing systems (MLS));

5. B.': Test, Inspection and ProductionEquipment

a. Equipment specially designed for:1. Development of equipment, materials,

functions or features embargoed by s.A.1.,s.B.1., S.C.1., s.D.1. or s.E.1., includingmeasuring or test equipment;

2. Production ofequipment, materials, functionsor features embargoed by s.A.1., s.B.1., S.C.1.,s.D.1. or s.E.1., including measuring, test orrepair equipment;

3. Use ofequipment, materials,. functions orfeatures exceeding any of the least stringentembargo criteria applicable in s.A.1., s.B.1.,s.c.1., s.D.1. or s.E.1., including measuring,repair or test equipment;

b. Other equipment as follows:1. Bit error rate (HER) test equipment designed or

modified to test the equipment embargoedin s.A.1.b.1.;

2. Data communication protocol anaIyzers, testersand simulators for functions embargoed by s.A.1.;

3. Stand alone "5tOred programme controlled"radio transmission media simulatorslchannelestimators specially designed for testingequipment embargoed.bY s.A.l.b.s.;

5. C.,. Materiils

PrefOrtns'of g1a55 or ofany other material optimizedfor the manufacture ofoptical ibres embargoedby s.A.1.e.; ,

II

Page 34: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 5 Part 1: continued

5. D. 1. Software

a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the"development", "production" or "use' ofequipment or materials embargoed by S.A.l.,S.B.l. or S.C.l.;

b. "Software" specially designed or modified tosupport "technology" embargoed by S.E.l.;

c. Specific "software" as follows:1. "Generic software", other than in machine­

executable form, specially designed or modifiedfor the "use" of "stored program controlled"digital switching equipment or systems;

2. "Software", other than in machine-executableform, specially designed or modified for the"use" ofdigital cellular radio equipment orsystems;

3. "Software" specially designed or modified toprovide characteristics, functions or features ofequipment embargoed by S.A.l. or S.B.l.;

4. "Software" which provides capability ofrecovering "source code" of telecommunica­tions "software" embargoed by this Category ;

S. "Software" specially designed for the"development" or "production" of "software"erpbargoed by S.D.l.;

(For "software" for "signal processing" see also4.D. and 6.D.)

5. E. 1. Technology

a. Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development", "production" or"use" (excluding operation) of equipment,systems, materials or "software" embargoed byS.A.l.. S.B.l., S.c.l. or S.D.1.;

b. Specific technologies as follows:1. "Required" technology for the "development"

or "production" of telecommunicationsequipment specially designed to be used onboard satellites;

2. Technology for the "development" or "use" of"laser" communication techniques with thecapability of automatically acquiring andtracking signals and maintainingcommunications through exoatmosphere orsub-surface (water) media;

3. Technology for processing and application ofcoatings to optical fiber specially designed tomake it suitable for underwater use;

4. Technology for "development" or"production" of equipment employing"Synchronous Digital Hierarchy" (SDH) or"Synchronous Optical Network" (SONET)techniques;

S. Technology for the "development" or"production" of "switch fabric" exceeding64.000 bits/s per information channel

other than for digital cross connect integrated inthe switch;

6. Technology for the "development" or"production" of centralized network control;

7. Technology for the "development" or"production" ofdigital cellular radio systems;

8. Technology for the "development" or"production" of "Integrated Services DigitalNetwork" (ISDN).

32 Security Export Control September 1991

5. POtIon.1 Discretion Not..:Part , .• Telecommunications

1. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport to Albania, Bulgaria, the People's Republic ofChina. the Czech: & Slovak Federal Republic, Hungary,Mongolia, Poland, Romania and Vietnam, ofteIecom­munications equipment for optical fibres embargoed byS.A.1.b.4.a., provided the transmission wavelength doesnot exceed 1370 nm.

2. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport to Albania, Bulgaria, the People's Republic ofChina, the Czech & Slovak Federal Republic, Hungary,Mongolia, Poland, Romania and Vietnam, of cables orfibres embargoed by S.A.1.e. provided:a. Quantities are nonnal for the envisaged end-use; andb. They are for a specified civil end-use.

3. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport to Albania, Bulgaria, the People's Republic ofChina, the Czech & Slovak Federal Republic, Hungary,Mongolia, Poland, Romania and Vietnam, ofopticalfibre test equipment embargoed by S.B.l.a.3. using atransmission wavelength not exceeding 1370 nm.

4. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport to Poland, Hungary and the Czech & SlovakFederal Republic of equipment Or systems embargoed byS.A.l.b, c., d., e. or f., and test equipment, "software"and "use" technology therefor, provided that:a. The Department of Trade and Industry is re'lSonably

satisfied that the equipment or systems:1. Are designed for and will be used for specific civil

applications; and2. Will be operated in the importing country by a civil

end-user who has furnished to the supplier a signed" statement certifying that the equipment or systems

will be used only for the specific end-use;b. The exporter provides to the Department of Trade and

Industry:1. End-use assurances provided by the importer and

backed by his national authorities (e.g., anInternational Impo1\t Certificate);

2. A full description of the equipment or systems to beprovided;

3. Details of the installation site and intendedapplication; and

c. The exporter prompdy reports to the Department ofTrade and Industry evidence of:1. Any violation of the conditions of this Note; or2. Any removal or diversion of the equipment from

authorized purposes related to the specific exportlicence.

S. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport of digital radio equipment or systems embargoedby S.A.1.b.l. or S.A.1.b.6. provided:a. The equipment or system is intended for general

commercial international traffic in an international civiltelecommunication system, one end of which is in aCOCOM member country;

" b. It is to be installed in a permanent circuit under thesupervision of the COCOM membercountry licensee;

c. No means are to be provided for the transmission oftraffic between points in a single proscribed countryother than Poland; Hungary and the Czech and SlovakFederal Republic;

d. The "digital transfer rate" at the highest multiplex leveldoes not exceed 156 Mbitls;·

e. The equipment does not employ either"of the

Page 35: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

following:LQuadratureAmpli~Modulation (QAM),

techniques above6-4,QAM; or '2. Other digital modulation tec~ues with a

"spectral efficiency" exceeding\6 bit/s/Hz;( The equipment is not embargoed l>y5.A.l.b.5.,

5.A.1.b.8 or 5.D.2.;g. Spare parts shall remain under control of the COCOM

member country licensee;h. The COCOM member country licensee or his

designated representative who shall be from a non­proscribed country shall have the right of access to allthe equipment;

i. There will be no transfer ofembargoed technology;j. Systems installation, operation and maintenance shall

be performed by the licensee or the licensee'sdesignated representative, who shall be from a non­proscribed country, using only personnel from non­proscribed countries, until such time as the DepartmentofTrade and Industry agrees otherwise;

k. Upon request, the licensee shall carry out an inspectionto establish that:1. The system is being used for the intended civil

purpose; and2. All the equipment exported under the provisions of

this Note is being used for the stated end purposeand is still located at the installation sites;

After each inspection, the licensee shall report hisfindings to the Department ofTrade and Industrywithin one month.

5. National Discretion Notes for the People'sRepublic of China: Part 1 • Telecommunications

6. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport to the People's Republic ofChina of thefollowing communications, measuring or test equipment:a. Telecommunications transmission equipment

embargoed by 5.A.1.b.1., 5.A.1.b.2. or 5.A.1.b.4.,provided:1. It is intend'ed for general commercial traffic in a civil

communication system;2. It is designed for operation at a "digital transfer rate"

at the highest multiplex level of 140 Mbit/s or lessand at a "total digital transfer rate" of 168 Mbit/s orless;

3. For equipment embargoed by 5.A.1.b.4., thetransmission wavelength does not exceed1,370 urn and {lptical fibre must be used as thecommunication medium:

4. It is to be installed under the supervision of the sellerin apennanent circuit; and

5. It is to be operated by the civilian authorities of theimporting country;

b. Measuring or test equipment embargoed by 5.B.l.a.3.,5.B.1.b.1. or 5.B.1.b.2. that is necessary for the use(i.e., installation, operation and maintenance) ofequipment exported under the conditions of this Note,provided:1. It is designed for use with communication

transmission equipment operating at a "digitaltransfer rate" of 140 Mbit/s or less, and at a "totaldigital transfer rate" of 168 Mbit/s or less; and

2. It will be supplied in the minimum quantity requiredfor the transmission equipment eligible for exportunder the conditions of this Note.N.B.: Where possible, built-in test equipmmt(BITE) will be providedfor installtltion or maintman« of

"~.f"';"~~,. . ~~" ,J."'" I. 'f" ;."' .,.,<-, ~~-y"

toIf4itio!u ifiltu 'Nt1i'e' .':,-- ·'1fr-~\!'/f!.~.d,._ .~ -~.i.< " ~.

NB ..... ·~'IIII ...~.L.~,.;..L·••(').-j.."~KI!(WNe!_~r~~_~~"foJ&~({

'" "';ilIflUnMutf7i{:I'fdtJJlitiitiuil"~.fJIIi!ti . .~;·-"'\oft4U/pffttmI~~tnIIi)~d/j ~,'!)', ;Z.

,;.. ,.7:.' Lice$lCS ~y,befRIil~p~~th~:expOrt to the PeopJe's·RePiJbtic. o(.Clrina:of~."

. following'~"telec:ouuhumcatiollS>~:eqqipin~t"~<:t; Modems' embai:goed by ~.A.1.b.3,a. with a.~data ' :: ,

sigJ1allingnte" not~ng 19,200 bitl~ 1Ir, ,' ..

b. "NetwOrk access controllers" embargoed.by . "S.A.l.b.3.<l.•,when exported undeupc: conditions of>NOte 4 tbCategory 4, with a "digital.transf'cr rate~.;/

not exceeding-100'Mbitls. ,;;;. ';.~." ;::.8. Licences may be granted.at Natio.ilaU}i$lretion for the :

export to the People's.Republic ofChina of~ "following, provided the asSociated multiplex 'equipment isdesigned for·0tleration aea. '~digital tra.nsfer.·,race" at the'highest multiplex level of 140 million, bitls or less:-a. Digital microwave radio rday equipment embargoed

by 5.A.1.b:l. or 5.A.1:b.6. for fixed.civilinstallations, operating at fixed frequenci.es notexceeding 19.7 GHz with a "total digital tnnSfer rate"not exceeding 168 Mbitls; ,

b. Ground communication radio.equipment' for use withtemporarily fixed services operated by the civilianauthorities and designed to be used at fixed frequenciesnot exceeding 20 GHz;

c. Radio transmission media simulators/channelestimators embargoed by 5.B.1.b.3., designed fortesting equipment described in a. or b. above;

d. Power amplifiers not exceeding 10 W and6/4-GHz- transmitters/receivers for communication

. satellites. ' , "9. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for the

export to the People's Republic ofChina ofequip~ent

embargoed by 5.A.1.c.1. or "sofrware" for '~commonchannel signalling" embargoed by. 5.D.1.a. or5.D.1.c.3.,provided that:a. The "common channel signalling" is restricted to

quasi-associated or associated mode ofoperationaccording to CCnT Red Book.Volume X,fascicle X.l;

b. No functions, other than those;dcscribed in thefollowing recommendations in the Red Book ofccnT: Q.701 to Q.709, Q.721 to.Q.725,Q.791 andQ.795, are included;N.B.: Only jUlId/ons desaibetl illJpdragrtlph 24Q. 795 tUr

to be included. These Q. 795jUrtdions may,Mt prwidecentralized netlvor1e amtro/1uwing all of thefollDwing

. dun-Ilderistia:., .' '.'a. b based on d,tIttwOrle ~tprvtoaJl; aIIIlb. Does both of t1It folkwi",:· ..•

1. Recdllts data from the iI6tles j aIIIl , .2. Pro«sses these data in order kJ:

a. Controll1afficj aIIIlb. Directionawe pathsj

c. No form of "Integnted Services Digital Network"(ISDN) is provided;

d. Equipment or "software" is restricted to tI:1at necessaryfor the <!Perati~>n within a city or, for "PrivateAutomatic Brapch Exchanges", withirJ,a.radius of100 km; , '. "

e. No means are'provided which will'al1o'tfu~on

channel sigriaDing" via analogue t:rlQlSmission.Iinb;,( AIi the app1icabl~ c::opditiOI,1S enumerated in ; . ''~.

Note 9.a. t()e. are aCtomPlished by: ,~ :.', I,' :

Security Export Control September 1991 33

Page 36: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 5 Part 1: Notes continued

a. It is for fixed installation and civil application;

b. It is designed for operation at a "digital transfer rate"

not exceeding 156 Mbit/s;

c. The equipment does not employ either of the

following:1. Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM)

techniques above 64 QAM; or

2. Other digital modulation techniques with a "spectral

efficiency" exceeding 6.3 bit/s/Hz;d. It operates at fixed frequencies not exceeding 9 GHz;

e. When submitting export requests under the provisionsof this Note, the exporter will provide to the

Department of Trade and Industry a statement

identifYing:I. The equipment or system to be providcd;

2. The intended application: "lid3. The locatioll of the equipment.

15. Favourable consideration will be given to licence

applications for the export of optical fibre cables and

optic" fibre transmission equipnJeIlt or systems

embargoed bv 5.A.I.b. or 5.A.I.e.. provided:

a. The equipment or system is illtended for go'neral

COll1111ercial lnternatioll::11 tr~lflic in all lntcrnational civil

submarine optical fibre telecomllumication system

hnking the importing conntry with a COCOMt11CtTlber country;

b. It is to be installed in a pennJnent circuit uncleI' the'supervision of the COCOM member coulltry licensee;

c, No meailS are to be provided for the transmission of

traflic between points in onc or Inon.; proscribed

countries other tban Puland. Hungary and the Czech& Slovak Federal Republic;

d. The total length of optical fibre cable to be ;I]stalled

within the proscribed country. exc!nding cahk interritorial waters. does not exceed '1 () kill or the

shortest dist"nCL' which is practical lor illst;tIlation;

e. The "digital transl':r rate" at the highest nlultipkx kveldoes not exceed 565 Mbit/s;

f ThL: "laser" transrnissioll wavelength dues Hot excecd

1,550 nm;

g. The equipment is not emb'lrgoed by 5.A.l.b.4.h. to ('.

or 5.D.2.;

h. Spare parts shall relllain under control of rill' COCOM

Illclllbcr country licensee;

i. Tht' COCOM l1lember coulltry licellsee or his

designated representative, who shall be fi-Olll a

non-proscribed country, shail haVc' the right of

access to all the equipment;

j. There will be no transfer of embargoed technology;

k. Systems installation, operatiun Jnd lTl'lintenan':e shallbe pnformed by the licensee or the licensee's

designated representative, who shall be frolll a non­

proscribed COUlltry. using only personnel from non­

proscribed countries. ulltil such time as the Department

of Trade and Industry agrees otherwise;

I. Upon reguest. the licensee shall carry out an inspection

to establish that:

1. The system is being used for the intended civil

purpose;2. All the equipment exported under thc provisions of

this Note is heing used for the stated end purpose

and is still located at the installation sites.After each

inspection. the licensee shall report his findings to

the Department of Trade and Industry within oncmonth.

16. Favourable consideration will be given to hcence

applications for the export of technology embargoed

by this Category and of instrumentation, test

14, Favourable consideration will be given to licence

applications for export< to Albania, Bulgaria. Mongolia,

Romania and Vietnam only for the export of radio relay

communications equipment. specially designed

components and accessories, specially designed testequipment, "software" and technology for the "use" of

equipment or materials therefor. embargoed by 5.A.l

5.B.1.. 5.C.1.. 5,0.1. or 5.£.1.. provided:

5. Favourable Consideration Notes:Part 1 .. Telecommunications

'J :.' ;::'.'the "

... , ~R~I~~

'l~~' ":~.'.~~""" :t'"- ~~non-....., • '" r' • "ravuu,--""

.,;l~'d'''' :. iliiIj~' ~~, . 1bit.lirei>pomiud• :e.i:'_~ ;>=<..:.;~....iti..~'-i.Oa.-siot~>40"""a1,4"O nm'. .'w- ' -" --_... ,. """""'-'l!I "If'" '.~: '''It:~uAY~ Sr__che, Natioaal E>isaetil>n:,:';. '~).(~';'-liW.~'~rho<th~,PeopJe.~Republi d£biina·.·""lJ.:)'~~~.~ "'·~.a,2.;;,as fOI.IOws;.;. '.

\ .' .1. Optical fibre Ol:~o~~~ ,~.

>1\' .,ji "'~I:ibIr'eqllij)Jnefttl!sitis ~conduetl:ii.~.. "." 't!'llascn~Hvith ...~ nl)t'exceeding 1;370 om;\lJ~I<f'~!Eqllipu.iesU fbr'the manufaCtme·o{Ji.ijca-baied

'i.!J; 'ltepataHibrc;'prefomu",'opticaHibmor~.12..Ucenc:es,may,be'ptea. it-National'Discmiomfor the

y, ,,·"".rt"coodlc People's Republie-ofChina of-repair&.cilide.:~~~'· ..embargoedby 5.B:1.a.3. or "

. 5:D?t.a: for teiWro{."cred programme 'controlled"". f;' •.• 'conuirtlnillacions Swirching equipment or systems.

.. ' :"provided:' .': ,:,j. '; ~:.. :,,;.:.... "<l'2,<'}:he'repeir facilities: ' . ,.. ; .

" ...,d .!de.specially deSigned equipment fOl; ~air;

'":"~~'" '(. ~ 2: Ait.:to·be'used to tepair,dn&argocd.equipment author-, ist<! for expOrt at National Discretion under Note 9

'.' :~'-.. ~.f:'ofCategOry;5, or .pmcnt.fteefrolnembargo;'.' •.'. " "3: Arc shipped m'reasonable quantiaes nemsary for die

. ;~ .. typeS and q~des'ol exported equipment being.serviced; . • ... ,:" ·'i!.:.." ,

•of.,~ .notprcrfld.e 10caI production:f.acilities; and'5,Donotpro~de for testing Qf indi-richW el~ctronic

'p, ·.:'COmpQnents;·; · : "-"" ·,'''.l

_. '.' "b',,1The repair does.riot:\!.pgrade-the eqUipment or"; :"~'::"~ ;.,:j'sottWare'~; ';" !~r;' .

, C.AD the'recotds'ofrepait~ty are kept'by:arepresentative of tQe. Westep1 sllpplier;.·'··· .;.

'Ua,rl'be 4'POtter $half ptovide the:Dtpartm'ent ofTrade0.": and hi~'widI a statement'ldentifyihg:';

~1.'1I'he equiPment to be proVided;",nd .2, The usen and their activities;'''' ,;;< .

"N!B~~,N~ng,m this Note oyemdes 'ccmtrois eisewhere. "<J m·thistlUt.·~ .: 'r ..:;.,;.< :D, u;<;'l'·L

"'F:·t3/~~ybe gnnted Qt Nati6~Discretion for the, export to.,the ~eople's ReJiublii:ofG~ oCmWmum

.~~t:itiliJof~miconducitor·~'IaIen~· desigbed an4 .;..,il\';4~_\\ti~'·~;.ayil"~bre..~ommUnicatiol1".•,,,~'~~d.i~~t!*'~d\or eJi8ibl~

'r' ·tot~vc~~~t1tllndeS:\Note 6to,~; ..h~_:s:=:..::~"';""L ... ~~....l...a.: " .. '..

.,-:~~ ,'>. _~~~j~~-r-1""T~fti;II"S'-U'ot\.<_·,"·:.:~~.:~~q!~,~~ ..'CW~ ou'cPut n~:>

"~ .l'-e,t~~nwH()O mW\. ,.l ..··ftf·,.c: !.... l.~ 1!"Ji.~;,\~~t .. "\.:: .... ' "':..~'~~.f~" .:!,£: 1I:-,•.• :~ ":'.'- , ".':"' _.'l- ";":

34 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 37: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

equipment, components and specially designed"software" therefdr, andinaterials and componentsembargoed.by this Category or other Categories onthis List, for modification or production of "storedprogramme controlled" circuit swit'Ching equiprri~nt or, ,­systems provided:N.B.: Technology for general purpose co~puters is not eligiblefor treatmelll under this Note, i.e., it remains governed byCategory 4. .

a. The characteristics of the "stored programmecontrolled" circuit switching equipment or syste.!11Sare limited to' those which release them from ..embargo or make them eligible for treatment atNational Discretion;

b. Modification of the "stored programme controlled"circuit switching equipment or systems is notpermitted if any aspect of the design would result inexceeding the performance thresholds or features ofthe relevant National Discretion Notes;

c. Testing oflarge scale integrated (LSl) circuits orthose with higher component densities is limited togo/no go tests;N.B.: Note 16.c. does not preclude exports ofequipmentor techtlOlogy which would be possible according to theprovisions cif other Categories.

d. The specially designed "software" is that necessaryto use the transferred technology, instrumentationand test equipment;

e. The manufacturing of the load tape by the licensee islimited to the addition to the generic "software" of thespecific customer data and site parameters;

f. "Development" technology is not included;g. The contract includes explicit conditions to ensure

that:I. The "production" technology or "production"

equipment is not reexported or exported, eitherdirectly or indirectly, to another proscribeddestination;

2. The supplier or licensor may appoint arepresentative who is entitled to veritY that the"production" technology and "production"equipment or systems serve their intended use;

3. Any modification of the capabilities or functions ofthe produced equipment must be approved by thesupplier or licensor;

4. The supplier's or licensor's personnel have right ofaccess to all the facilities directly involved in the"production" of the "stored programme controlled"circuit switching equipment or systems;

5. The "production" technology, "production"equipment and produced equipment or systems willbe for civil end-use only;

h. System integration testing will be performed by thesupplier or licensor, if it requires test tools whichprovide the licensee with the capability to recover"source code" or upgrade the system beyond theperformance thresholds or features of the relevantNational Discretion Notes;

N. B.: No export under the favourable considerationprovisions cif this Note shall establish a precedent for theapproval cif exports under'other C<ttegories in this .ust.

17. Favourable consideration will be given to licenceapplications for the export to Poland, Hungary and the'Czech & Slovak Federal Republic of technologyembargoed by this Category, and ofinstrumentation,test equipment, components and specially designed"software" theref~r, and materials an<l,compQnentsembargoed by this Category or other Categories on

this.Ljs~,i~rtthem~diti,ca~IjI. ,:,'p~qd~l?j,l".,~;i ..telecdniinunicitionS equipmen • lsYsteins~gI'b'iffor

. treatment under Note 4,.·provided,,·N.B.: Technology for general purposecomputm is not eI1gibk

for treatme~'I'1ckr:~ ~oflVi.rr.e/fll!1lfMrr'J.~rJle%sq{]lItl1gory 4. " . ." .-,- - .- .or:. ..~ ,---

:I'!Jhe c~~j:te~ti~,ofthe,tel~,o~~n¥ftio~s."'''.~.aeqUipmentor syste":ls. ar~.hffil~~.~"W Jh9,~e elIgtble fortrea~ment .unger Nq~ 4; . ~ '~l">;, "

b. Modification of t/le. tlile.~omtl1lm\CatiQllS equipmentor systems i~ not pe~tte4 it a·nYasl'!e;.t ~f the designwould result in exceeding the perfopna,qce thresholds or features of Note 4; , , '

, c. Testing of larg~ scak.integra,ted (J..SI) circ.uits or· thQse >

, " ~ithiUglie~'co~Po~~nta~n;iti~s' isllni'i~Jto ... ~~._: ~go/no go tests;N.B. Note 17. t. does notp~ilude'expoits cifequipmentor technology which woJld be pdssible according to theprovisions cifother Categories.

d. The specially designed "softwaren is that necessary touse the transferred technology, instrumentation andtest equipment;

e. All "software" shall be exported in machine executjlbls:form only; , .

f. "Development" technology is not inclu\ied;g. The contract includes 'explicit conditions to ensilre

that: '

1. The "production" technology or "production"equipment is not reexported or exported, eitherdirectly or indirectly, to another proscribeddestination;

2. The supplier or licensor may appoint arepresentative who is entitled to veritY that the"production" technology and "production"equipment or systems serve their intended use;

3. Any modification of the capabilities or functionsof the produced equipment must be approvedby the supplier or licensor;

4. The supplier's or licensor's personnel have right ofaccess to all the facilities directly involved in the"production" of the te1ecomm~nications equipmentor systems;

5. The "production" technology, "production"equipment and produced equipment or systemswill be for civil end-use only and not for reexport toCOCOM proscribed.destinations other than Poland,Hungary and the Czech & Slovak Federal Republic;

h. System integration testing will be performed by the'supplier or licensor, if it requires test tools whichwould provide the licen;ee with the c~pability torecOver "source code" or upgrade' the system beyondthe performance thresholds or features of Note 4;

i. End-use reporting of the installed telec'oinmunicationequipment or systems will be provided in accordancewith the provisions ofN6te4; ".N. B.: 1. No export u~aer theJavourd&ie cotUideralion

prov¥sions of this Noie 'shall' esta'1ilish a precedtntfor the 4Pproval of exp'orts undfr other,.categqries..

j

. 'j"this'Il$':"~ " '1 ..<: '.' I ":"_ .. __ ..:~2. For each licenet granted under this Not~ ,the

expl'rter provideS'to' the DtpdHinmt of TrJe ;".[; C'

IndllStry:' , , "i' ". ; :

b. End-use aSSuranasprovilleiJ by the importer and! Meleed'by ltis't1ifiional /lutlil,,(tks (e.g. 'an

1fttmatlolial fmpi'l't'CiJ'tjjitJ~):' '. ./i. An'assu'ranttthat tIi't i";~1l ma~t' available

ffUh injormatioft dJ'riilscm.ib1t "quested by theDepartmenf.l1j Trade 'aritl" JitdllJtrY;and:. "

1

Page 38: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 5 Part 1: Notes continued

C. All aSSl<rance that tire importer will allow oil-siteinspectioll if reqllested by tire Department of Tradeand Industry.

5.8.2. b. Measuring equipment specially designedto evaluate and validate the "information security"functions embargoed by 5.A.2. or 5.D.2.;

Part 2 • "Information Security" 5. C. 2. Materials

5. B. 2. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

5. A. 2. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

Systems, equipment, application specific "assem­blies", modules or integrated circuits for "informa­tion security", as follows, and other speciallydesigned components therefor:

5. A. 2. 8. Designed or modified to use "cryptography"employing digital techniques to ensure "informationsecurity";

5. A. 2. b. Designed or modified to perform cryptanalyticfuncti';ns;

5. A. 2. c. Designed or modified to use "cryptography"employing analogue techniques to ensure "informa­tion security", except:1. Equipment using "fixed" band scrambling not

exceeding 8 bands and in which the transpositionschange not more frequendy than once everysecond;

2. Equipment using "fixed" band scramblingexceeding 8 bands and in which the transpositionschange not more frequendy than once every tenseconds;

3. Equipment using "fixed" frequency inversion andin which the transpositions change not morefrequendy than once every second;

4. Facsimile equipment;5. Restricted audience broadcast equipment;6. Civil television equipment;

5. A. 2. d. Designed or modified to suppress the compromisingemanations of information-bearing signals;NOTE: SA.2.d. does not embargo equipment speciallydesigned to suppress emanations for healtlr or safety reasons.

5. A. 2. e. Designed or modified to use cryptographictechniques to generate the spreading code for"spread spectrum" or the hopping code for"frequency agility" systems;

5. A. 2. f. Designed or modified to provide certified orcertifiable "multilevel security" or user isolation at alevel exceeding Class B2 of the Trusted ComputerSystem Evaluation Criteria (TCSEC) or equivalent;

5. A. 2. g. Communications cable systems designed ormodified using mechanical, electrical or electronicmeans to detect surreptitious intrusion;

5. Note:

5.8.2.8.

The embargo status of "information security"equipment, "software", systems, application specific"assemblies", modules, integrated circuits,components or functions is defined in this Categoryeven if they are components or "assemblies" of otherequipment.

Equipment specially designed for:1. The development of equipment or functions

embargoed by 5.A.2., 5.B.2., 5.D.2. or 5.E.2.,including measuring or test equipment;

2. The productio~of equipment or functionsembargoed by 5.A.2., 5.B.2., 5.D.2. or 5.E.2.,including measuring, test, repair or productionequipment;

None

5. D. 2. Software

5. D. 2. 8. "Software" specially designed or modifiedfor the"development", "production" or "use" ofequipment or "software" embargoed by 5.A.2.,5.B.2. or 5.D.2.;

5. D. 2. b. "Software" specially designed or modified to supporttechnology embargoed by 5.E.2.;

5. D. 2. c. Specific "software" as follows:1. "Software" having the characteristics, or

performing or simulating the functions of theequipment embargoed by 5.A.2. or 5.B.2.;

2. "Software" to certify "software" embargoed by5.D.2.c.1.;

3. "Software" designed or modified to protectagainst malicious computer damage,_e.g., viruses;

5. E. 2. Technology

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development", "production" or "use"of equipment or "software" embargoed by 5.A.2.;5.B.2. or 5.D.2.

5. Notes to Part 2 - ulnformation Security"

I. 5.A.2. does not embargo:a. "Personalized smart cards" using "cryptography"

restricted for use only in equipment or systemsexcluded from embargo under 5.A.2.c.1. to 6., underNote 1.b. to e., or as described in Notes 3 and 4;

b. Equipment containing "fixed" data compression orcoding techniques;

c. Receiving equipment for radio broadcast, paytelevision or similar restricted audience television of theconsumer type, without digital encryption and wheredigital decryption is limited to the video, audio ormanagement functions;

d. Portable (personal) or mobile radiotelephones for civiluse, e.g., for use with commercial civil cellularradiocommunications systems, containing encryption,when accompanying their users;

e. Decryption functions specially designed to allow theexecution of copy-protected "software", provided thedecryption functions are not user-accessible.

2. 5.D.2. does not embargo:a. "Software" required for the "use" of equipment

excluded from embargo under Note 1;b. "Software" providing any of the functions of

equipment excluded from embargo under Note 1.

36 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 39: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

6. A. Equipm.nt, Assemblies end Compon.nts

6. A. 1. Acoustics

6. A. 1. B. Marine acoustic systems, equipment or speciallydesigned components therefor, as follows:

6, A. 1.·B. 1. Active (transmitting or transmitting-and-receiving)systems, equipment or specially designedcomponents therefor, as follows:NOTE: 6.A.1.a.1. d«s not embargo depth soundersoperating vertically below the apparatus. tWt including aWlnningjimdion exceeding ±1l)O. and limited tomeasuring the depth ofwato, the diltana ofsubmerged orburied objects orfish jinding.

6. A. 1. B. 1. a. Wide-swath bathymetric survey systems for seabed topographic mapping:1'. Designed:

a. To take measurements at an angle exceedingtOO from the vertical; and

b. To measure depths exceeding 600 m belowthe water surface; and

2. Designed:a. To incorporate multiple beams any of which

is less than 2°; orb. To provide data accuracies ofbetter than

0.5% ofwater depth across thc swathaveraged over the individual measurementswithin the swath;

6. A. 1. B. 1. b. Object detection or location systems having anyof the following:1. A transmitting frequency below 10kHz;2. Sound pressure level exceeding 224 dB

(reference 1 micropascal at 1 m) for equipmentwith an operating frequency in the band from10 kHz to 24 kHz inclusive;

3. Sound pressure level exceeding 235 dB(reference 1 micropasca1 at 1 m) for equipmentwith an operating frequency in the bandbetween 24 kHz and 30 kHz;

4. Fonning beams ofless, than 1° on any axis and

. I

• Manufacturing and testing equipment for optical cable (1L 1353)• Machine tools for optical quality surfaces (IL 1370)

• Technology (IL 1389)• Radar (IL 1501)• Communications detection or tracking equipment (IL 1502)• Marine or Terrestrial acoustic or ultrasound systems (IL 1510)

• Lasers (IL 1522)• Optical fibres (1L 1526)• Photosensitive components (IL 1548)• Electron Tubes (IL 1555)• Optical Elements (IL 1556)• Software (IL 1566)• Magnetometers (IL 1571)• Electronic Devices (Supercooled) (IL 1574)

• Cameras (IL 1585)• Gravimeters (IL 1595)• Compounds and materials (IL 1757)• Optical fibre preforms (IL 1767)

This category .ncompa.... end replaces thefollowing former Indumel Ust Items:

Category 6 • Sensors and" Lasers·

. ·'i<

Goods described may qualifY for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifYing countries is indicatedwithin the text.

Colouredtext

'. ,~ . , a:l'lSOfrWare'\leq~~d1e .. ofequipment

. "".' 'eligible for t:reatDfeftt·at National Discretion under'. :..... h~'Notes 3«nd'4;" i·.. .-<-' ,. , :C'. "',

b. "Software" proViding my.ofdfe'fimctions-of " ~: •.­,~ eqJipment eligible for'~at National Disctetion, under Notes 3'ai1d 4. ,\,.,,, ,...,,,! '''. . '.":, _ .

~.~."~~~:l>o1" •~l,'

~~:.~

4.~m#.IJi~~IiIIOi~~a.it&l{6· ,.~,I ~ '~Ilt, ~"':.'.

fotcMl~,',Nib . tdfer. . .

" ' "<JMflten~.pointofWe. ',1 ";"~W '. • ~~ ...,',

'~", '~'(I'IN)'(StiiDti1ar data to prevent. tIiOmf.e~h,~, 'tid:bifttdo«DOt;aIJow for

, ~ ;U~e}lt: diJwly~~to.~,"j:' ;,,··>tth~~el~;i.iu· ;"".. "",~,j>

,~. '"Oa~b~etqiiPiitI!lit \diClh :calcUlates,.", :, '<' . "M~~tionb6de~Ml\:C) or similar mult'

t. ,.',< mt6~nAtno"aiteutioD'cit1~xtjllis'bkeD placCtONO, '.'

; m. 'alithcit1iBtAfUtett;'tl6t-~{liiIaw'for~j)ii.Ofdata, text or dther nf'tdia o~'tiwti~JlecdWfor the!;fiIthelitlcatl~;:;~';;.~ \ " ·.·d:.,,· ',,1· ·L· .1'1 ; :A..:

..,. r. :.,1 . ,:(i;~'equipmmt~~gncd, .....

nth!.Jel~&lfiKIdifi& fOtl\&>ih IIlIICtlines for banking.", "" 'or m&1ey ~o&s,!Nch-as automatic~

.mathihl!s\ self-str'iice StatetiJent tiriiitcnl Wim ofsale ,l ~1'Iftin:aIs, bt eqdi}1mCill'(Or 'the ttiliryption.~ ,,'. intctbalilin8"~,~ ihtencled tor wc 'only in·

'. such appIicltions/' - ~. '" ". ', 'S:LitencerD!aj be granted"i'tNitic:lrial Disaetion

" ';'1'f9ttl1e'expoftl6fthe' f(jIloWing~&.i' ,c'"ibftWare":II· . J'", ~}...,:.ch' ,:' 1 ;-;~.: ._.-:".

Security ExpOrt Control S.ptembe,fflf "

Page 40: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 6: 6. A. 1. continusd

~ving an operating frequency of less thanl00~kHz;

5. Designed to withstand pressure during nonnaloperation at depths exceeding 1,000 m andhaving transducers:a. Dynamically,compensated for pressure; orb. Incorporating other than lead zirconate

titanate as the transduction element; or6. Designed to measure distances to objects at

ranges exceeding 5,120 m;6. A. 1. B. 1. c. Acoustic projectors, including transducers,

incorporating piezoelectric, magnetostrictive,electrostrictive, electrodynamic or hydraulicelements operating individually or in a designedcombination, having any of the following:NOTE: The embargo status ofacoustic projectors,including transducers, specially designed for otherequipment is determined by the embargo status ofthe other equipment.1. An instantaneous radiated acoustic power

density exceeding 0.01 mW/mm2/Hz fordevices operating at frequencies below 10kHz;

2. A continuously radiated acoustic power densityexceeding 0.001 mW/mm2/Hz for devicesoperating at frequencies below 10kHz;Technical Note: Acoustic power density isobtained by dividing the output acoustic powerby the product of the area of the radiatingsurface and the frequency of operation.

3. Designed to withstand pressure-during normaloperation at depths exceeding 1,000 m; or

4. Side-lobe suppression exceeding 22 dB;NOTE: 6.A.1.a.1.c. does not embargo electronicsources which direct the sound vertically only, ormechanical (e.g., air gun or vapour-shock gun) orchemical (e.g., explosive) sources.

6. A. 1. B. 1. d. Acoustic systems, equipment or specially designedcomponents for determining the position ofsurface vessels or underwater vehicles designed:NOTE: 6.A.1.a.1.d. includes equipment usingcoherent usignal processing" between two or morebeacons and the hydrophone .unit carried by the surfacevessel or underwater vehicle, or capable ofautomaticallycorrecting speed-of-sound propagation errors forcalculation ofa point.1. To operate at a range exceeding 1,000 m with

a positioning accuracy ofless than 10 m rms(root mean square) when measured at a range of1,000 m; or

2. To withstand pressure at depths exceeding1,000 m;

6. A. 1. B. 2. Passive (receiving, whether or not related in normalapplication to separate active equipment) systems,equipment or specially designed componentstherefor, as follows:

6. A. 1. B. 2. a. Hydrophones (transducers) with any ofthefollowing characteristics:1. Incorporating continuous flexible sensors or

assemblies ofdiscrete sensor elements witheither a diameter or length less than 20 mm andwith a separation between elements oflessthan 20 mm;

2. Having any of the following sensing elements:a. Optical fibres;b. Piezoelectric polymers; orc. Flexible piezoelectric ceramic materials;

3. Hydrophone sensitivity better than -180 dB atany depth with no acceleration compensation;

38 Security Export Control September 1991

4. When designed to operate at depths notexceeding 35 m, hydrophone sensitivity betterthan -186 dB with acceleration compensation;

5. When designed for normal operation at depthsexceeding 35 m, hydrophone sensitivity betterthan -192 dB with acceleration compensation;

6. When designed for normal operation at depthsexceeding 100 m, hydrophone sensitivity betterthan -204 dB; or

7. Designed for operation at depths exceeding1,000m; ,

Technical Note: Hydrophone sensitivity isdefined as twenty times the logarithm to thebase 10 of the ratio of rms output voltage to a1 V rms reference, when the hydrophonesensor, without a pre-amplifier, is placed in aplane wave acoustic field with an rms pressureof 1 micropascal. For example, a hydrophoneof-160 dB (reference 1 V per micropascal)would yield an ~utput voltage of 10-8 V in sucha field, while one of-180 dB sensitivity wouldyield only 10-9 V output. Thus, -160 dB isbetter than -180 dB.

6. A. 1. s. 2. b. Towed acoustic hydrophone arrays with:1. Hydrophone group spacing of less than 12.5 m;2. Hydrophone group spacing of 12.5 m to less

than 25 m and or able to be modifiedto operate at depths exceeding 35 m; orTechnical Note: 'Able to be modified' in6.A.l.a.2.b.2. means having provisions to all?wa change of the wiring or interconnections toalter hydrophone group spacing or operatingdepth limits. These provisions are: spare wiringexceeding 10% of the number ofwires,hydrophone group spacing adjustment blocks orinternal depth limiting devices that are adjust­able or that control more than one hydrophonegroup.

3. Hydrophone group spacing of25 m or moreand designed to operate at depths exceeding100 m;

4. Heading sensors:a. Having an accuracy of better than ± 0.50

;

b. Incorporated within the array hosing anddesigned or able to be modified to operate atdepths exceeding 35 m; or

Technical Note: 'Able to be modified' in6.A.l.a.2.bA.b. means having an adjustable orremovable depth sensing device.

c. Mounted external to the array hosing andhaving a sensor unit capable of operating with3600 roll at depths exceeding 35 m;

5. Non-metallic strength members or longitudi­nally reinforced array hoses;

6. An assembled array of less than 40 mm indiameter;

7. Multiplexed hydrophone group signals; or

8. Hydrophone characteristics specified in6.A.l.a.2.a. ;

6. A. 1. B. 2. c. Processing equipment, specially designed fortowed acoustic hydrophone arrays, with either ofthe following:1. A Fast Fourier or other transform of 1024 or

more complex points in less than 20 ms with no"user-accessible programmability"; or

2. Time or frequency domain processing andcorrelation, including spectral analysis, digitalfiltering and beamforming using Fast Fourier or

Page 41: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

other transfonns or processes with "useraccessible programmability";

6. A. 1. b. Terrestrial geophones capable ofconversion for usein marine systems, equipment or specially designedcomponents embargoed by 6.A.l.a.2.a.;

6. A. 1. c. Correlation-velocity sonar log equipment designedto measure the horizontal speed of the equipmentcarrier relative to the sea bed at distances betweenthe carrier and the sea bed exceeding 500 m;

6. A. 2. Optical Sensors

6. A. 2. 8. Optical detectors, as follows:NOTE: 6.A.2.a. does not embargo gennanium or siliconphotodevices.

6. A. 2. 8. 1. "Space-qualified" single-element or focal planearray (linear or two dimensional) elements havingany of the following:a. 1. A peak response at a wavelength shorter than

300 nm; and2. A response of less than 0.1% relative to the

peak response at a wavelength exceeding 400 nm;b. 1. A peak response in the wavelength range

exceeding 900 nm but not exceeding 1,200 nm;and

2. A response "time constant" of95 ns or less; orc. A peak response in the wavelength range

exceeding 1,200 nm.but not exceeding 30,000 nm;6. A. 2. 8. 2. Image intensifier tubes and specially designed

conlponents therefor, as follows:a. Image intensifier tubes having all of the

follo'wing:1. A peak response in the wavelength range

exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 1,050 nm;2. A microchannel plate for electron image

amplification with a hole pitch (centre-to­centre spacing) of less than 25 micrometres; and

3. a. An S-20, S-25 or multialkali photocathode; orb. A GaAs or GaInAs photocathode;

b. Specially designed components, as follows:1. Fibre optic image inverters;2. Microchannel plates having both of the

following characteristics:a. 15,000 or more hollow tubes per plate; andb. Hole pitch (centre-to-centre spacing) of less

than 25 micrometres;3. GaAs or GalnAs photocathodes;

6. A. 2. 8. 3. Non-"space-qualified" linear or two dimensionalfocal plane arrays, having any of the following:NOTES: 1. 6.A'.2.a.3. includes photoconductive

arrays and photovoltaic arrays.2. 6.A.2.a.3. does not embargo silicon focal

plane arrays, multi-element (not to exceed 16elements) encapsulated photoconductive cells orpyroelectric detectors using any of thefollowing:a. Lead sulphide;b. Triglydne sulphate and variants;c. Lead-lanthanum-zirconium titanate and

variants;d. Lithium tantalate;e. Polyvinylidenefluoride and variants;f Strontium barium niobate and variants; org. Lead selenide.

a. 1. Individual elements with a peak response withinthe wavelength range exceeding 900 nm butnot exceeding 1,050 nm; and

2. A response "time constant" of less than 0.5 ns;

b. 1. Individual elements with a peak: respOnsein the wavelength range exceeding '1,050 nmbut not exceeding 1,200 ,nm; and

2. A response "time constant" of95 ns or less; orc. Individual elements with a peak response in

the wavelength range exceeding 1,200 nmbut not exceeding 30,000 nm;

6. A. 2. B. 4. Non-"space-qualified" single-element or non­focal-plane multi-element semiconductorphotodiodes or phototransistors having both of thefollowing:a. A peak response at a wavelength exceeding

1,200 nm; andb. A response "time constant" ofO.S ns or less;

6. A. 2. b. "Multispectral imaging sensors" designed for remotesensing applications, having either of the followingcharacteristics:1. An Instantaneous-Field-Of-View (IFOV) ofless

than 200 microradians; or2. Specified for operation in the wavelength range

exceeding 400 nm but not exceeding 30,000 nm;anda. Providing output imaging data in digital fonnat;

andb. 1. "Space-qualified"; or

2. Designed for airborne operation and usingother than silicon detectors;

6. A. 2. c. Direct view imaging equipment operating inthe visible or infrared spectrum, incorporatingeither of the following:1. Image intensifier tubes embargoed by

6.A.2.a.2.; or2. Focal plane arrays embargoed by 6.A.2.a.3.;Technical Note: 'Direct view' refers to imagingequipment, operating in the visible or infraredspectrum, that presents a visual image to a humanobserver without converting the image into anelectronic signal for television display, and thatcannot record or store the image photographically,electronically or by any other means.NOTE: 6.A.2.c. does not embargo thefollowingequipment incorporating other than GaAs or GaInAsphotocathodes:a. Industrial or dvilian intrnsion alarm, traffic or industrial

movement control or counting systems;b. Medical equipment;c. Industrial equipment usedfor inspection, sorting or

analysis of the properties ofmaterials;d. Flame detectors for industrialfurnaces;e. Equipment specially designedfor laboratory use.

6. A. 2. d. Special support components for optical sensors, asfollows:1. "Space-qualified" cryocoolers;2. Non-"space-qualified" cryocoolers, as follows:

a. Closed cycle with a specified Mean-Time-To­Failure (MTTF), or Mean-Time-Between­Failures (MTBF), exceeding 2,500 hours;

b. Joule-Thomson OT) self-regulating minicoolersfor bore diameters ofless than 8 mm;

3. Optical sensing fibres:a. Specially fabricated either compositionally or

structu~y,or modified by coating, to beacoustically, thermally, inertially, e1ectromagnetically or nuclear radiation sensitive; or

b. Modified structurally to have a "beat length" ofless than 50 mm (high birefringence);

Security Export Control September·f.' 39

Page 42: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 6: 6. A. continued

8. A. 3. Cameras

6. A. 3. B. Instrumentation cameras, as follows:1. High-speed cinema recording cameras using any

film format from 8 mm to 16 mm inclusive, inwhich the film is continuously advanced throughout the recording period, and that are capable ofrecording at framing rates exceeding 13,150frames per second;NOTE: 6.A.3.a.1. does nofembargo dnema recordingcamerasfor normal dvil purposes.

2. Mechanical high speed cameras, in which the filmdoes not move, capable of recording at ratesexceeding 1,000,000 frames per second for the fullframing height of35 mm film, or at proportion­ately higher rates for lesser frame heights, or atproportionately lower rates for greater frameheights;

3. Mechanical or electronic streak cameras withwriting speeds exceeding 10 mm per microsecond;

4. Electronic framing cameras having a speedexceeding 1,000,000 frames per second;

5. Electronic cameras having:a. A'C} electronic shutter speed (gating capability) of

less than 1 microsecond per full frame; andb. A read out time allowing a framing rate ofmore

than 125 full frames per second; •6. A. 3. b. Imagjng cameras, as follows:

NOTE: 6.A.3.b. does not embargo television or videocameras spedally designed for television broadcasting.1. Video cameras incorporating solid state sensors,

having any of the following:a. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solid state

array for monochrome (black and white)cameras;

b. More than 4 x 106 "active pixels" per solidstate array for colour cameras incorporatingthree solid state arrays; or

c. More than 12 x 106 "active pixels" for solidstate array colour cameras incorporating onesolid state array;

2. Scanning cameras and scanning camera systems:a. Incorporating linear detector arrays with more

than 8,192 elements per array; andb. Having mechanical scanning in one direction;

3. In.corporating image intensifiers embargoed by6.A.2.a.2.a.;

4. Incorporating focal plane arrays embargoed by6.A.2.a.3.;

(For cameras specially designed or modifiedfor undenvateruse, see 8.A.2.d. and 8.A.2.t.)

6. A. 4. Optics

6. A. 4. 8. Optical mirrors (reflectors), as follows:1. "Deformable mirrors" with either continuous or

multi-element surfaces, and specially designedcomponents therefor, capable of dynamicallyrepositioning portions of the surface of the mirrorat rates exceeding 100Hz;

2. Lightweight monolithic mirrors with an average"equivalent density" ofless than 30 kg/m2 and atotal weight exceeding 10 kg;

3. Lightweight "composite" or foam mirrorstructures with an 'average "equivalent density" ofless than 30 kg/m2 and a total weight exceeding 2 kg;

4. Beam steering mirrors more than 100 mm in

Security Export Control September ,1991

diameter or length ofmajor axis with a controlbandwidth exceeding 100Hz;

6. A. 4. b. Optical components made from zinc se1enide (ZnSe)or zinc sulphide· (ZnS) with transmission in thewavelength range exceeding 3,000 om but notexceeding 25,000 om and either of the following:1. Exceeding 100 cm3 in volume; or2. Exceeding s6 mm in diameter or length ofmajor

axis and 20 mm in thickness (depth);6. A. 4. c. "Space-qualified" components for optical systems, as

follows:1. Lightweighted to less than 20% "equivalent

density" compared with a solid blank of the sameaperture and thickness;

2. Substrates, substrates with surface coatings (single­layer or multi-layer, metallic or dielectric,conducting, semiconducting or insulating) or withprotective films;

3. Segments or assemblies ofmirrors designed to beassembled in space into an optical system with acollecting aperture equivalent to or larger than asingle optic 1 metre in diameter;

4. Manufactured from "composite" materials havinga coefficient of linear thermal expansion equal toor less than 5 x 10-6 in any coordinate direction;

6. A. 4. d. Optical filters, as follows:1. For wavelengths longer than 250 nm, comprised

ofmulti-layer optical coatings and having either ofthe following:a. Bandwidths equal to or less than 1 nm Full

Width Half Intensity (FWHI) and peaktransmission of90% or more; or

b. Bandwidths equal to or less than 0.1 nm FWHIand peak transmission of 50% or more;

NOTE: 6.A A.d.l. does not embargo opticalfilterswith fixed air gaps or Lyot-typefilters.

2. For wavelengths longer than 250 nm, having all ofthe following:a. Tunable over a spectral range of500 nm or more;b. Instantaneous optical bandpass of 1.25 nm or less;c. Wavelength resettable within 0.1 ms to an

accuracy of 1 nm or better within the tunablespectral range; and

d. A single peak transmission of91% or more;3. Optical opacity switches (filters) with a field of

view of30° or wider and a response time equal toor less than 1 ns;

6. A. 4. 8. Optical control equipment, as follows:1. Specially designed to maintain the surface figure

or orientation of the "space-qualified"components embargoed by 6.A.4.c.1. or 3.;

2. Having steering, tracking, stabilization or resona­tor alignment bandwidths equal to or more than100 Hz and an accuracy of 10 microradians or less;

3. Gimbals having a maximum slew exceeding 5°, abandwidth equal to or more than 100 Hz, andeither of the following:a. 1. Exceeding 0.15 m but not exceeding 1 m in

diameter or major axis length;2. Capable of angular accelerations exceeding

2 radians/s2; and

3. Having angular pointing errors equal to orless than 200 microradians; or

b. 1. Exceeding 1 m in diameter or major axislength;

2. Capable of angular accelerations exceeding0.5 radian/5 2

; and3. Having angular pointing errors equal to or

Page 43: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

6. A. 5. Lasers

6. A. 5. "Lasers", components and optical equipment, asfollows:NOTES: 1.,Pulsed ((lasers" include those that run in a

continuous wave (CU1 mode with pulsessuperimposed.

2. Pulse-exdted "lasers" include those that run ina continuously exdted mode with pulseexdtation superimposed.

3. The embargo status ofRaman "lasers" isdetermined by the parameters of the pumpingsource ulasers". The pumping source ((lasers"can be any of the ((lasers"described below.

6. A. 5. 8. Gas "lasers", as follows:6. A. 5. 8. 1. Excimer "lasers" having any of the following:

a. An output wavelength not exceeding 150 nmand:1. An output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse;

or2. An average or CW output power exceeding

1 W;b. An output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but

not exceeding 190 nm and:1. An output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or2. An average or CW output power exceeding

120W;c. An output wavelength exceeding 190 nm but

not exceeding 360 nm and:1. An output energy exceeding 10 J per pulse; or2. An average or CW output power exceeding

500 W; ord. An output wavelength exceeding 360 nm and:

1. An output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse; or2. An average or CW output power exceeding

30W;6. A. 5. 8. 2. Metal vapour "lasers", as follows:

a. Copper (Cu) "lasers" with an average or CWoutput power exceeding 20 W;

b. Gold (Au) "lasers" with an average or CW outputpower exceeding 5 W;

c. Sodium (Na) "lasers" with an output powerexceeding 5 W;

d. Barium (Ba) "lasers" with an average or CWoutput power exceeding 2 W;

6. A. 5. 8. 3. Carbon monoxide (CO) "lasers" having either:a. An output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse and a

pulsed "peak power" exceeding 5 kW; orb. An average or CW output power exceeding 5 kW;

6. A. 5. 8.4. Carbon dioxide (C02

) "lasers" having any of thefollowing:a. A CW output power exceeding 10 kW;b. A pulsed output with a "pulse duration"

exceeding 10 microseconds and:1. An average output power exceeding 10 kW; or2. A pulsed "peak power" exceeding 100 kW; or

c. A pulsed output with a "pulse duration" equalto or less than 10 microseconds and:

6. A.4. f.

less than 200 microradians;4. Specially designed to maintain the alignment of

phased array or phased segment mirror systemsconsisting ofmirrors with a segment diameter ormajor axis length of 1 m or more;

"Fluoride fibre' cable, or optical fibres therefor,having an attenuation of less than 4 dB/km in thewavelength range exceeding 1,000 nm but notexceeding 3,000 nm;

6. A. 5. 8. 5.

6. A. 5.8.6.

6. A. 5.8.7.

6.A.5. b.

6. A.5.c.6. A. 5. c. 1.

1. A pulse energy exceeding 5 J per pulse and"peak power" exceeding 2.5 kW; or

2. An average output power exceeding 2.5 kW;"Chemical lasers", as follows:a. Hydrogen Fluoride (HF) "lasers";b. Deuterium Fluoride (OF) "lasers";c. "Transfer lasers":

1. Oxygen Iodine (02- I) "lasers";2. Deuterium Fluoride-Carbon dioxide (OF-C0

2)

"lasers";Gas discharge and ion "lasers", i.e., krypton ion orargon ion "lasers", having either:a. An output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and a

pulsed "peak power" exceeding 50 W; orb. An average or CW output power exceeding 50 W;Other gas "lasers", except nitrogen "lasers", havingany of the following:a. An output wavelength not exceeding 150 nm and:

1. An output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulseand a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or

2. An average or CW output power exceeding1 W;

b. An output wavelength exceeding 150 nm but notexceeding 800 nm and:1. An output energy exceeding 1.5J per pulse and

a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 30 W; or2. An average or CW output power exceeding

30W;c. An output wavelength exceeding 800 nm but not

exceeding 1,400 nm and:1. An output energy exceeding 0.25 J per pulse

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding lOW; or2. An average or CW output power exceeding

10 W; ord. An output wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and

an average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;Semiconductor "lasers", as follows:Technical Note: Semiconductor "lasers" are commonlycalled "laser" diodes.NOTE: The embargo status ofsemiconductor "lasers"spedally designed for other equipment is determined by theembargo status of the other equipment.1. Individual, single-transverse mode semiconductor

"lasers" having:a. An average output power exceeding lOOmW; orb. A wavelength exceeding 1,050 nm;

2. Individual, multipfe-transverse mode semiconduc­tor "lasers", or arrays of individual semiconductor"lasers", having:a. An output energy exceeding 500 microjoules

per pulse and a pulsed "peak power" exceedinglOW;

b. An average or CW output power exceeding10 W; or

c. A wavelength exceeding 1,050 nm;Solid state "lasers", as follows:"Tunable" "lasers" having any of the following:NOTE: 6.A.5.c.1. includes titanium - sapphire(Ti: AI20), thuliJt.m - YAG (Tm: YAG) ,thulium - YSGG (Tm: YSGG) ,alexandrite (er: BeA 120) and colour centre ttlasers ".1. a. An output wavelength less than 600 nm and:

1. An. output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulseand a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or

2. An ·average or CW output power exceedinglW;

b. An output wavelength of600 nm or more butnot exceeding 1,400 nm and:

Security Export Control september199' 41

Page 44: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 6: 6. A. 5. continued

1. An output energy exceeding 1Jper pulseand a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 20 W; or

2. An average or CW output power exceeding20W; or

c. An output wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and:1. An output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or

2. An average or CW output power exceeding1 W;

6. A. 5. c.2. Non-"tunable" "lasers", as follows:NOTE: 6.A.5.c.2. includes atomic transition solid stateulasers".

6. A. 5. c.2. a. Ruby "lasers" having an output energy exceeding20J per pulse;

6. A. 5. c.2. b. Neodymium glass "lasers", as follows:1. "Q-switched lasers" having:

a. An output energy exceeding 20 J but notexceeding 50 J per pulse and an averageoutput power exceeding lOW; or

b. An output energy exceeding 50 J per pulse;2. Non-"Q-switched lasers" having:

a. An output energy exceeding 50 J but notexceeding 100 J per pulse and an average.output power exceeding 20 W; or

b. An output energy exceeding 100 J per pulse;6. A. 5. c. 2. c. Neodymium-doped (other than glass) "lasers", as

follows, with an output wavelength exceeding1,000 nm but not exceeding 1,100 nm:(For Neodymium-doped (other than glass) "lasers"having an output wavelength not exceeding 1,000nm or exceeding 1,100 nm, see 6.A.5.c.2.d.)1. Pulse excited, mode-locked, "Q-switched

lasers" with a "pulse duration" of less than 1 nsand:a. A "peak. power" exceeding 5 GW;b. An average ,output power exceeding 10 W; or

c. A pulsed energy exceeding 0.1 J;2. Pulse-excited, "Q-switched lasers", with a pulse

duration equal to or more than 1 ns, and:a. A single-transverse mode output with:

1. A "peak power" exceeding 100 MW;2. An average output power exceeding 20 W; or

3. A pulsed energy exceeding 2 J; or

b. A multiple-transverse mode output with:1. A "peak power" exceeding 200 MW;2. An average output power exceeding 50 W ~ or3. A pulsed energy exceeding 2J;

3. Pulse-excited, non-"Q-switched lasers", having:a. A single-transverse mode output with:

1. A "peak power" exceeding 500 kW; or

2. An average output power exceeding150 W; or

b. A multiple-transverse mode output with:1. A "peak power" exceeding 1 MW; or

2. An average power exceeding 500 W;4. Continuously excited "lasers" having:

a. A single-transverse mode output with:1. A "peak power" exceeding 500 kW; or

2. An average or CW output power( exceeding 150 W; or

b. A multiple-transverse mode output with:1. A "peak power" exceeding 1 MW; or

2. An average or CW output powerexceeding 500 W;

6. A. 5. c.2. d. Other non-"tunable" "lasers", having any of thefollowing:1. A wavelength less than 150 nm and:

a. An output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulse

42 Security Export Control September 1991

6. A. 5. d.

6. A.5. 8.

6. A.5. f.

6. A. 5. g.

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or

b. An average or CW output power exceeding1 W;

2. A wavelength of 150 nm or more but notexceeding 800 nm and:a. An output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 30 W; or

b. An average or CW output power exceeding30W;

3. A wavelength exceeding 800 nm but notexceeding 1,400 nm, as follows:a. "Q-switched lasers" with:

1. An output energy exceeding 0.5 Jperpulse and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding50 W; or

2. An ayerage output power exceeding:a. 10 W for single-mode "lasers";b. 30 W for multimode "lasers";

b. Non-"Q-switched lasers" with:1. An output energy exceeding 2 J per pulse

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding50 W; or

2. An average or CW output powerexceeding 50 W; or

4. A wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and:a. An output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; orb. An average or CW output power exceeding

1 W;Dye and other liquid "lasers", having any of thefollowing:1. A wavelength less than 150 nm and:

a. An output energy exceeding 50 mJ per pulseand a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; or

b. An average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;2. A wavelength of 150 nm or more but not

exceeding 800 nm and:a. An output energy exceeding 1.5 J per pulse and

a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 20 W;b. An average or CW output power exceeding 20 W;

or

c. A pulsed single longitudinal mode oscillatorwith an average output power exceeding 1 Wand a repetition rate exceeding 1 kHz if the"pulse duration" is less than 100 ns;

3. A wavelength exceeding 800 nm hut notexceeding 1,400 nm and:a. An output energy exceeding 0.5 J per pulse and

a pulsed "peak power" exceeding IOW; or

b. An average or CW output power exceeding10 W; or

4. A wavelength exceeding 1,400 nm and:a. An output energy exceeding 100 mJ per pulse

and a pulsed "peak power" exceeding 1 W; orb. An average or CW output power exceeding 1 W;

Free electron "lasers";Components, as follows:1. Mirrors cooled either by active cooling or by heat

pipe cooling;Technical Note: Active cooling is a coolingtechnique for optical components using flowingfluids within the subsurface (nominally less than1 mm below the optical surface) of the opticalcomponent to remove heat from the optic.

2. Optical mirrors or transmissive or partiallytransmissive optical or electro-optical componentsspecially designed for use with embargoed "lasers";

Optical equipment, as follows:

Page 45: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

1. Dynamic wavefront (phase) measuring equipmentcapable ofmapping at least 50 positions on a beamwavefront with:a. Frame rates equal to or more than 100 Hz and

phase discrimination ofat least 5% of the beam'swavelength; or

b. Frame rates equal to or more than 1,000 Hzand phase discrimination ofat least 20% of thebeam's wavelength;

2. "Laser" diagnostic equipment capable ofmeasuring"Super-High Power Laser" (SHPL) system angularbeam steering errors of equal to or less than 10microradians;

3. Optical equipment, assemblies or componentsspecially designed for a phased-array SHPL systemfor coherent beam combination to an accuracy ofLambda/lO at the designed wavelength, or 0.1micrometre, whichever is the smaller;

4. Projection telescopes specially designed for usewith SHPL systems;

(For shared aperture optical elements, capable ofoperating inSHPL applications, see Item 23.d. on the Munitions List.)

6. A. 6. Magnetometers

6. A. 6. "Magnetometers", "magnetic gradiometers","intrinsic magnetic gradiometers" and compensationsystems, and specially designed components therefor,as follows:NOTE: 6.A.6 does not embargo instruments speciallydesigned for biomagnetic measurements for medicaldiagnostics, unless they incorporate unembedded sensorsembargoed by 6.A.6.h.

6. A.6. a. "Magnetometers" using "superconductive",optically pumped or nuclear precession (proton/Overhauser) technology having a "noise level"(sensitivity) lower (better) than 0.05 nT rIDS persquare root Hz;

6. A. 6. b. Induction coil "magnetometers" having a "noiselevel" (sensitivity) lower (better) than:1. 0.05 nT nos per square root Hz at frequencies ofless than 1 Hz;2. 1 x 10-3 nT rIDS per square root Hz at frequencies

of 1 Hz or more but not exceeding 10Hz; or3. 1 x 10-4 nT rms per square root Hz at· frequencies

exceeding 10Hz;6. A. 6. c. Fibre optic "magnetometers" having a "noise level"

(sensitivity) lower (better) than 1 nT rms per squareroot Hz;

6. A. 6. d. "Magnetic gradiometers" using multiple"magnetometers" embargoed by 6.A.6.a., b. or c.;

6. A. 6. e. Fibre optic "intrinsic magnetic gradiometers" havinga magnetic gradient field "noise level" (sensitivity)lower (better) than 0.3 nTIm rms per squareroot Hz;

6. A. 6. f. "Intrinsic magnetic gradiometers", using technologyother than fibre-optic technology, having a magneticgradient field "noise level" (sensitivity) lower (better)than 0.015 nT/m nos per square root Hz;

6. A. 6. g. Magnetic compensation systems for magneticsensors designed for operation on mobile platforms;

6. A. 6. h. "Superconductive" electromagnetic sensors,containing components manufactured from"superconductive" materials:1. Designed for operation at temperatures below the

"critical temperature" ofat least one of their"superconductive" constituents (includingJosephson effect devices or "superconductive"

quantum interference devicd (SQUIDS»;2. Designed for sensing electromagnetic field

variations at frequencies of 1 kHz or less; and:3. Having any ofthe fonowing characteristics:

a. Incorporating thin-film SQUIDS with aminimum feature size of less than 2micrometres and with associated input ~doutput coupling circuits;

b. Designed to operate with a magnetic fieldslew rate exceeding 1 x 1()6 magnetic fluxquanta per second;

c. Designed to function without magneticshielding in the earth's ambient magneticfield; or

d. Having a temperature coefficient less(smaller) than 0.1 magnetic flux quantum/K;

NOTE: Controls 6.A.6.c. and e. are inforcefor thetime being. The current status is determined by theDepartment of Trade and Industry.

6. A. 7. Gravimeters

6. A. 7. Gravity meters (gravimeters) and gravitygradiometers, as follows:

6. A. 7. a. Gravity meters for ground use having a staticaccuracy ofless (better) than 10 microgal;NOTE: 6.A.7.a. does not embargo ground gravity metersof the quartz element (Worden) type.

6. A. 7. b. Gravity meters for mobile platforms for ground,marine, submersible, space or airborne use having:1. A static accuracy of less (better) than

0.7 milligal; and2. An in-service (operational) accuracy of less

(better) than 0.7 milligal with a time-to-steady­state registration of less than 2 minutes under anycombination ofattendant correctivecompensations and motional influences;

6. A. 7. c. Gravity gradiometers;

6. A. 8. Radar

6. A. 8. Radar systems, equipment and assemblies havingany of the following characteristics, and speciallydesigned components therefor:NOTE: 6.A.8. does not embargo:a. Secondary suweillance radar (SSR);b. Car radar designed for collision prevention;c. Displays or monitors usedfor air traffic control (A TC)

having no more than 12 resolvable elements per mm.6. A. 8. a. Operating at frequencies from 40 GHz to 230

GHz and having an average output power exceeding100mW;

6. A. 8. b. Having a tunable bandwidth exceeding ± 6.25% ofthe centre operating frequency;Technical Note: The centre operating frequencyequals one halfof the sum of the highest plus thelowest specified operating frequencies;

6. A. 8. c. Capable ofoperating simultaneously on more thantwo carrier frequencies;

6. A. 8. d. Capable of operating in synthetic aperture (SAR),inverse synthetic aperture (ISAR) or sidelookingairborne (StAR) radar mode;

6. A. 8. e. Incorporating"electronically steerable phased arrayantennae";

6. A. 8. f. Capable ofheightfinding non-cooperative targets;NOTE: 6.A .8f does not emb4rgo:a. Precision approach '4da, equipment (PAR)

Security Export Control S.p~rnbsr:1"'· ~

Page 46: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 8: 8. A. 8. continued

6. B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

conforming with ICA0 standards j

b. Meteorological (U'eather) radar.8. A. 8. g. Designed specially for airborne (balloon or airframe

mounted) operation and having Doppler signalprocessing for the detection ofmoving targets;

6. A. 8. h. Employing processing ofradar signals using:1. "Radar spread spectrum" techniques; or2. "Radar frequency agility" techniques;

6. A.. 8. i. Providing ground-based operation with amaximum "instrumented raq-ge" exceeding 185 km;NOTE: 6.A.8.i. does not embargo fIShing groundsurveillance radar.

6. A. 8. j. "Laser" radar or Light Detection and Ranging(LIDAR) equipment, having either of the following:1. "Space-qualified"; or2. Employing coherent heterodyne or homodyne

detection techniques and having an angularresolution ofless (better) than 20 microradians;

NOTE: 6.A.8J. does not embargo LIDAR equipmentspecially designed for surveying orfor meteorologicalobservation.

6. A. 8. k. Having signal processing sub-systems using "pulsecompression" with:1. A "pulse compression" ratio 150; or2. A pulse width of less than 200 ns; or

6. A.8. I. Having data processing sub-systems with:1. "Automatic target tracking" providing, at any

antenna rotation, the predicted target positionbeyond the time of the next antentia beam passage;NOTE: 6.A.8J.1. does not embargo conflict alertcapability in A TC systems, or marine or harbour radar.

2. Calculation of target velocity from primary radarhaving non-periodic (variable) scanning rates;

3. Processing for automatic pattern recognition(feature extraction) and comparison with targetcharacteristic data bases (waveforms or imagery)to identify or classify targets; or

4. Superposition and correlation, or fusion, of targetdata from two or more "geographically dispersed"and "interconnected radar sensors" to enhance anddiscriminate targets;NOTE: 6.A.8.l.4. does not embargo systems,equipment and assemblies usedfor marine traffic control.

6. C. Materials

6. B.1.

6. B.2.

6. B.3.

6. B.4.

6. B.5.

Acoustics - None

Optical Sensors - None

Cameras - None

OpticsEquipment for measuring absolute reflectance toan accuracy of± 0.1% of the reflectance value;

LasersSpecially designed or modified equipment, includingtools, dies, fixtures or gauges, as follows, and otherspecially designed components and accessoriestherefor:a. For the manufacture or inspection ot

1. Free electron "laser" magnet wigglers;2. Free electron "laser" photo injectors;

b. For the adjustment, to required tolerances, ofthe longitudinal magnetic field of free electron"lasers";

6. B.6.

6. B.7.

6. B.8.

6. C.1.

6. C.2.

6. C.3.

6. C.4.

Magnetometers - None

GravimetersEquipment to produce, align and calibrate land­based gravity meters with a static accuracy ofbetterthan 0.1 milligal;

RadarPulse radar cross-section measurement systemshaving transmit pulse widths of 100 ns or less andspecially designed components therefor;

Acoustics - None

Optical Sensorsa. Elemental tellurium (Te) ofpurity levels equal to

or more than 99.9995%;b. Single crystals of cadmium telluride (CdTe) or

mercury cadmium telluride (CdHgTe) ofanypurity level, including epitaxial wafers thereof;

Technical Note: Purity verified in accordance withASTM F574-83 standard or equivalents.c. "Optical fibre preforms" specially designed for

the manufacture of high birefringence fibresembargoed by 6.A.2.d.3;

Cameras - None

Opticsa. Zinc selenide (ZnSe) and zinc sulphide (ZnS)

"substrate blanks" produced by the chemicalvapour deposition process:1. Larger than 100 cm3 in volume; or2. Larger than 80 mm in diameter with a

thickness equal to or more than 20 mm;b. Boules of the following electro-optic materials:

1. Potassium titanyl arsenate (KTA);2. Silver gallium selenide (AgGaSe);3. Thallium arsenic selenide (TI

3AsSe

3, also

known as TAS);c. Non-linear optical materials having:

1. Third order susceptibility (chi 3) equal to orless than 1 W/m2

; and2. A response time of less than 1 ms;

d. "Substrate blanks" of silicon carbide orberyllium beryllium (Be/Be) deposited materialsexceeding 300 mm in diameter or major axislength;

e. Low optical absorption materials, as follows:1. Bulk fluoride compounds containing

ingredients with a purity of 99.999% or better;NOTE:. 6.C.4.e.l. embargoes fluorides ofzirconium or aluminium and variants.

2. Bulk fluoride glass made from compoundsembargoed by 6.CA.e.L;

£ Glass, including fused silica, phosphate glass,fluorophosphate glass, zirconium fluoride (ZrF4)and hafnium fluoride (HfF4) with:1. A hydroxyl ion (OH-) concentration of less

than 5 ppm;2. Integrated metallic purity levels of less than 1

ppm; and3. High homogeneity (index of refraction

variance) less than 5 x 10-6;

g. Synthetically produced diamond material with anabsorption of less than 10-5 cm-1 for wavelengths

44 S~urityExport Control September 1991

Page 47: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

exceeding 200 nm but not exceeding 14,000 nm;h. "Optical fibre preforms" made from bulk

fluoride compounds containing ingredients witha purity of99.999"1o or better, specially designedfor the manufacture of "fluoride fibres"embargoed by 6.A.4.£;

<;~•••

antennae" embargoed by 6.A.8.e.; andb. Limit the average side-lobe level increase

by less than 13 dB for frequencies equal toor higher than 2 GHz;

6. E. Technology

6. D. Software

6. C.S.

6. C.6.

6. C.7.

6. C.S.

6. 0.1.

6.0.2.

6.0.3.

LasersCrystalline "laser" host material in unfinished form,as follows:a. Titanium doped sapphire;b. Alexandrite;

Magnetometers - None

Gravimeters - None

Radar - None

"Software" specially designed for the "development"or "production" of equipment embargoed by 6.A.4,6.A.5., 6.A.8 or 6.B.8.;

"Software" specially designed for the "use" ofequipment embargoed by 6.A.2.b., 6.A.8 or 6.B.8.;

Other "software", as follows:a. Acoustics

1. "Software" specially designed for acousticbeam forming for the "real time processing"ofacoustic data for passive reception usingtowed hydrophone arrays;

2. "Source code" for the "real time processing"ofacoustic data for passive reception usingtowed hydrophone arrays;

b. Optical Sensors - Nonec. Cameras - Noned. Optics - Nonee. Lasers - Nonef. Magnetometers

1. "Software" specially designed for magneticcompensation systems for magnetic sensorsdesigned to operate on mobile platforms;

2. "Software" specially designed for magneticanomaly detection on mobile platforms;

g. Gravimeters"Software" specially designed to correctmotional influences of gravity meters or gravitygradiometers;

h. Radar1. Air Traffic Control "software" application

"programmes" hosted on general purposecomputers located at Air Traffic Controlcentres and capable ofany of the following:a. Processing and displaying more than 150

simultaneous "system tracks";b. Accepting radar target data from more than

four primary radars; orc. Automatically handing over primary radar

target data (if not correlated with secondarysurveillance radar (SSR) data) from the hostATC centre to another ATC centre;

2. "Software" for the design or "production" ofradomes which:a. Are specially designed to protect the

"electronically steerable phased array

6. E.1.

8. E.2.

6. E.3.

Notes

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development" ofequipment, materialsor "software" embargoed by 6.A., 6.B., 6.C. or6.0.;

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "production" ofequipment ormaterials embargoed by 6.A., 6.B. or 6.C;

Other technology:a. Acoustics - Noneb. Optical Sensors - Nonec. Cameras - Noned. Optics

1. Optical surface coating and treatmenttechnology required to achieve uniformity of99.5% or better for optical coatings 500 mmor more in diameter or major axis length andwith a total loss (absorption and scatter) oflessthan 5 x 10-3

;

2. Optical fabrication technologies, as follows:a. For serially producing optical components

at a rate exceeding 10 m' of surface areaper year on any single spindle and with:1. An area exceeding 1 m'; and2. A surface figure exceeding

lambda/l0 rms at the designed wavelength;b. Single point diamond turning techniques

producing surface finish accuracies of betterthan 10 nm rms on non-planar surfacesexceeding 0.5 m'; (See also 2.E.3.d.)

e. Lasers1. Technology for optical filters with a band

width equal to or less than 10 nm, a field ofview (FOV) exceeding 40° and a resolutionexceeding 0.75 line pairs per mm;

2. "Technology" "required" for the"development", "production" or "use" ofspecially designed diagnostic instruments ortargets in test facilities for "Super High PowerLasers" (SHPL) testing or testing or evaluationof materials irradiated by SHPL beams;

f. MagnetometersTechnology "required" for the "development"or "production" of fluxgate "magnetometers"or fluxgate "magnetometer" systems having anoise level:1. Less than 0.05 nT rms per square root Hz at

frequencies ofless than 1 Hz; or2. 1 x 10.3 nT rms per square root Hz at

frequencies of 1 Hz or more;g. Gravimeters - Noneh. Radar - None

Security Export Control September 1991 45

Page 48: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 6: Notes continued

.. , CXIleeding 2'kW;...md ,",,,. 02.. Being: , . ,-", .. ';"" " ','.

..;a;Pulse-tXcited:.no~ ..."Q-~witehed"tnultiple-transvene mode; or

b. Continuously excited, .multiple­,'" transvene .mode;...

c. carbon dioxide "lasen'· embargoed by'6.A5:a.4.:1. Being in CW,multiple-transvene

mode; ,md2. Having a c:.W output, power notexceeding 15 kW.

.'

Lasen8. Licences may be granted at National Discretion

for the export ofoptical 'equipmentembargoed by 6.A.5.g. when intended for usewith unembargoed "lasen" or embargoed"lasen" which have'been specifically authorised

fOF export, .

Radar9. Licences may be g\'anted at National Discretion

for the export of ground radar equipmentspec.ial!y d~gned for enroute air traffic control..and "software" specially designed for the "use"thereof, provided:a. It is embargoed by 6.A.8.i.;b. It has a maximum "instrQmented range" of

SOO km or less;c.. It is configured so that the radar target data

can be transmitted only one way from theradar site to one or more civil ATC centres;

d. It contains no provisions for remote controlof the radar scan rate from the enroute ATCcentre; and

e. It is to be permanendy installed under thesupervisiOIl of the exporter or the exporter'sWestern agent, so that the "instrumentrange" and; volumetric coverage of the radarencompasses an ICAD air route.

. N.B. The "us~:' "software" must be limited to"object code" and the minimum amount of "sourcecode" ne~e~sary for instaUation, operation ormainte~.

10. Licences may be granted at National Discretionfor the export of ATC "software" application

. .' "programmes" embargoed by 6.D.3.h.1.,provided:a. The number of "system tracks" does not

exceed 700; .b. The nu~r of primary radar inputs does not

exceed 32; .andc.. The "software:'. is further limited to "object

.,:<;:ode" and$e minimum arnount,'of"sourcecQde" .necessary tor installation, operation or

. rnain~epance.

'. ; .' 1,1.Li~~c~ maY be gr,anted, at N~onalDisc:t:etion for the.e.xport to the People's

, .. .,Rc;p~QilcofChina of the following equipment:~cp~stics' ... ;. .: :', ~,/.1coustic syste'?JS orc;'l}'ipment for determining

;, .. , .the ~~ti~n,of s\liface ,,~els or underwater::, h; " vehiciq, provi~c;l: ..-_'

.: CThey ire n~t capable. ofprocessing responses

,," :' . from Illore thap 8 beacons.. in the.calculation..1,. ' o(a ~irit; .,',~:'" ' . . .

i'l .,.. 'r~' "'<':' ",',. h .•An aVerageor,CW output power not

/'

7';;" J,.~~' ''-t';:u.~~" . .i ,>~~~ fl>..a;~·.y"~:it Natio~ Oiscretion

:1l .,.. :~o{.tnukispictnpmaging "'. ·.,.· ...~~.A:2.b.2.a. or, '

-6.A.2:b.Z.b.2. provided.the-Instan~;?:"~ .";:;, ':d':·!~V.iew(IFOY)o~~ if

. ,~. ·~1e'1SM"1!~lIlrU)"o~T.s·-

'J2.rl;rHrb~··1 ~;~~'~.:·(:t.". .. ;'Z, .. t~ •• ~f~· " .'~

!:l,;i;, '. "~"~'1PIiy,be ~ a.,t ~ational Discretion": •. };;':f. )i~ ~'fR'OEt!ofreaso~bl~,quantitiesofnon

'rtlggedized irilage intensifier tubes embargoed;by6.A,2,a.2.1.3.a. fot medical use;

1,4. Licen~esmay ~ grante4 ~.t ~aqonal Disgetio't.•::;~:-/or tilt; el(Jl.O,rt,jn ~asonable quantities, to the., ;:,,: 9ueh~.Sl(m!t Repub~c, Hungary. and

"Poland, of non-ruggedised equipment operatingin the visibles~~emb~ by 6A·2.c., ,and containing, image inte~~ tubes embargoed by.,6..A.2.a.~.a.3.a'/.PrQvi4ed they are to beused for 'civil c~rtilied el,1d-:-~es by civil end­usen.

5. Favourable consideration wiIJ be "ivell to

licence .lpplications It>r lh,' export of re"sollable

LllI:lJltitics of in13~c intensifier rt1bc~ l'lllb;lr~()cd

by' IJ.A ..2.a ..2.a.3.a. which ar,' "'Hl-rll""edisedalld whieh are intended lor CgUiplllCllt listn! ill

tlie NOI" to IJ.A.2.c..

Optics "6. Licen~es may be granted at National Discretion. for the export of the follo.wing for installation·and~ at giound-~d bona fide academic orcivilian astronomiqal~ch sites or in

. international air- or ~pace-basedbona fideacademic or civilian astronomical researchprojects: For the stated end-use, a limit of:a. One optical mirror embargoed by 6.A.4.a.1.;b. Three optical mi~onembargoedby 6.A.4.a.2.;c. Three optical mirron embargoed by 6.A.4.a.4.;d. Three optical components embargoed by

6.A.4.b,;e. T.en optical filtenembargoed by 6.A.4.d.1.a.;·f. One piece of optical control equipment· ,.~mbargoed by 6.AA.e.2. for each operational

mirror;g. FOur pieces ofoptical control equipment

· embargoed by 6.A.4.e.4.;·h,Three "substrate blanks" embargoedby 6.C.4,a.;LA reasonable quantity of the bulk fluoride

.' JPass embargQCcl,\>r 6.C.4.e.2.j. A reasonable quap~ty.ofth.ematerials

".", ., .' ept~d.~ 6.C.4.f. ..." . Nf3.: The~bore /imi/<Jti.oll.S reftr to, specific projects.LaSen '" .

'7. Licen~es may ~Ptedat.l'l...tional Discretion

f:,?r ~~,e.:lCpo~. forcivilapp.jica~ons. of~ .• ~ fol1o,'\"5: . .

;~.; ...~ Ne~u~~doped(oth~rthan glass), pulse­;', ',~cit~~."Q;s,witciled iase,.ii'embargoed by

. ,' 6.A.5.c.~,~.;~~1Ia~~~.. h ,',1.A pulse duratio~ eq~,~oqnore than

1 os; and.2. Amultiple,.transyene D,1ode output ~tA,~·,

-_. -_. ,.• -... _~ .....peakpow«.:.DQt excccdin&AOO MW;. '. j). Nee><iymium-dope«other than glass)" . ". ". '!b.?e"'''~d by ~:N~5';c.2.CI3.b .. or

ttW.Hl, 'I\.t k.r.<J~l ,'. B:k:5~e:21c.~:~::·'· '. 1,0" ....:'fI-1 :.~•.,,?'tl'!J~1-·Jl~·Hi"ilf~ 'J .-:.' ::~. ~~ V.·~ • , .

i~':' '.~' . ,<,-'1;',>".. <. '[};'An....t~ui -t.avele~ exceedin8 .... .,..t":':· ".0 I",. ;.~ ','

46 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 49: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

The above list is for reference only and is not exhaustive,

7. A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

This category encompasses and replaces theformer Industrial List Items as follows:

• Accelerometers (IL 1485)• Gyros (IL 1485)• Gyro-astro compasses (IL 1485)• Inertial equipment (IL 1485)• Test equipment for above items (IL 1485)• Software for above items (IL 1485)• Radio Altimeters (IL 1501)• Global Positioning Satellite receiving equipment (IL 1501)• Test equipment for above items (IL 1501)• Software for above items (IL 1501)

Navigation and

Gyros having any of the following characteristics.and specially designed components therefor:a. A "drift rate" "stability", when measured in a 1 g

environment over a period of three months andwith respect to a fixed calibration value. of:1. Less (better) than 0.1 0 per hour when specified

to function continuously below 109; or2. Less (better) than 0.50 per hour when specified

to function from 10 to 100 g inclusive;b, Specified to function at acceleration levels

above 100 g;

Accelerometers designed for use in inertialnavigation or guidance systems and having any ofthe following characteristics. and specially designedcomponents therefor:a, A "bias" "stability" ofless (better) than 130

micro g with respect to a fixed calibration valueover a period of one year;

b. A "scale Uctor" "stability" ofless (better) than130 ppm with respect to a fixed calibration valueover a period of one year;

c, Specified to function at acceleration levelsexceeding 100 g;

7. A.2.

7. A.1.

Category 7Avionics

2:'They do not ,have. devices tOT cometing"automatically spceckJf"sound.jIropagation ': ,errors fi>c. alcubaon of it pOint: ' .•3, :r.hey dOrnOt use'cohtrmt' ':QgIW processing"

between two or mon!, beacons and thehydrophone unit carri~dby;the tutfiee vessel

'. "orunderWatervchide;/I"d" '. ' ,.. - " -

4. Transducers, acoustic modules, beacons orhydrophones themor are not designed towithstand pressures at depths ex.eeecJi,ng ,-,1';000 m;

Optical Semonb. Image intensifier, tubes iI!~rating

microchannel-plates, nqt specially designed forcameras ~mbargoed by 6.A,3.;N.B.: Note 11 ,c. does not apply to tubesitJalrporating agalliu!fl arstrlide (or s,imilarstmiconductor) photocathode. '

Camerasc. Mechanical framing cameras e~bargoed by

6.f!.,3;a.2. designed for civil purposes (i.e., non­nuclear use) with a framing speed of not morethan :2 million frames per second;

Lasersd., "Tunable" pulsed flowing-dye "lasers" having

all of the folloWing, and specially designedcomponents therefor:1. An output wavelength less than 800 nm;2. A "pulse duration" not exceeding 100 ns;

and ,3. A peak output power not exceeding 15 MW;

e. CO" or CO/C02 "lasers" having an outputwavelength in the range from 9,000 to11,000 nm ~d having either of the following:1. A pulsed output not exceeding 2-) per pulse

and a maximum rated average single ormultimode output power not exceeding5 kW; or

2. A CW maximum rated single or multimodeoutput power not exceeding 10 kW;

f. CO "lasers" having a CW maximum ratedsingle or multimode output power notexceeding 10 kW.

Black texton coloUr­tintbKkground

Colouredtext

Goods deScrIbed are eligible for licensing atNational Discretion'unaer the specified conditions.Any limitation on the qu2lifying 'cOuntries isindicated within the text,

Goods descnbed J1Iay qualify for licensing underCOCOM's Favnurabk Consideration procedurewhen J1Ieeting the specified conditions, Anylimitation on the qualifying countries is indicatedwithin the text.

7. A.3. Inertial navigation systems (gimballed andstrapdown) and inertial equipment for attitude.guidance or control having any of the followingcharacteristics, and specially designed componentstherefor:a, For "aircraft":

1. Navigation error (free inertial) of 0.8 nauticalmile per hour (50"A, Circular Error Probable(CEP» or less (better) subsequent to normalalignment; ,

2. Not certified for use on "civil aircraft" by civilaviation authorities of a member country; or

3. Specified to function at acceleration levelsexceeding 10 g;

b. For land or "spacecraft":1. Navigation error (free inertial) of0.8 nautical

nde per hour (50"A, CEP) or less (better)subsequent to normal alignment; or

2. Specified to fimction at ~cceleration levelsexceeding 10 S:

Security Export Control September 1991 47

Page 50: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

category 7: 1. A. 3. continued

Gyro-asU'o cQm~es, and other devices which'lderivt position or orientation by means ofautomatically tracking celestial bodies or satellites,with an azimuth accuracy ofequal to or less (better)than 5 seconds ofarc;

c. Gyro run-in!motor test stations;d. Gyro evacuation and fill stations;e. Centrifuge fixtures for gyro bearings;f. Accelerometer axis align stations;

7. C. Materials

7. B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

(For automatic pilots for untletWater vehicles, see Category 8. For radar,see Category 6. For inertial navigation equipmentfor ships orsubmersibles, see Item 9f. on the Munitions List.)

None

7. D. Software

"Software" specially designed or modified for the"development" or "production" of equipmentembargoed by 7.A. or 7.B.;

"Source code" for the "use" of any inertialnavigation equipment or Attitude HeadingReference Systems (AHRS) (except gimballedAHRS) including inertial equipment notembargoed by 7.A.3. or 7.A.4.;Technical Note: AHRS generally differ from inertialnavigation systems (INS) in that an AHRS providesattitude heading information and normally does notprovide the acceleration, velocity and positioninformation associated with an INS.

7. D.2.

1. D.1.

Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) receivingequipment having either of the followingcharacteristics, and specially d~signed componentstherefor:a. Employing encryption/decryption; orb. A null-steerable antenna;

Airborne altimeters operating at frequencies otherthan 4.2 to 4.4 GHz inclusive, having either of thefollowing characteristics:a. "Power management"; orb. U~ing phase shift key modulation;

7. A.5.

7. A.I.

7. E. Technology

7. B.1. Test, calibration or alignment equipment speciallydesigned for equipment embargoed by 7.A., exceptequipment for Maintenance Level I or MaintenanceLevel II;Technical Notes:1. Maintenance Level I

The failure of an inertial navigation unit isdetected on the aircraft by indications from thecontrol and display unit (CDU) or by the statusmessage from the corresponding sub-system. Byfollowing the manufacturer's manual, the cause ofthe failure may be localised at the level of themalfunctioning line replaceable unit (LRU). Theoperator then removes the LRU and replaces itwith a spare.

2. Maintenance Level IIThe defective LRU is sent to the maintenanceworkshop (the manufacturer's or that of theoperator responsible for level II maintenance). Atthe maintenance workshop, the malfunctioningLRU is tested by various appropriate means toverify and localise the defective shop replaceableassembly (SRA) module responsible for the failure.This SRA is removed and replaced by anoperative spare. The defective SRA (or possiblythe complete LRU) is then shipped to themanufacturer.N.B.: Maintenance Level 11 does not include theremoval ofembargoed accelerometers orgyro sensors fromthe SRA.

7. D.3.7.0.3. B.

7.0.3. b.

7.0.3.c.

7.0.3.d.

Other "software", as follows:"SoftWare" specially designed or modified toimprove the operational performance or reducethe navigational error of systems to the levelsspecified in 7.A.3. or 7.A.4.;"Source code" for hybrid integrated systemswhich improves the operational performance orreduces the navigational error ofsystems to thelevel specified in 7.A.3. by continuouslycombining inertial data with any of the followingnavigation data:1. Doppler radar velocity;2. Global Positioning Satellite (GPS) references; or3. Terrain data base;"Source code" for: integrated avionics or missionsystems which combine sensor data and employknowledge-based expert systems;"Source code" for the "development" of:1. Digital flight management systems for flight path

optimization;2. Integrated propulsion and flight control systems;3. Fly-by-wire or fly-by-light control systems;4. Fault-tolerant or self-reconfiguring "active flight

control systems";5. Airborne automatic direction finding equipment;6. Air data systems based on surface static data;7. Raster-type head-up displays or three dimensional

displays;

7.8.2.

7. B.3.

Equipment, as follows, specially designed tocharacterize mirrors for ring "laser" gyros:a. Scatterometers having a measurement accuracy of

10 ppm or less (better);b. Profilometers having a measurement accuracy of

0.5 nm (5 angstrom) or less (better);

Equipment specially designed for the ptoductionofequipment embargoed by 7.A., including:a. Gyro tuning test stations;b. Gyro dynamic balance stations;

7. E.1.

7. E.2.

7. E.3.

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development" of equipment or"software" embargoed by 7.A., 7.B. or 7.D.;

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "production" of equipmentembargoed by 7.A. or 7.B.;

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the repair, refurbishing or overhaul of

48 security Export Control September 1991

Page 51: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

. '. -..-l-I-~<

The above list is for reference only and is not exhaustive.

8. A. Equipment, Assemblies .nd Components

Category 8 - Marine.'.

This category encompasses and replaces theformer Industrial List Items.•• follows:

Submersible vehicles or surface vessels, as follows:Manned, tethered submersible vehicles designed tooperate at depths exceeding 1,000 m;Manned, untethered submersible vehicles:1. Designed to "operate autonomously" and

having a lifting capacity of:a. 10";" or more of their weight in air; andb. 15 kN or more;Technical Note: "Operate autonomously"Fully submerged, without snorkel, all systemsworking and cruising at minimum speed atwhich the submersible can safely control itsdepth dynamically by using its depth planesonly, with no need for a support vessel orsupport base on the surface, sea-bed or shore,and containing a propulsion system forsubmerged or surface use.

2. Designed to operate at depths exceeding1,000 m; or

3. a. Designed to carry a crew of 4 or more;b. Designed to "operate autonomously" for

10 hours or more;c. Having a "range" of 25 nautical miles or

more; andTechnical Note: "Range"Half the maximum distance a submersiblevehicle can cover.

d. Having a length of21 m or less;Unmanned, tethered submersible vehiclesdesigned to operate at depths exceeding 1,000 m:1. Designed for self-propelled manoeuvre using

propulsion motors or thrusters embargoed by8.A.2.a.2.; or

2. Having a fibre optic data link;Unmanned, untethered submersible vehicles:1. Designed for deciding a course relative to any

geographical reference without reaI-tiine humanassistance;

2. Having an acoustic data or command link; or3. Having a fibre optic data or command link

exceeding 1,000 m;NOTE: For the embargo status ofequipmentforsubmersible vehicles, see:C4kgDry 5 "Information Stt:urity"jOr tnaypted

communication equipment;Ca~ 6 for sensors;Cakgln'iu 7 and 8 for navigtltion equipment;Category 8A.for undtrUllJter equipment.

8. A. 1. d.

8. A. 1. c.

8. A. 1. b.

8. A.1.8. A. 1.8.

• Surface vesselS, propellers, transmission systems, separatorsystems and components (IL 1416)

• Submersible systems and components and specially designedsoftware (IL 1417)

• Deep submergence vehicles and autonomous submersiblevehicles (IL 1418)

• Robots for underwater use (IL 1319)• Water tunnels (IL 1363)• Syntactic foam (IL 1759)

Other technology, as follows:Technology for the "development" or"production" of:1. Airborne automatic direction finding equipment

operating at frequencies exceeding 5 MHz;2. Air data systems based on surface static data only,

i.e., which dispense with conventional air dataprobes;

3. Raster-type head-up displays or three dimensionaldisplays for "aircraft";

4. Inertial navigation systems or gyro-astro compassescontaining accelerometers or gyros embargoed by7.A.1. or 7.A.2.;

"Development" technology, as follows, for"active flight control systems" (including fly-by­wire or fly-by-light):1. Configuration design for interconnecting

multiple microelectronic processing elements(on-board computers) to achieve "real timeprocessing" for control law implementation;

2. Control law compensation for sensor locationor dynamic airframe loads, i.e., compensationfor sensor vibration environment or for variationof sensor location from the centre of gravity;

3. Electronic management ofdata redundancy orsystems redundancy for fault detection, faulttolerance, fault isolation or reconfiguration;NOTE: 7.E.4.b.3. does not embargo technology forthe design ofphysical redundancy.

4. Flight controls which permit inflightreconfiguration of force and moment controlsfor real time autonomous air vehicle control;

5. Integration ofdigital flight control, navigationand propulsion control data into a digital flightmanagement system for flight path optimization,except "development" technology for aircraftflight instrument systems integrated solely forVOR, DME, ILS or MLS navigation orapproaches;

6. Full authority digital flight control or multisensor mission management systems incorporatingknowledge-based expert systems;(For technology for Full Authority Digital EngineControl (FADEC), see 9.E.3.a.10.)

Technology for the "development" of helicoptersystems, as follows:1. Multi-axis fly-by-wire or fly-by-light controllers

which combine the functions ofat least two of thefollowing into one controlling element:a. Collective controls;b. Cyclic controls;c. Yaw controls;

2. "Circulation-controlled anti-torque orcirculation-controlled directional control systems";

3. Rotor blades incorporating "variable geometryairfoils" for use in systems using individual bladecontrol.

equipment embargoed by 7.A.1. to 7.A.4., exceptfor maintenance technology direcdy associatedwith calibration, removal or replacement ofdamaged or unserviceable LRUs and SRAs of a"civil aircraft" as described in Maintenance Level Ior Maintenance Level n.(see Technical Notes to 7.B.1.)

7. E. 4. c.

7. E. 4. b.

7. E.4.7. E. 4. 8.

Security Export Control $eptMlI»r ,., •

Page 52: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 8: 8. A. 1. continued

8. A. 1. e.

8. A. 1. f.

8. A. 1. g.

8. A. 1. h.

8. A. 1. i.

8. A.2.8. A. 2. a.

8. A. 2. b.

8. A. 2. c.8. A. 2. d.

OceaJ) sal~ systetw. wi~a lifting capacityexceeding 5 MN for salvaging objects from depthsexceeding 250 m and having either of the following:1. Dynamic positioning systems capable'ofposition

keeping within 20 m ofa given point providedby the navigation system; or

2. Seafloor navigation and navigation integrationsystems for depths exceeding 1,000 m withpositioning accuracies, to within 10 m of apredetermined point;

Surface-effect vehicles (fully skirted variety) with amaximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding30 knots in a significant wave height of 1.25 m(Sea State 3) or more, a cushion pressure exceeding3,830 Pa, and a light-ship-to- full-loaddisplacement ratio ofless than 0.70;Surface-effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls) with amaximum design speed, fully loaded, exceeding40 knots in a significant wave height of 3.25 m(Sea State 5) or more;Hydrofoil vessels with active systems forautomatically controlling foil systems, with amaximum design speed, fully loaded, of 40 knotsor more in a significant wave height of 3.25 m(Sea State 5) or more;Small waterplane area vessels with:1. A full load displacement exceeding 500 tonnes

with a maximum design speed, fully loaded,exceeding 35 knots in a significant wave heightof 3.25 m (Sea State 5) or more; or

2. A full load displacement exceeding 1,500 tonneswith a maximum design speed, fully loaded,exceeding 25 knots in a significant wave heightof 4 m (Sea State 6) or more;Technical Note: A small waterplane area vessel isdefined by the following formula: waterplanearea at an operational design draft less than 2 x(displaced volume at the operational designdraft)"'.

Systems or equipment, as follows:Systems or equipment, specially designed ormodified for submersible vehicles, designed tooperate at depths exceeding 1,000 m, as follows:1. Pressure housings or pressure hulls with a

maximum inside chamber diameter exceeding1.5 m;

2. Direct current propulsion motors or thrusters;3. Umbilical cables, and connectors therefor, using

optical fibre and having synthetic strengthmembers;

Systems specially designed or modified for theautomated control of the motion ofequipment forsubmersible vehicles embargoed by 8.A.1. usingnavigation data and having closed loop servo­controls to:1. Enable a vehicle to move within 10 m of a

predetermined point in the water column;2. Maintain the position of the vehicle within 10 m

of a predetermined point in the water column; or3. Maintain the position of the vehicle within 10 m

while following a cable on or under the seabed;Fibre optic hull penetrators or connectors;Underwater vision systems, as follows:1. a. Television systems (comprising camera, lights,

monitoring and signal transmission equipment)having a limiting resolution when measured inair of more than 500 lines and speciallydesigned or modified for remote operation

8. A. 2. e.

8. A. 2. f.

8. A. 2. g.

8. A. 2. h.

8. A. 2. i.

with a submersible vehicle; orb. Underwater television cameras having a

limiting resolution when measured in air ofmore than 700 lines;

Technical Note: Limiting resolution in television isa measure of horizontal resolution usuallyexpressed in te.rms of the maximum number oflines per picture height discriminated on a testchart, using IEEE Standard 208/1960 or anyequivalent standard.

2. Systems, specially designed or modified forremote operation with an underwater vehicle,employing techniques to minimise the effects ofback scatter, including range-gated illuminatorsor "laser" systems;

3. Low light level television cameras speciallydesigned or modified for underwater usecontaining:a. Image intensifier tubes embargoed by

6.A.2.a.2.a.; andb. More than 150,000 "active pixels" per solid

state area array;Photographic still cameras specially designed ormodified for underwater use, having a film formatof 35 mm or larger, and:1. Annotating the film with data provided by a

source external to the camera;2. Having autofocussing or remote focussing

specially designed for underwater use;3. Having automatic back focal distance correction;

or4. Having automatic compensation control

specially designed to permit an underwatercamera housing to be usable at depths exceeding1,000 m;

Electronic imaging systems, specially designed ormodified for underwater use, capable of storingdigitally more than 50 exposed images;Light systems, as follows, specially designed ormodified for underwater use:1. Stroboscopic light systems capable of a light

output energy of more than 300 J per flash;2. Argon arc light systems specially designed for use

below 1,000 m;"Robots" specially designed for underwater use,controlled by using a dedicated stored programmecomputer:I. Having systems that control the "robot" using

information from sensors which measure force ortorque applied to an external object, distance toan external object, or tactile sense between the"robot" and an external object; or

2. Capable of exerting a force of 250 N or more ora torque of250 Nm or more and using titaniumbased alloys or "fibrous or filamentary""composite" materials in their structural members;

Remotely controlled articulated manipulatorsspecially designed or modified for use withsubmersible vehicles:1. Having systems which control the manipulator

using the information from sensors whichmeasure the torque or force applied to anexternal object, or tactile sense between themanipulator and an external object; or

2. Controlled by proportional master-slavetechniques or by using a dedicated storedprogramme computer, and having 5 degrees offreedom of movement or more;

50 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 53: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

-,' .~.: ",or,. '.,.' .~

NQTE: Only jUmtions having proportion4J contr,!lusing positional feedback or by using a'dewted storedprogramme computer are counted when determining thenumber of degrees offreedom ofmovement.

8. A. 2. j. Air independent power systems, as follows, speciallydesigned for underwater use:

8. A. 2. j. 1. Brayton, Stirling or Rankine cycle engine airindependent power systems having any of thefollowing:a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems specially

designed to remove carbon dioxide, carbonmonoxide and particulates from recirculatedengine exhaust;

b, Systems specially designed to use a monoatomic gas;c. Devices or enclosures specially designed for

underwater noise reduction in frequencies below10kHz, or special mounting devices for shockmitigation; or

d. Systems specially designed:1. To pressurise the products ofreaction or for

fuel reformation;2. To store the products of the reaction; and3. To discharge the products of the reaction

against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;8. A. 2. j. 2. Diesel cycle engine air independent systems, having

all of the following:a. Chemical scrubber or absorber systems specially

designed to remove carbon dioxide, carbonmonoxide and particulates from recirculatedengine exhaust;

b. Systems specially designed to use a monoatomicgas;

c. Devices or enclosures specially designed forunderwater noise reduction in frequencies below10kHz or special mounting devices for shockmitigation; and

d. Specially designed exhaust systems that do notexhaust continuously the products of combustion;

8. A. 2. j. 3. Fuel cell air independent power systems with anoutput exceeding 2 kW having either of thefollowing:a. Devices or enclosures specially designed for

underwater noise reduction in frequencies below10 kHz or special mounting devices for shockmitigation; or

b. Systems specially designed:1. To pressurise the products of reaction or for

fuel reformation;2. To store the products of the reaction; and3. To discharge the products of the reaction

against a pressure of 100 kPa or more;8. A. 2. k. Skirts, seals and fingers, as follows:

1. Designed for cushion pressures of 3,830 Pa ormore, operating in a significant wave height of1.25 m (Sea State 3) or more and speciallydesigned for surface effect vehicles (fully skirtedvariety) embargoed by 8.A.1.£;

2. Designed for cushion pressures of 6,224 Pa ormore, operating in a significant wave height of3.25 m (Sea State 5) or more and speciallydesigned for surface effect vehicles (rigid sidewalls)embargoed by 8.A.1.g.;

8. A. 2. I. Lift fans ["..ted at more than 400 kW speciallydesigned for surface effect vehicles embargoed by8.A.1.£ or 8.A.1.g.;

8. A. 2. m. Fully submerged subcavitating or supercavitatinghydrofoils specially designed for vessels embargoedby 8.A.1.h.;

8. A. 2. n. Active systems specially designed OT .modified to' l'

- control automatically the sea~ihducei:f'motioitofvehicles or vessels .eml>argoed by 8.A.L£, g., h. ot: i.,

8. A. 2. o. 1. Water-screw propeller or power transmissionsystems, as follows, specially designed for surfaceeffect vehicles (fully skirted or rigid sidewall variety),hydrofoils or small waterplane area vesselsembargoed by 8.A.L£, g., h. or i.:a. Supercavitating, super-ventilated, partially­

submerged or surface piercing propellers rated atmore than 7.5 MW;

b. Contrarotating propeller systems rated at morethan 15 MW;

c. Systems employing pre-swirl or post-swirltechniques for smoothing the flow into apropeller;

d. Light-weight, high capacity (K factor exceeding3(0) reduction gearing;

e. Power transmission shaft systems, incorporating"composite" material components, capable oftransmitting more than 1 MW;

8. A. 2. 0.2. Water-screw propeller, power generation ortransmission systems for use on vessels, as follows:a. Controllable-pitch propellers and hub assemblies

rated at more than 30 MW;b. Internally liquid-cooled electric propulsion

engines with a power output exceeding 2.5 MW;c. "Superconductive" propulsion engines, or

permanent magnet electric propulsion engines,with a power output exceeding 0.1 MW;

d. Power transmission shaft systems, incorporating"composite" material components, capable oftransmitting more than 2 MW;

e. Ventilated or base-ventilated propeller systemsrated at more than 2.5 MW;

8. A. 2. o. 3. Noise reduction systems for use on vessels of 1,000tonnes displacement or more, as follows:a. Noise reduction systems that attenuate at

frequencies below 500 Hz and consist ofcompound acoustic mounts for the acousticisolation of diesel engines, diesel generator sets, gasturbines, gas turbine generator sets, propulsionmotors or propulsion reduction gears, speciallydesigned for sound or vibration isolation, havingan intermediate mass exceeding 30"10 of theequipment to be mounted;

b. Active noise reduction or cancellation systems, ormagnetic bearings, specially designed for powertransmission systems, and incorporating electroniccontrol systems capable of actively reducingequipment vibration by the generation of anti­noise or anti-vibration signals direcdy to thesource;

8. A. 2. p. Pumpjet propulsion systems with a power outputexceeding 2.5 MW using divergent nozzle and flowconditioning vane techniques to improve propulsiveefficiency or reduce propulsion-generatedunderwater-radiated noise;

(For underwater communic4tions systems. see C4UgOry 5.(Telecommunications)) .

8. B. Test, In.p~ion and Production Equipment

Water tunnels, having a background noise oflessthan 100 dB (reference 1 micropascal, 1 Hz) in thefrequency range from 0 to 500 Hz, designed formeasuring acoustic fields ge~rated by a hydro-flowaround propulsion ~ystemmodels;

Security Export Control. SeptembeJ;.,mli1

Page 54: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 8: continued

8. C.M......I. Category 9 - Propulsion8. C. Syntactic foam for underwater use:

1. Designed for marine depths exceeding 1,000 m;and

2. With a density less than 561 kg/mJ;

Technical Note: Syntacticfoam consists ~hollow spheres ~plastic or glass embedded in a resin matrix.

8. D. Software

8. D. 1."Software" specially designed or modified for theudevelopment", uproduction" or "use" ofequipment or materials embargoed by 8.A., 8.B.or8.C;

2. Specific "software" specially designed or modifiedfor the "development", "production". repair.overhaul or refurbishing (re-machining) ofpropellers specially designed for underwater noisereduction;

8. E. T.chnology

This cat.gory .ncomp..... and repl.ces thefollowing form.r Industri.1 List Items:

• Equipment for gas turbine blade & vane manufacture(IL 1080)

• Equipment for the manufacture of gas turbines(ILt086)

• Test facilities for aircraft & gas turbines (1L1361)• Vibration test equipment (IL 1362)• Reciprocating diesel engine technology (IL 1401)• Marine gas turbine engines (IL 1431)• Aircraft, helicopters & aero engines (IL 1460)• Related specially designed software• Related technologies

The above list is for reference only and is not exhaustive.

9. A. Equipment, Assemblies and Components

8. E. 1. Techn.ology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development" or "production" ofequipment or materials embargoed by 8.A., 8.B.or8.C.;

2. Other technology. as follows:a. Technology for the "development".

"production". repair. overhaul or refurbishing(re-machining) ofpropellers specially designedfor underwater noise reduction;

b. Technology for the overhaul or refurbishing ofequipment embargoed by 8.A.t., 8.A.2.b.• j., o.or p.

(For propulsion systems designed or rated against neutron or transientionizing radiation, see the Munitions list.)

NatIo~.~·N4rti···.

.'

. ~ ~'.' "I~ .' .• ,

9. A.1. Aero gas turbine engines incorporating any of thetechnologies embargoed by 9.E.3.a., as follows:a. Not certified for the specific "civil aircraft" for

which they are intended;NOTE: For the purpose ~ the "civil aircraft"certification process. a limited number ~civil certifiedetIgines, assemblies or components may be exported.This limited number is difined as the minimum required(up to 16, including spares) for civil certification.

b. Not certified for civil use by the aviationauthorities in a member country;

c. Designed to cruise at speeds exceeding Mach 1.2for more than thirty minutes;

',.11 I- Lidnoa may<bc JllII*d at Naqonal Descretion for. ~ ~ '",.I-iI If. ',' the,Upcii&JDr <:iW .eo.chliia~e.1- -underwater oil,

In~}:t'\', • p)Or.~pera6eas}.qfnianipulaton.,;."",,'~ by:8.A,2.ioa."haYiDs 5 degrea Of

fi':\' ..1' ,·.··tteedcnn,,of~~"'_\ ,I

9. A.2. Marine gas turbine engines with an ISO standardcontinuous power rating of 13,795 kW or more anda specific fuel consumption ofless than0.243 kg/kWh. and specially designed assemblies andcomponents therefor;

9. A.3. Specially designed assemblies and components,incorporating any of the technologies embargoed by9.E.3.a., for the following gas turbine enginepropulsion systems:a. Embargoed by 9.A.1.; orb. Whose design or production origins are e::ither

proscribed countries or 'unknown to themanufacturer;

NOTE: 9.A.3. does not embatgo multiple domedcombustors operating at average burner outlet temperaturesequal to orless than 1,813 K (1,54(J'C).

Space launch vehicles or "spacecraft" (not includingtheir payloads);(For the embargo status of products contained in"spacecraft" payloads, see the appropriateCategories.)

9. A.C.

.8

~ribed;""Nie_IicleuIilIt" ••.-· l.~.

~Uoda.dJe,~i.ADy~.~.tbe qulJif;jag-cOuDaies is

.' -:

Colouredtext

Goods described may qualifY for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifYing countries is indicatedwithin the text.

9. A.5.

9. A.a.

Liquid rocket propulsion systems containing any ofthe systems or comp0I:lents embargoed by 9.A.6.;

Systems or components, as follows, speciallydesigned for liquid rocket propulsion systems:

52 security Export Control september 1991

Page 55: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

9. B. Test, Inspection and Production Equipment

9. A.7.

9. A.S.

9...A.9.

9. A.10.

a. Cryogenic refrigeraton, flightweight. dewan,cryogenic heat pipes or cryogenic systems speciallydesigned for use in space vehicles and capable ofrestricting cryogenic fluid losses to less than 30010per year;

b. Cryogenic containen or closed-cycle refrigerationsystems capable of providing temperatures of100 K (-173°C) or less for "aircraft" capable ofsustained flight at speeds exceeding Mach 3,launch vehicles or "spacecraft";

c. Slush hydrogen storage or transfer systems;d. High pressure (exceeding 17.5 MPa) turbo

pumps, pump components or their associated gasgenerator or expander cycle turbine drive systems;

e. High-pressure (exceeding 10.6 MPa) thrustchamben and nozzles therefor;

( Propellant storage systems using the principle ofcapillary containment or positive expulsion (i.e.,with flexible bladden);

Solid rocket propulsion systems with any of thefollowing:a. 1. Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs; or

2. Specific impulse of2.4 kNs/kg or more whenthe nozzle flow is expanded to ambient sea levelconditions for an adjusted chamber pressure of7 MPa;

b. 1. Stage mass fractions exceeding 88%; and2. Propellant solid loadings exceeding 86%;

c. Any of the components embargoed by 9.A.8.; ord. Insulation and propellant bonding systems using

direct-bonded motor designs to provide a strongmechanical bond or a barrier to chemicalmigration between the solid propellant and caseinsulation material;

Components, as follows, specially designed for solidrocket propulsion systems:a. Insulation and propellant bonding systems using

linen to provide a strong mechanical bond or abarrier to chemical migration between the solidpropellant and case insulation material;

b. Filament-wound "composite" motor casesexceeding 0.61 m in diameter or having structuralefficiency ratios (PVIW) exceeding 25 km;Technical Note: The structural efficiency ratio(PVIW) is the bunt pressure (P) multiplied by thevessel volume (V) divided by the total pressurevessel weight (W).

c. Nozzles with thrust levels exceeding 45 kN ornozzle throat erosion rates ofless than0.075 mm/s;

d. Movable nozzle or secondary fluid injection thrustvector control systems capable of:1. Omni-axial movement exceeding ± 5°;2. Angular vector rotations of 20°Is or more; or3. Angular vector accelerations of 40°I s2 or more;

Technical Note: For the purposes of9.A.7.d. and9.A.8.a., a strong mechanical bond means bondstrength equal to or more than propellant strength.

Hybrid rocket propulsion systems with:a. Total impulse capacity exceeding 1.1 MNs; orb. Thrust levels exceeding 220 kN in vacuum exit

conditions;

Specially designed components or structures, forlaunch vehicles or launch vehicle propulsion systems,

9. A.n.

9. B.1.

9. B.2.

9. B.3.

9. B.4.

9. B.5.

9. B.8.

manufactured using metal "matrix" "composite"., ,organic uco~posite"t ceramic umatrixu or

intermetal,lic reinforced materials embargoed byl.C.7 or 1.C.tO;

IUmjet, scramjet or combined cycle engines andspecially designed components therefor;

Specially designed equipment, tooling or fixtures, asfollows, for manufacturing or measuring gas turbineblades, vanes or tip shroud castings:a. Automated equipment using non-mechanical

methods for measuring airfoil wall thickness;b. Tooling, fixtures or measuring equipment for the

"laser", water jet or ECM/EDM hole drillingprocesses embargoed by 9.E.3.c.;

c. Directional solidification or single crystal castingequipment;

d. Ceramic cores or shells;e. Ceramic core manufacturing equipment or tools;( Ceramic core leaching equipment;g. Ceramic shell wax pattern preparation equipment;h. Ceramic shell bum out or firing equipment;

On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation(including senson) or automated data acquisition andprocessing equipment, specially designed for thedevelopment of gas turbine engines, assemblies orcomponents incorporating technologies embargoedby 9.E.3.a;

Equipment specially designed for the production ortest of gas turbine brush seals designed to operate attip speeds exceeding 335 mls, and specially designedparts or accessories therefor;

Tools, dies or fixtures for the solid state joining ofgas turbine "superalloy" or titanium components;

On-line (real time) control systems, instrumentation(including senson) or automated data acquisition andprocessing equipment, specially designed for usewith the following wind tunnels or devices:a. Wind tunnels designed for speeds of Mach 1.2 or

more, except those specially designed foreducational purposes and having a test section size(measured laterally) ofless than 250 mm;Technical Note: Test section size: the diameter ofthe circle, or the side of the square, or the longestside of the rectangle, at the largest test sectionlocation.

b. Devices for simulating flow-environments atspeeds exceeding Mach 5, including hot-shottunnels, plasma arc tunnels, shock tubes, shocktunnels, gas tunnels and light gas guns;

c. Wind tunnels or devices, other than two­dimensional sections, capable of simulatingReynolds number flows exceeding 25 x t ()6;

Speqally dosigned acoustic vibration test equipmentcapable ofproducing sound pressure levels of t60 dBor more (referenced to 20 micropascals) with a ratedoutput of 4 kW or more at a test cell temperatureexceeding 1,273 K (I,OOO°C). and tpecially designedtransducen, strain gauges. accelerometen•..thermocouples or quartz heaten therefor;

Security Export Control 5eptembtt, 1nf ~.

Page 56: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Category 9: 9. B. continued

None.

9. D. Software

9. C. Materials

9. E. Technology

NOTE: IIDevelopment" or IIproduction" technologyembargoed by 9.B. for gas turbine engines remainsembargoed when used as U use" technology for repair,rebuild and overhaul. Excludedfrom embargo are: technicaldata, drawings or documentation for maintenance activitiesdirectly associated with calibration, removal or replacementofdamaged or unseroiceable line replaceable units, includingreplacement ofwhole engines or engine modules.(For technology for the repair ofembargoed structures)laminates or materials, see 1.E.2.f.)

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "production" ofequipment embargoedby 9.A.1.c., 9.A.4. to 9.A.l1. or 9.B.;

Technology according to the General TechnologyNote for the "development" ofequipment or"software" embargoed by 9.A.1.c., 9.A.4. to 9.A.l1.,9.B. or 9.0.;

9. E.2.

9. E.1.

Equipment specially designed for inspecting theintegrity of rocket moton using non-destructive test(NOT) techniques other than planar X-ray or basicphysical or chemical analysis;

Tooling specially designed for producing turbineengine powder metallurgy rotor components capableofoperating at stress levels of 60% of ultimate tensilestrength (UTS) or more and metal temperatures of873 K (600°C) or more;

Transducers specially designed for the directmeasurement of the wall skin friction of the test flowwith a stagnation temperature exceeding 833 K(560°C);

9. B.9.

9. B.8.

9.8.7.

9. D.1.

9. D.2.

9. D.3.

9.0.4.

"Software" required for the "development" ofequipment or technology embargoed by 9.A., 9.B.or 9.E.3.;

"Software" required for the "production" ofequipment embargoed by 9.A. or 9.B.;

"Software" required for the "use" of full authoritydigital electronic engine controls (FADEC) forpropulsion systems embargoed by 9.A. or equipmentembargoed by 9.B., as follows:a. "Software" in digital electronic controls for

propulsion systems, aerospace test facilities or airbreathing aero-engine test facilities;

b. Fault-tolerant "software" used in FADEC systemsfor propulsion systems and associatep test facilities;

Other "software", as follows:a. "Software" specially designed for vibration test

equipment using real time digital controls withindividual exciters (thrusters) with a maximumthrust exceeding 100 kN;

b. 20 or 3D viscous "software" validated with windtunnel or flight test data required for detailedengine flow modelling;

c. "Software" required for the "development" or"production" of real time full authority electronictest facilities for engines or componentsembargoed by 9.A.;

d. "Software" for testing aero gas turbine engines,assemblies or components, specially designed tocollect, reduce and analyse data in real time, andcapable offeedback control, including thedynamic adjustment of test articles or testconditions, as the test is in progress;

e. "Software" speciilly designed to controldirectional solidification or single crystal casting;

f. "Software" in "source code", "object code" ormachine code required for the "use" ofactivecompensating systems for rotor blade tip clearancecontrol;NOTE: 9.D.4f does not embarga itsoftware"embedded in unembargoed equipment or requiredformaintenance activities associated with the calibration orrepair or updates to the active compensating clearancecontrol system.

9. E.3.9. E. 3. 8.

Other technology, as follows:Technology "required" for the "development" or"production" of the following gas turbine enginecomponents or systems:1. Oirectionally solidified gas turbine blades, vanes

or tip shrouds rated to oper~te at gas pathtemperatures exceeding 1,593 K (1,320°C);

2. Single crystal blades, vanes or tip shrouds;3. Multiple domed combustors operating at average

burner outlet temperatures exceeding 1,643 K(1,370°C), or combustors incorporating thermallydecoupled combustion liners, non-metallic linersor non-metallic shells;

4. Components manufactured from organic"composite" materials designed to operate above588 K (315°C), or from metal "matrix""composite", ceramic "matrix", intermetallic orintermetallic reinforced materials embargoed by1.A.2. or l.C.7.;

5. Uncooled turbine blades, vanes, tip-shrouds orother components designed to operate at gas pathtemperatures of 1,323 K (1,0500 C) or more;

6. Cooled turbine blades, vanes or tip-shrouds,other than those described in 9.E.3.a.1. and 2.,exposed to gas path temperatures of 1,643 K(1,370°C) or more;

7. Airfoil-to-disk blade combinations using solidstate joining;

8. Gas turbine engine components using"diffusion bonding" technology embargoed by2.E.3.b.;

9. Damage tolerant gas turbine engine rotatingcomponents using powder metallurgy materialsembargoed by 1.C.2.b.;

10. FAOEC for gas turbine and combined cycleengines and their related diagnostic components,sensors and specially designed components;

11. Adjustable flow path geometry and associatedcontrol systems for:a. Gas generator turbines;b. Fan or power turbines;c. Propelling nozzles;NOTES: 1. Adjustable flow path geometry and

associated control systems do not includeinlet guide vanes, variable pitch fans,

variable stators or bleed valves forcompressors .

54 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 57: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

BIIIck~,(;~ described ~;~Ii;.~ Jic~#'~::~coIour·, . Natioml;piscretion un4~r.the ,peq6ed.~~IiS•. '.

u,rt "'Any;~tation.pn.~~·~couri~ is \back~: ~~~_·tPe ~~.""..>, ~ ..~~-:S,:.'

NOTE; Lim!as.maybegt'<lfItt4 .ill IVlI#Q,tIiIl Dismthm fortlw export ofltitltine gilt tumllt engines em~by·j.A,l,darJ.s~ mcillj1marine vesselsfor tillilend-use, prwi/kd tjldr~~~IfIP'iUmexceeds !UH,(IeWh and I/rdr ISQ,amti~ rilruw"~_ZO,(J(){) IeW.:,1ncentiltio~M~tioI15Wt ,,::•.; .

9. E. 3. e. 2. Technology "required" for the "production" ofspecially designed components, as follows, forhigh output diesel engines:a. Technology "required" for the "production"

of engine systems having all of the followingcomponents employing ceramics materialsembargoed by 1.C.7;1. Cylinder liners;2. Pistons;3. Cylinder heads; and4. One or more other components (including

exhaust ports, turbochargers, valve guides,valve assemblies or insulated fuel injectors);

b. Technology "required" for the "production"of turbocharger systems, with single-stagecompressors having all of the following:1. Operating at pressure ratios of 4; 1 or higher;2. A mass flow in the range from 30 to 130 kg

per minute; and3. Variable flow area capability within the

compressor or turbine sections;c. Technology "required" for the "production"

of fuel injection systems with a specially designedmultifuel (e.g., diesel or jet fuel) capabilitycovering a viscosity range from diesel fuel (2.5 cStat 310.8 K (37.8°C)) down to gasoline fuel(0.5 cSt at 310.8 K (37.8°C)), having all of thefollowing;1. Injection amount in excess of 230 mm' per

injection per cylinder;2. Specially designed electronic control features

for switching governor characteristicsautomatically depending on fuel property toprovide the same torque characteristics byusing the appropriate sensors;

9. E. 3. e. 3 Technology "required" for the "development" or"production" of high output diesel engines for solid,gas phase or liquid film (or combinations thereof)cylinder wall lubrication, permitting operation totemperatures exceeding 723 K (450°C), measuredon the cylinder wall at the top limit of travel of thetop ring of the piston.Technical Note: High output diesel engines:Diesel engines with a specified brake mean effectivepressure of 1.8 MPa or more at a speed of2,300 r.p.m., provided the rated speed is2,300 r.p.m. or more.

2. 9.E.3.a.11. does not embargo"development" or "production" technology

for adjustable flow path geometry for reversethrust.

12. Rotor blade tip clearance control systemsemploying active compensating casingtechnology limited to a design and developmentdata base;

13. Gas bearings for gas turbine engine rotorassemblies;

14. Wide chord hollow fan blades withoutpart-span support;

9. E. 3. b. Technology "required" for the "development" or"production" of:1. Wind tunnel aero-models equipped with non­

intrusive sensors capable of transmitting datafrom the sensors to the data acquisition system;

2. "Composite" propeller blades or propfanscapable of absorbing more than 2,000 kW atflight speeds exceeding Mach 0.55;

9. E. 3. c. Technology "required" for the "development" or"production" of gas turbine engine componentsusing "laser", water jet or ECM/EDM hole drillingprocesses to produce holes with:1. a. Depths more than four times their diameter;

b. Diameters less than 0.76 mm; andc. Incidence angles equal to or less than 25°; or

2. a. Depths more than five times their diameter;b. Diameters less than 0.4 mm; andc. Incidence angles of more than 25°;

Technical Note: For the purposes of9.E.3.c.,incidence angle is measured from a plane tangentialto the airfoil surface at the point where the hole axisenters the airfoil surface.

9. E. 3. d. Technology "required" for the "development" or"production" of helicopter power transfer systemsor tilt rotor or tilt wing "aircraft" power transfersystems:1. Capable ofloss-of-lubrication operation for 30

minutes or more; or

2. Having an input power-to-weight ratio equalto or more than 8.87 kW/kg.

9. E. 3. e. ,. Technology for the "development" or "production"of reciprocating diesel engine ground vehiclepropulsion systems having all of the following:a. A box volume of 1.2 m' or less;b. An overall power output of more than

750 kW based on 80/1269/EEC, ISO 2534or national equivalents; and

c. A power density of more than 700 kW/m'of box volume;

Technical Note:Box volume: the product of three perpendiculardimensions measured in the following way:Length: The length of the crankshaft from front

flange to flywheel face;Width: The widest of the following:

a. The outside dimension from valvecover to valve cover;

b. The dimensions of the outside edgesof the cylinder heads; or

c. The diameter of the flywheel housing;Height: The largest of the following;

a. The dimension of the crankshaftcentre-line to the top plane of the valvecover (or cylinder head) plus twice thestroke; or

b. The diameter of the flywheel housing.

Colouredtext

Goods <!escribed may quality for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen cleeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualitying cnuntries is indicatedwithin the text,

Security Export Control September 1991 56

Page 58: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

International Munitions ListGeneral Technology Note

The government has detennined to restrict the export of "technol­ogy" applicable to the "development", "production" and "use" ofproducts as defined in the International Lists, including thosesubject to National Discretion and those for which shipments arepennitted without reporting to the Committee.This Note applies equally to "technology" specific to the integra­tion or "use" of components in products as defined in the Interna­tional List, even if the components themselves are unembargoed."Technology" covered by this Note remains restricted even whenapplicable to the "development", "production" and "use" of anunembargoed product.This Note does not apply to that "technology" which is theminimum necessary for the installation, operation, maintenance(checking) and repair of those products whose export has beenauthorized.This Note does not apply to "technology" "in the public domain"or to "basic scientific research".

ML1

Small arms ana machine guns, as follows, and speciallydesigned components therefor:a. Rifles, carbines, revolvers, pistols, machine pistols and

machine guns, except antique small arms dated earlier than1890 and their reproductions;

b. Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use;c. Weapons using caseless ammunition.Technical Note:Smooth-bore weapons specially designed for military use as

specified in sub-item b. above are those which:a. Are proof tested at pressures above 1,300 bars; andb. Operate normally and safely at pressures above 1,000

bars; andc. Are capable of accepting ammunition above 76.2 mm in

length (e.g. ,commercial 12-gauge magnum shot gun shells).The parameters in this Technical Note are to be measuredaccording to the standards of the CommissionInternationale Permanente.NOTES:1. LiCences may be gl'anted at National Discretion for theshipment of W eapons embargO~ by this 'Iterlt and, ~peciallydesigned c~potlenlS mertfor, provided Su'ch weapons arenot ofthe fully autOIl1'!ti!=.firing ry.pe, as follows:

, . a. Ritl~tewbp<5ns sJ'ecially .deSigned'for sportillg, '. '~)Jhb6~;;"'definetlijif>~ olympj'c: RUles; . ,.",'-. .o.Rii~"W~M spedaDy <lesigned for hunting'· ..

.,,: ,~amagaziIl capafuy :pOt uceedlitg 5'roUnds;'c, Multip~ B~~.ns.lil'fiI!8,6ne or' .'

mon; ritled-bore ban:el an,d at least one.~ooth~~

band;. ,.;;,. 'd. Clips·or~ for the above weap<Jnswith a

capacity.~~? roUnds.PJj~ to rbc ,C1f~ .l!cenceJOr weapons "

-'. ,t.~ • ,,~•.' "OtdUs·Nil1e•. ' .,~..., .. '. " . '-, .npiC;~~-

, " ", _ ,•.iiJIge4~"<.~' ' etiei '

'., ~~~$J.o;Othenrise~oc'~ ......:t¥~cl ~.':.:~!~~~ * ~'~~~~;' .

2. This Item does not embargo smooth-bore weapons usedfor hunting or sporting purposes. These weapons mustnot be specially designed for military use or of the fullyautomatic firing type.

66 ~urity Export Control September 1991

ML2

3. This Item does not embargo firearms specially designedfor dummy ammunition and which are incapable of firingany embargoed ammunition.

4. This Item does not embargo weapons using non-centrefire cased ammunition and which are not of the fullyautomatic firing type.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:5. Licence applications for the following. for the People's

ll..epllblic of China only, will ren;,;ve favourableconsideration: Equipment embargoed hy ",b-itelll a,above which has all of the following characteristic"a. Has beell in use for more than seven years;b. I )oes 1I0t illcorporate technology affecting weapons

performance which was in initial production le" thansewn years before the time of export; al1</

c. Calibre 12.7 mm or less.

Large calibre armament or weapons and projectors, asfollows, and specially designed components therefor:a, Guns, howitzers, cannon, mortars, tank destroyers,

projectile launchers, military flame throwers, recoillessrifles;

b. Military smoke, gas and pyrotechnic projectors orgenerators.NOTE: This sub·item does not include signal pistols of theVery pistol type.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, for the People'sRepublic ofChina only, will receive favourable considera­tion: Equipment and specially designed componentstherefor:a, I-!owitzers and field guns, as follows:

1. A maximum calibre of 155 mm;2. Having a barrel length not exceeding 40 calibres;3. Not having an auto-loader capable of electronically

selecting the fuse setting, the shell type or the chargesize; and

4. Not incorporating technology affecting weaponsperformance which was in initial production less than7 years before the time of export;

b, Mortars with a maximum calibre of 120 mm and notpossessing an autoloading capability;

c. Tank guns and tank destroyers with a maximum calibreof 105 mm and with a fire rate of not more than10 rounds/minute;

d. Projectors with a maximum payload of25 kg, andwith the launcher to round interface restricted to theminimum required for motor initiation;

e. Recoilless rifles with a maximum calibre of 120 mm;f Anti-aircraft guns with a maximum calibre of 35 mm and

with a maximum cyclic fire rate of not more than900 rounds per minute per barrel;

g. Military flame throwers, smoke and pyrotechnicprojectors not having any of the following characteristics:1. Incorporating materials embargoed by Item 8;2. Specially designed for bi-spectral or multi-spectral

smoke;3. Specially designed or modified for infrared flares or

decoys;except equipment or systems which are capable of electroni­cally setting the fuse or warhead on their projectiles.

Page 59: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML3

ML4

Ammunition, and specially designed componentstherefor, for the weapons embargoed by Items MLl,ML2 or ML26.NOTES:1. Specially designed components are understood to include:

a. Metal or plastic fabrications such as primer anvils,bullet cups, cartridge links, rotating bands and munitionsmetal parts;

b. Safing and arming devices, fuses, sensors and explodingbridge wire connectors;

c. Power supplies with high one-time operational output;d. Combustible cases for charges;e. Submunitions including bomblets, minelets and

terminally guided projectiles, except submunitions usinga solely lead core.

2. This Item does not cover ammunition crimped without aprojectile (blank star) and dummy ammunition with apierced powder chamber.

3. Licences ltlay be gr,ailted at National I;>isctetion (or theshipment ot~e,fQUo~aQUtl~tion or caniidges,provided they are for weaponS exponab1e as.administrative excepti~ ~der Note 1 to Item MU:a. Target ammunition or cartridges with an expanding

bullet of the type used fol',hunting or sport;b. Ammunition or c,attri4ges specifically intended for the

testing.offiremns.

FOR THE P~OPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:4. Liccnce applications for the following. for thc People's

Repuhlic of China only. will receive favourableconsldcration:;l. Small arnlS anHllunitioll, r.\Yl'I" allti-:1nnour

anll11unitioll, or <llnnlunition for use \vith CqUiplllCllt

described in Itelll MLl b. and c.;

b. "Conwlltionalung;uided projectiles" of the poillt­detonating contact and mechanically-sl't till1e-fll'edtypcs nlCorporating unitary high explosive warheadsonly: and cOlllplete safing, ;lnning. fusing and tiringdevICl's theretor. up to the calibre of 156 IIlnl (I O() JIlIll

t;)T tank guns and t:lJ1k destroyers}; and speciallyl.lesigned components therdi". r.\"Cc/,T products whichincludc projectiles incorporating super quick orgrazing sensors or multi-option fusing;

Bombs, torpedoes, rockets and missiles, as follows, andspecially designed components therefor:a. Bombs, torpedoes. grenades (including smoke grenades).

smoke canisters, rockets, mines, missiles, depth charges.fire bombs, incendiary bombs and military demolitioncharges, devices and kits, pyrotechnic flare signals formilitary use, cartridges and simulators;

b. Apparatus and devices specially designed for thehandling. control, activation, powering with one-timeoperational output, launching, laying, sweeping,discharging, detonation or detection of items enumeratedin sub-item a.;NOTE:This sub·item iru:ludes, but is not restriced to, the following:a. Mobile gas liquefying equipment, specially designedfor

military use, and CApable ~producing 1,000 kg ormore per day ~gas in liquidform;

b. Buoyant eledrU: conducting CAble suitable forsweeping magnetic mines;

c. TactiCAl missile rocket nozzles and strategic re-entry

ML5

vehicle nosetips andfine grain artifidal graphiks tltmfor,having all ~ thefollowing charactnistia:1. Bulk tkrlSity ~ 1.79 or mOn! (measun!d at 293 K);2. Tensile strain to fai/un! ~0.7% or mm (~un!d

at 293 K);3. Coeffident ~ thermal expatuiort ~2. 75 " 1Q' or less per

Kelvin (in the range ~293 to 1,255 K).c. Military fuel thickeners, including compounds (e;g., octal)

or mixtures of such compounds (e.g., napalm) specificallyformulated for the purpose of producing materials which,when added to petroleum products, provide a gel-typeincendiary material for use in bombs, projectiles, flamethrowers or other implements of war.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLlC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, for the People'sRepublic afChina only. will receive favourableconsideration:Equipmellt and specially desigm:d components therefor:a. Land mines employing mechanical initiation, excepl those

designed tor extended on station time or for remote orautonomous activation or deactivation;

b. Military demolition charges;c. White smoke, i.e .. hexafluoroethane, red and white

phosphorous. in canisters or grenades;d. l'yrorechnic flare signals, exccpT flares designed for

use as infrared sources or decoys;c. Unguided rockets and their launchers. with unitary high

explosive warheads having a maximum range 01'20 km,and not capable of delivering a payload in excess of26 kg. and with the launcher to round interface restrictedto the minimum required for motor in.itiation;

.B.: This does 1101 illdllde yockct assiSTed pro;wi!es (RAPs).f Anti-tank weapons having all of the following

characteristics:I. An effective range of less than I km;2. Not specially designed lor use against phased armour:3. Nor incnrporating autonomous guidance;4. Not incorporating electronic coullter-counter measure

features; a"d5. Not incorporating technology affecting weapons

performance which was in initial production less thanseven years before the time of export;

g. Conventional unguided high explosive bombsemploying unitary warheads with surface impact or fixedheight-of-burst fusing. except those incorporating fuseshaving counter-counter \l1eaSUre features andcomponems of such fuses.

Fire control systems and sub-systems, as follows,specially designed for military use, and speciallydesigned components and accessories therefor:a. Fire control, gun laying, night sighting, missile tracking

and guidance equipment and target surveillance equipment;b. Range, position and height finders, spotting instruments,

detection, recognition or identification equipment andsensors integration equipment;

c. Electronic, electro-optic, gyroscopic, acowtic andoptical aiming or sighting devices;

d. Bomb sights, bombing computers, gun sights andperiscopes.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLlC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, for the People'sRepublic of China only, will receive favourableconsideration:

Secur/iv Export Control SeptemlNr 1991 57

Page 60: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML5 continued

" _,Eqliipmenl as folloWs:a. Optical fire coritrol and optical gUn laying. equipment not

. ',. incorporating anyeJectro-optical counter~countermeasures .(ECCM} 'features and limited to those operatingin the visible spectrum;

b, Single channel,.fixed frequenCy, mechanically scannedradar fire control equipment, except those having one ormore of the .following characteristics:1. Operating frequency of 18 GHz or more;2. Clutter discrimination or tl,jection features other than

MTI systems employing conventional double or tripledelay line cancellation;

3. Phase code agility;4. Pulse compression techniques;5. Electronic counter-counter measures (ECCM)

devices or features, including display ofjammedspectrum or secondary lobe jamming;

6. Sidelobe cancellation or blanking;7. Protection against anti-radiation missiles, including

real-time emission control features;8. Electronic beam steering;9. Over-the-horizon capabilities;10. "Laser" techniques;11. "Spread spectrum";12. Chirp techniques;

c. Land systems gun sights or periscopes not itlCorporatingtechnology affecting weapons performance which was ininitial production less than 10 years before the time ofexport;

d. Bomb aiming equipment, as follows:I. Optical (visible spectrum only);2. Mechanical;3. Non-microprocessor controlled;4. Not incorporating interfaces to terminally guided

weapons;5. Not incorporating technology affecting weapons

performance which was in initial production less than10 years before the time of export.

NOTE:Fur equipment using image intensification or thermal illlaxi1lXdevices, see Item ML1S.)

ML6

Vehicles, as fonows, specially designed or modified formilitary use, and specially designed components therefor:NOTE:For the purposes of this Item, the term 'specially modifiedfor n1ilitary use' means a structural, electrical or mechanicalchange which entails replacing a component with at leastone specially designed military component, or adding atleast one such component.a. Tanks andllelf-propelledguns;b. Armed, armoured vehicles or vehicles fitted with

mounting for arms;c. Armoured railway trains;d. Half-tracks;e. Re~ryvehicles;f. Gun-carriers and tractors specially designed for towing

artillery;g. Ammunition trailers;h. Amphibious and deep water fording vehicles;i. Mobile repair shops specially designed to service military

equipment;j. All other vehicles specially designed or modified for

military use. •NOTES:1. Specially designed components for the equipment

118 Securitt£xportControl September 1991

ML7

embargoed by this Item include:a. Pneumatic tyre casings ofa ki~d specially constructed

to be bullet-proof or to run when deflated, except typesfor agricul~and garden tractors and £mn implements;

b. Engines for the propulsion of the vehicles enumeratedin sub-items a. to j., specially designed or modified formilitary use includiflg specially designed componentstherefor;

c. Tyre inflation pressure control systems, operated frominside a moving vehicle, specially designed or modifiedfor military use;

d. Large deflection suspensions specially designed ormodified for military use.

2. Vehicles embargoed by sub-itemj. include tanktransporters, tracked amphibious cargo carriers, highspeed tractors, heavy artillery transporters.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, for the People'sRepublic of China only, will receive favourableconsideration:3. Vehicles embargoed by this Item and specially designed

components therefor, as follows:a. Tanks and self propelled guns;b. Armed, amlOured vehicles or vehicles fitted with

mounting for arms;c. Heavy artillery transporters;d. Half-tracks;e. Recovery vehicles:f Gun-carriers and tractors specially designed for

towing artillery;g. Ammunition trailers;h. High speed tractors;i. Mobile repair shops specially designed to service

military equipment;j. Tank transportets;

Provided these vehicles:I. Are unarmoured or have armour limited to

homogeneous armour plate; and2. Are not fitted with propulsion systems having

any of the following characteristics:A. Turbine engines;B. Engines of greater than 1000 brake horse power

total omput; orC. Engines of greater than lOO brake horse power

per cylinder.

Toxicological agents, tear gas, related equipment,components, materials and technology as follows:a. Biological agents, chemical agents or radioactive

materials adapted for use in war to produce casualties inmen or animals, or to damage crops;

b. "Tear gases" and "riot control agents" including:1. Bromobenzyl cyanide (CR);2. oChlorobenzylidenemalononitrile

(oChlorobenzalmalononitrile) (CS);3. Phenylacyl chloride (w-chloroacetophenone) (CN);

c. Equipment specially designed and intended for thedissemination of the materials described in a.;

d. Equipment specially designed and intended for defenceagainst the. materials described in a. and for theirdetection and identification;

e. Components specially designed for the items listedin c. or d.;

f. "Biopolymers" specially designed or processed forthe detection and identification of chemical warfare

Page 61: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

(CW) agents described in a. and the cultures of specificcells used to produce them;

g. "Biocatalysts" for the decontamination and degradationofCW agents, and biological systems therefor, as follows:1. "Biocatalysts", specially designed for the decontamina­

tion and degradation of CW agents described in a.resulting from directed laboratory selection or geneticmanipulation of biological systems;

2. Biological systems, as follows: "expression vectors",viruses or cultures of cells containing the geneticinformation specific to the production of "biocatalysts"embargoed by g.1.;

h. Technology as follows:1. Technology for the development, production and use

of toxicological agents, related equipment andcomponents described in a. to e.;

2. Technology for the development, production and useof "biopolymers" and cultures of specific cellsdescribed in (;

3. Technology exclusively for the incorporation of"biocatalysts", embargoed by g.1., into militarycarrier substances or military material;

NOTES:I. Sub-item a. also embargoes:

a. DF (methylphosphonyldifluoride);b. QL (O-ethyl-2-di-isopropylaminoethylmethylphosphonite).

2. Sub-item d. includes air conditioning units speciallydesigned or modified for nuclear, biological and chemicalfiltration.

3. Sub-item a. does not embargo:a. Cyanogen chloride;b. Hydroc)'anic acid;c. Chlorine;d. Carbonyl chloride (phosgene);e. Diphosgene (trichloromethyl-chloroformate);( Ethyl bromoacetate;g. Xylyl bromide;h. Benzyl bromide;i. Benzyl iodide;j. Bromo acetone;k. Cyanogen bromide;1. Bromo methylethylketone;m. Chloro acetone;n. Ethyl iodoacetate;o. lodo acetone;p. Chloropicrine.

4. Sub-item d. does not embargo:a. Personal radiation monitoring dosimeters;b. Masks for protection against specific industrial hazards,

such as fumes or powders in mining, quarrying andchemical plants; or

c. Gas masks designed for civilian use.5. The technology and cultures of cells for sub-item ( are

exclusive and this sub-item does not embargo technologyand cells for civil purposes, such as agricultural, pharma­ceutical, medical, veterinary, environmental, and in thefood industry.

6. The technology and biological systems listed in sub-itemsh.3. and g.2. are exclusive and these sub-items do notembargo technology and biological systems for civilpurposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical,veterinary, environmental, waste management, and in thefood industry.

7. Licences may be granted at National Discretion for theexport of tear gas embargoe4 by sub-item b. providedthe end use is stated to be civil and the quantities areconsidered by the Departme.nt ofTrade and Industry to

ML8

be ftUOnabIcand c:o~tel~the~.~ uiC:Civilian use c:oven. reteareh, poliec 1IC1i~~ and penonal .selfde6:nce. ',. .~. (".... )•. ', 11 ; (I ~

8..Licencesmay be gran~~Nadooai,~nfur cbe.·export--ofriOl cO,ntrol agea.&s emblJlQCd by. siJb-item b;'

provided cbe end.use is:stated ID be c:ivittand }he ':;'<"quatttities are consideRdby the ~ent:otJradcandIndustry to·be reasonable andCO~te With cbestated end use. Civilian use coven.~.policeactivities and personal sdfdetence.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUllLlC OF CHINA ONLY:llCC.KC applie,nions !'lr the 1;)!Iowin~. for the Pl'ople'sRcpublil" of Chill., ollly. will ren'ivc f.wourablc...·\)ll"idc,:r~lti()ll:

f). EquiplllCJ1t ~ivin~ protcction a~'3i"'t ncr\"l'. blood orbli,t<."r :l~<."J1t,. as follows:

a. Individual passivc pnsollal protcction C<jUiplll<."J1t. 1I0till(Orpor.ltill~ ;ll1Y 3~(,1lt. l:xccpt charcoal. lor dcg:r:lcb­(lOll or inactivatioll of toxic sUb.... [;U1CrS dl'scrlbed ill

'\ub-irl'lll ;1.:

b. Alerting dl'l'il"cS which ;Ire not capahle or .1~<."1lt

i~lclllifi(',ltiol1:

c. Sratic equipmellt for IfH.'dical protl'ctiull or static

dCCOIH;lI11illatllHl of casl1::dtics.

Military explosives and fuels, as follows. and "addi­tives", "precursors" and "stabilisers" therefor:a. "Military high explosives";b. "Military propellants";c. "Military pyrotechnics";d. Military high-energy solid or liquid fuels, including

aircraft fuels specially formulated for military purposes.Note: It is understood that this sub-item embargoes finishedproducts only and does not embargo constituents.

NOTES:1. "Military high explosives", "military propellants" and

"military pyrotechnics" include substances and mixtureswhich contain any of the following:a. Spherical aluminium powder of particle size

60 micrometres or less manufactured from materialwith an ~uminium content of99% or more;(For technology to achieve sphericity and uniformparticle size, see also Category l.E.1.)

b. Metal fuels in particle sizes less than 60 micrometreswhether spherical, atomized, spheroidal, flaked orground, manufactured from material consisting of 99%or more of any of the following: zirconium, boron,magnesium and alloys of these; beryllium; fine ironpowder with average particle size of 3 micrometres orless produced by reduction ofiron oxide with hydrogen;

c. Perchlorates, chlorates and chromates composited withpowdered metal or other high energy fuel components;

d. Nitroguanidine (NQ);e. Compounds composed of fluorine and one or more of

the following: other halogens, oxygen, nitrogen;( Carboranes; decaborane; pentaborane and derivatives;g. Cyclotetramethylenetetranitrarnine (HMX);

octahydro-I,J,5,7-tetranitro-I,3,5,7-tetrazine;1,3,5,7-tetranitro-l,3,5,7-tetraza-cyclooctane;(octogen, octogene);

h. Hexanitrostilbene (HNS);i. Diaminotrinitrobenzene (DATB);j. Triarninotrinitrobenzene (TATB);k. Triarninoguanidinenitrate (TAGN);1. Any explosive with a detonation velocity exceeding

Security Export Control September 1991 59

Page 62: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML7 continued

8,700 m1s or a detonation pressure exceeding340 kiloban;

m. Other organic high explosives not listed in this Noteyielding detonation pressures of 250 kilobars or morethat will remain stable at temperatures of 523 K(2500C) or higher for periods of 5 minutes or longer;

n. Titanium subhydride ofstoichiometry TiH 0.65-1.68;o. Dinitroglycoluril (DNGU, DINGU);

tetranitroglycoluril (TNGU, SORGUYL);p. Any other UN Class 1.1 solid propellant not listed in

this Note with a theoretical specific impulse (understandard conditions) of more than 250 seconds fornon-metallised, or more than 270 seconds foraluminised compositions;

q. Any UN Class 1.3 solid propellant with atheoretical specific impulse of more than 230 secondswith non-halogenised, 250 seconds fornon-metallised and 266 seconds for metallisedcompositions;

r. Tetranitrobenzotriazolobenzotriazole(TACOT);

s. Diaminohexanitrobiphenyl (DIPAM);t. Picrylaminodinitropyridine (PYX);u. 3-nitro-l,2,4-triazol-5-one (NTO or ONTA);v. Hydrazine-in concentrations of700h or more;

hydrazine nitrate; hydrazine perchlorates;unsymmetrical dimethyl hydrazine;monomethyl hydrazine; symmetrical dimethylhydrazine;

w.Ammonium percWorate;x. Cyclotrimethylenetrinitramine (RDX);

cyclonite; T 4; hexahydro-1 ,3,5-trinitro-1 ,3,5-triazine;1,3,5-trinitro-1 ,3,5-triaza-cyclohexane; (hexogeti,hexogene);

y. Hydroxylammonium nitrate (HAN);hydroxylammonium perchlorate(HAP);

z. Any other gun propellants not listed in this Notehaving a force constant ofmore than 1,200 kJ/kg;

aa. Any other explosive, propellant or pyrotechnic notlisted in this Note that can sustain a steady-stateburning rate of more than 38 mm per second understandard conditions of 68.9 bar pressure and 294 K(21°C);

bb. Elastomer modified cast double based propellants(EMCDB) with extensibility at maximum stress ofmore than 5% at 233 K (-40°C);

cc. Chemicals designed for propulsive loads:1. Propellant substances:

Hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene (HTPB) withferrocene additives such as butacene, having thefollowing characteristics:Hydroxy index (Meq/g) less than 0.77;Viscosity(poise) less than 47;Functionality OH less than 2.16;

2. Polymeric substances:Hydroxyl terminated polybutadiene (HTPB)having the following characteristics:Hydroxy index (Meq/g) less than 0.77;Viscosity (poise) less than 47;Functionality OH less than 2.16;

3. All high yield fuels such as boron mixturescapable of releasing energy equal to or more than40 x 106 J/kg;

4. Fuels or semi-propellants for ramjets androcket-ramjets.

2. "Additives" include the following:a. Glycidylazide Polymer (GAP) and its derivatives;b. Polycyanodifluoroaminoethyleneoxide (PCDE);

80 Security Export Control September 1991

c. Butanetrioltrinitrate (BTTN);d. Bis-2-fluoro-2,2-dinitroethylformal (FEFO);e. Butadienenitrileoxide (BNO);£ Catocene, N;.,.butyl...ferrocene and other ferrocene

derivatives;g. Bis(2,2-dinitropropyl) fonnal and acetal;h. 3-nitraza-t ,5-pentane diisocyanate;i. Energetic monomei-s, plasticisers and polymers

containing nitro, azido, nitrate, nitraza ordifluoroamino groups;

j. 1,2,3-Tris [1 ,2-bis (difluoroamino)ethoxy] propane; Tris vinoxy propane adduct (TVOPA);

k. Bisazidomethyloxetane and its polymers;1. BiscWoromethyloxetane;

m. Polynitroorthocarbonates;n. Tetraethylenepentamineacrylonitrile (TEPAN);

cyanoethylated polyamine;o. Tetraethylenepentamineacrylonitrileglycidol

(TEPANOL); cyanoethylated polyamine adductedwith glycidol;

p. Polyfunctional aziridine amides: with isophthalic,trimesic BITA or trimethyladipic backbone structuresand 2-methyl or 2-ethyl substitutions on the aziridinering;

q. Basic copper salicylate; lead salicylate;r. Lead beta resorcylate;s. Lead stannate, lead maleate, lead citrate;t. Tris-l-(2-methyl)aziridinyl phosphine oxide (MAPO)

and its derivatives;u. Organo-metallic coupling agents, specifically:

Neopentyl [diallyl) oxy, tri [dioctyl] phosphatetitanate [titanium IV, 2,2[bis 2-propenolate-methyl,butanolate, tris [dioctyl] phosphate-G], LICA 12;Titanium IV, [(2-propenolate-l) methyl,N-propanolatomethyl] butanolate-l,tris[dioctyl]pyrophosphate, KR3538;Titanium IV, [(2-propenolato-1)methyl,N-propanolatemethyl] butanolate-l,tris(dioctyl)phosphate, KR3512.

3. "Precursors" include the following:a. Guanidine nitrate;b. 1,2,4 trihydroxybutane (l,2,4-butanetriol);c. 1,3,5-tricWorobenzene;d. Polynitroorthocarbonates;e. Bischloromethyloxetane;£ Low (less than 10,000) molecular weight,

alcohol-functionalised, poly(epichlorohydrin); poly(epichlorohydrindiol) ;

g. Propylimine.4. This Item does not embargo those "precursors" which

are industrial chemicals, not embargoed elsew'here in theInternational Lists, widely available in internationalmarkets.

5. "Stabilisers" include N-Methyl-p-nitroaniline.6. This Item does not embargo the following

substances when not compounded or mixed with other"military high explosives" or powdered metals:a. Ammonium picrate;b. Black powder;c. Hexanitrodiphenylamine;d. Difluoroamine (HNF2);e. Nitrostarch;£ Potassium nitrate;g. Tetranitronaphthalene;h. Trinitroanisol;i. Trinitronaphthalene;j. Trinitroxylene;k. Fuming nitric acid;

Page 63: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML9

I. Trinitrophenylmethylnitramine (tetry!);m. Acetylene;n. Propane;o. Liquid oxygen;p. Hydrogen peroxide in concentrations ofless than 85%;q. Misch metal;r. N-pyrrolidinone; I-methyl-2-pyrrolidinone;s. Dioctyhnaleate;t. Ethylhexylacrylate;u. Triethylaluminium (TEA), trimethyWuminium

(TMA), and other pyrophoric metal alkyls and aryls of.lithium, sodium, magnesium, zinc and boron;

v. Nitrocellulose;w. Nitroglycerin (or glyceroltrinitrate,

trinitroglycerine) (NG);x. 2,4,6-trinitrotoluene (TNT);y. Ethylenediaminedinitrate (EDDN);z. Pentaerythritoltetranitrate (PETN);aa. Lead azide, normal and basic lead styphnate,

and primary explosives or priming compositionscontaining azides or azide complexes;

bb. Triethyleneglycoldinitrate (TEGDN);cc. 2,4,6-trinitroresorcinol (styphnic acid);dd. Diethyldiphenyl urea; dimethylidiphenyl urea;

methylethyldipheny! urea [Centralites];ee. N,N-diphenylurea (unsymmetrical diphenylurea);If Methyl-N,N-diphenylurea (methyl

unsymmetrical diphenylurea);gg. Ethyl-N,N-diphenylurea (ethyl unsymmetrical

diphenylurea);hh. 2-Nitrodiphenylamine (2-NDPA);ii. 4-Nitrodiphenylamine (4-NDPA);jj. 2,2-dinitropropanol.

Vessels of war and special naval equipment, as follows,and specially designed components therefor:a. Combatant vessl'is or vessels (surface or underwater)

specially designed or modified for offensive or defensiveaction, whether or not converted to non-military use andregardless of current state of repair or operatingcondition, and hulls or parts of hulls for such vessels;

b. Engines, as follows:1. Diesel engines specially designed for submarines

with both of the following characteristics:a. A power output of 1.12 MW (1,500 hp.) or

more; andb. A rotary speed of700 rev/min or more;

2. Electric motors specially designed for submarineshaving all of the following characteristics:a. A power output of more than 0.75 MW (1,000 hp.);b. Quick reversing;c. Liquid cooled; andd. Totally enclosed;

3. Non-magnetic diesel engines specially designed formilitary purposes with a power output of37.3 kW(50 hp.) or more;Note: An engine shall be presumed to be specially designed formilitary purposes if:a. It has non-magnetic parts other than crankcase,

block, head, pistons, covers, end plates, valvefacings, gaskets, andfuel, lubrication and othersupply lines; or

b. Its non-magnetic content exceeds 75% oftotal mass;c. Underwater detection devices specially designed for

military purposes and controls thereof;d. Submarine and torpedo nets;

e. Compasses and equipment therefor and ship's courseindicators, specially designed for submarines;

( Inertial navigation equipment for ships, includingsubmersibles, with a navigation error (free inertial)"equal to or less (better) than 0.8 nautical mile(50"A, Circular Error Probable (CEP)) in the first threehours subsequent to an alignment/calibration period ofone day;

g. Hull penetrators and connectors specially designedfor military purposes that enable interaction withequipment external to a vessel;NOTE:This sub-item includes: Conneciors for ~ssels which are ofthesingle-conductor, multi-conductor, coaxial or wa~guide type,and hull penetrators for ~ssels, both ofwhich are capable ofremaining impervious to leakage from without and of retainingrequired characteristics at marine depths exceeding tOO m; andfibre-optic connectors regardless of.depth. It does Plot include:ordinary propulsive shaft and hydrodynamic control-rod hullpenetrators .

h. Silent bearings specially designed for military purposesand equipment containing those bearings.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, for the People'sRcpublic of China only, will receive favourableconsidcration:I a. Surfacc ships specially designed for coastal patrol

or mine swecper/hunter opcrations having bothof the following characteristics:1. Displaccmcnt 800 tons or lcss; and2. Maxilnum specd 15 knots or less:

b. Submarine or torpedo ncts.

ML10

Aircraft and helicopters, unmanned airborne vehicles,aero-engines and aircraft or helicopter equipment,associated equipment and components, speciallydesigned for military purposes, as follows:a. Combat aircraft and helicopters and other aircraft and

helicopters specially designed for military purposes,including military reconnaissance, assault, militarytraining and logistic support, and all aircraft andhelicopters having special structural features such asmultiple hatches, special doors, ramps and reinforcedfloors, for transporting and airdropping troops, militaryequipment and supplies, and specially designedcomponents therefor;

b. Aero-engines specially designed or adapted for usewith aircraft and helicopters embargoed by sub-item (a)above, except aero-enp;ines not embargoed by Category9.A.1., and specially designed components therefor;

c. Unmanned airborne vehicles, including remotelypiloted air vehicles (RPVs), and autonomous,programmable vehicles specially designed or modified formilitary purposes and their launchers, ground support andassociated equipment for command and control;

d. Airborne equipment, including airborne refuellingequipment, specially designed for use with theaircraft and helicopters and the aero-enginesembargoed by sub-items a. and b., and speciallydesigned components therefor;

e. Pressure refuellers, pressure refuelling equipment,equipment ~.pecially designed to facilitate operations inconfined areas and ground equipment, developedspecially for aircraft and helicopters embargoed by sub­item a., or for aero-engiTles embugoed by sub-item b.;

Security Export Control Septemlwr 1991 8'1

Page 64: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML10 continued

£.. Pressurised breathing equipment and partial pressure suitsfor use in aircraft and helicopters t anti-g suits t militarycrash helmets and,'protective maskst liquid oxygenconverters used for aircraft, helicopters 'and missiles,catapults and cartridge actuated devices utilised inemergency escape of personnel from aircraft andhelicopters;

g. Parachutes used for combat personnel, cargo droppingand air deceleration, as follows:1. Parachutes for:

a. Pin point dropping of rangers;b. Dropping of paratroopers;

2. Cargo parachutes;3. Paragliders (drag parachutes, drogue parachutes

for stabilisation and attitude control ofdroppingbodies, e.g., recovery capsules, ejection seats, bombs);

4. Drogue parachutes for use with ejection seatsystems for deployment and inflation sequenceregulation of emergency parachutes;

5. Recovery parachutes for guided missiles, dronesand space vehicles;

6. Approach parachutes and landing decelerationparachutes;

7. Other military parachutes;h. Automatic piloting systems for parachuted loads;

equipment specially designed or modified for militarypurposes for controlled opening jumps at any height,including oxygen equipment.

FOR THE PE()PLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, for the People'sRepublic of C:hina only, will receive favourableconsideration:a. Light transport, trainer, observer or patrol aircraft having

either of the follo\\ring characteristics:1. Maxinlun1 take-off 111ass 4,546 kg or less; or

2. Total engine power at the shaft less than 0.75 MW(1,000 hp) or a thrust of 17.8 kN;except those specially designed or lTlodified to befitted with radar detection equipnlent or electronicwarfare devices, or incorporating signature reductiontechnology;

b. Aircraft and helicopter ground service support and11laintenallce equipn1cnt specially designed for use withaircraft or helicopters which have previously beenexported in accordance with the COlnnlittee'sprocedures, except pressure refuellers, pressure rctllellingequiprnent and equiprnent specially designed to EKilitateoperations in confined areas.

ML11

Eectronic equipment specially designed for military useand specially designed components therefor.NOTE:This Item includes:a. Jamming and counter-jamming equipment, including

electronic counter measure (ECM) and electroniccounter-counter measure (ECCM) apparatus (i.e.,apparatus designed to introduce extraneous or erroneoussignals into radar or radio communication receivers orotherwise hinder the reception, operation or effectivenessof adversary electronic receivers including their countermeasure equipment);

b. Frequency agile tubes;c. Electronic systems or equipment designed either

for surveillance and monitoring of the electro­magnetic spectrum for military intelligence or

82 Security Export Control September 1997

security purposes' or for counteracting suchsurveillance and monitoring;

d. Underwater counter measure, including acousticand magnetic jamming and decoy, equipmentdesigned to introduce extraneous or erroneoussignals into sonar receivers;

e. Data processing security equipment, data securityequipment and transmission and signalling linesecurity equipment, using ciphering processes;

£ Identification, authentication and keyloader equipmentand key management, manufacturing and distributionequipment.

ML12

Photographic and electro-optical imaging equipment,. asfollows, and specially designed components therefor:a. Air reconnaissance cameras, and associated

equipment designed for military purposes;b. Film processing and printing machines designed for

military purposes;c. Other cameras and electro-optical imaging devices,

including infrared and imaging radar sensors, whetherrecording, or transmitting via data link, designed formilitary, including reconnaissance, purposes;

d. Specialised equipment for the cameras and electro-opticalimaging devices embargoed by sub-item c. designed tomake the recorded o~ transmitted information militarilyuseful.NOTE:Spedalised equipment embargoed by sub-item d. whichrelates to electro-optical imaging devices and imaging radarsensors includes digital image processors and softcopy imagerydisplay devices.(See also Item ML15.)

ML13

Special armoured equipment, as follows:a. Armoured plate;b. Combinations and constructions of metallic and

non-metallic materials specially designed to provideballistic protection for military systems;

c. Military helmets;d. Body armour, flak suits and specially designed

components therefor.NOTES:1. Sub-item b. includes combinations of metallic and

non-metallic materials specially designed to formexplosive reactive armour.

2. Sub-item c. does not embargo conventional steelhelmets not equipped with, modified or designedto accept any type of accessory device.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF·CHINA ONLY:3. Licence applications for the following, for the People's

Republic ofChina only, will receive favourableconsideration:a. Honl0geneous armour plate~

b. Equipnlent embargoed by sub-itenl d. above.

ML14

Specialised equipment for military training or forsimulating military scenarios, specially designed compo­nents and accessories therefor.NOTES:1. The tenn 'specialised military training equipment'

Page 65: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

includes military types of attack trainers, operational flighttrainers, radar target trainers, radar target generators,gunnery training devices, anti-submarine warfare trainers,£light simulators (including human-rated centrifuges forpilot/astronaut training), radar trainers, instrument flighttrainers, navigation trainers, target equipment, droneaircraft, armament trainers, pilodess aircraft trainers andmobile training units.

2. This Item includes synthetic image generating systems(SIG) for simulators when specially designed or modifiedfor military purposes.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the tollowing, for the People'sRepublic of China only, will receive favourable considera­tion:3. Military training devices as follows:

a. l:lasic operator and maintenance training equipment formilitary equipment that has been approved fur exportto thl' People's Republic of China under theCommittee's procedures and not containing anycapabilities for evaluation of, and real-time response to,operator pertonnance under conditions simulating livetJdical situations;

b. Sub-calibre training equipment, limited to thosespecially designed tor weapons previously approved forexport to tlie People's Republic of China under theCommittee's procedures;(For training rounds for this equipment, see Item ML3.)

c. Mechanical targets for use on land or at sea (includingradio control versions) not incorporating any of thefollowing features:1. Inertial navigation;2. Encryption of cornmand and control infot11ution: or

3. On-board sensors other than simple miss distanceindicators and platform stat,· measuring devices forpreprogrammed autopilot;

d. Aerial targets, including towed targets, having all of thefollowing characteristics:1. Maximum payload of 150 kg;2. Maximum ctfective onc-way operating range

of 200 km;J. No inertial navigarion system;4. No encryprion of command and control

information; mill

5. Not using on-board sensors or equipmentother rhan:a. Miss distance indicators, direct-hit counters;b. Simple devices intended to enhance the infrared

or electromagnetic signature of the aerial target; orc. Platfot111 state measuring devices.

ML15

Military infrared, thermal imaging and image intensifierequipment, and specially designed components therefor.(See also Category 6.A.2.a.2. and 6.A.2.b.)NOTES:1. This Item includes infrared jamming and counter

jamming equipment (i.e., apparatus designed tointroduce extraneous or erroneous signals into infraredseeking missiles, infrared surveillance systems, thermalimaging equipment and infrared communication links orotherwise hinder the operation or effectiveness of militaryinfrared systems) including their counter measureequipment.

2. The term 'specially designed components' includes thefollowing when specially designed for military use:

.'..a. Infrared image converter tubes;'b. Image intensifier wbes;c. Microehannel plates;d. Low-light-level television camera tubes;e. Infrared detector arrays;f. Pyroelectric television camera tubes;g. Cryogenic coolers used in military thermal

imaging systems.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:3. Licence applications for the following, for the People's

Republic of China only, will receive favourableconsideration:

a. Military active infrared equipment using image convertertubes. and specially designed components and softwaretherefor. having all of the following characteristics:I. Spectral response: U.8 to 1.3 micrometre;2. Luminous sensitivity: 20 microamperes/lumen or less;3. Radiant sensirivity: 2.8 microamperes/W or less; m,d4. Gain: 20 or less;

b. First generation military image intensificationequipment and specially designed components therefor,having all of the following characteristics:I. Luminous sensitivity: 300 microamperes/lumen or less;2. Radiant sensitivity at 0.85 wavelength:

20 microamperes/W or less; and3. Not incorporating microchannel plates.

ML16

Forgings, castings and semi-finished products speciallydesigned for the products embargoed by Items MLt,ML2, MD; ML4, ML6 or MLlO on this List,NOTE:This Item ituludes artillery material, machine guns, automaticweapons and small anns.

ML17

Miscellaneous equipment and materials, as follows, andspecially designed components therefor:a. Self-contained diving and underwater swimming

apparatus, as follows:1. Closed and semi-closed circuit (rebreathing) apparatus;2. Specially designed components for use in the

conversion of open-circuit apparatus to military use;3. Articles exclusively designed for military use

with self-contained diving and underwater swimmingapparatus;

b. Firearms silencers (muffiers);c. Power-controlled searchlights and control units therefor,

designed for military use;d. Construction equipment built to military specifications,

specially designed for airborne transport;e. External fittings, coatings and treatments for the

suppression of acoustic, radar, infrared and otheremissions, specially designed for military use;

£ Field engineer equipment specially designed for use in acombat zone;

g. "Robots", "robot" controllers and "robot" "end­effectors", having any of the following characteristics:1. Specially designed for mI1itiiy applications;2. Incorporating means of prote~tinghydraulic lines

against externally induced punctures caused by ballisticfragments (e.g.• incorporating self-sealing lines) and,designed to use hydraulic fluids with flash points higherthan 839 K (566°C);

3. Operable ~t altitudes ol'xceeding 30,000 m; or

Security ExPort Control .s.ptrImber"'" 113

Page 66: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML17 continutHJ

4. Specially designed or rated for operating in anelectro-magnetic pulse (EMP) environment.

FOR THE PEOPLE'S REPUBLIC OF CHINA ONLY:Licence applications for the following, fur the People'sRepublic of China only, will receive favourableconsideration:a. Power-controlled searchlights and control units

designed for military use and specially designed"software" therefor, except those specially designed ormodified for underwater operation;

b. Construction equipment embargoed by sub-item dabove.

ML18

Equipment and technology for the "production" ofproducts referred to in this List, as follows:a. Specially designed or modified "production"

equipment for the production of products embargoed bythis List, and specially designed components therefor;

b. Specially designed environmental test facilities andspecially designed equipment therefor, for thecertification, qualification, or testing of productsembargoed by this List;

c. Specific "production" technology, even if theequipment ~th which such technology is to beused is unembargoed;

d. Technology specific to the design of, the assemblyof components into, and the operation, maintenance andrepair of complete "production"installations even if thecomponents themselves are unembargoed.

NOTES:1. Sub-item a. above includes the following equipment:

a. Nitrators: continuous types;b. Centrifugal testing apparatus or equipment having any

of the following characteristics:1. Driven by a motor or motors having a total rated

horsepower greater than 298 kW (400 hp);2. Capable of carrying a payload of 113 kg or more;3. Capable of exerting a centrifugal acceleration

of8 g or more on a payload of91 kg or more;c. Dehydration presses;d. Extrusion presses for the extrusion of small arms,

cannon and rocket propellants;e. Cutting machines for the sizing of extruded

propellants;f. Sweetie barrels (tumblers) 1.85 m and over in

diameter and having over 227 kg product capacity;g. Continuous mixers for solid propellants;

2. a. The terms 'products referred to in this List' include:1. Products not embargoed if inferior to specified

concentrations as follows:a. hydrazine (see Note Iv. to Item ML8);b. "Military high explosives" (see Item ML8);

2. Products not embargoed if inferior to technicallimits, i.e., "superconductive" materials notembargoed by Category 1.C.5.; "superconductive"electromagnets not embargoed by Category3.A.1.e.3.; "superconductive" electrical equipmentexcluded from embargo under Item ML20.b.

b. The terms 'produas referred to in this List' exclude:1. Signal pistols of the Very type (see Item ML2.b.);2. Tractor apd farm implement type pneumatic tyre

casin~ (see Note 1 to Item ML6);3. The substances excluded from embargo under

Note 3 to Item ML7;

84 Security Export Control September 1991

4. Personal radiation monitoring dosimeters and masksfor protection against specific industrial hazards (seeNote 4 to Item ML7);

5. Acetylene, propane, liquid oxygen, difluorarmne(HNF,), fuming nitric acid and potassium nitratepowder (see Note 6 to Item ML8);

6. Aero-engines excluded from embargo underItem 10 by reference to aero-engines notembargoed by Category 9.A.1.;

7. Conventional steel helmets not equipped with,modified or designed to accept, any type of accessorydevice (see Note 2 to Item ML13);

8. Equipment fitted with unembargoed industrialmachinery, such as coating machinery not elsewherespecified and equipment for the casting of plastics;

9. Antique small arms dating back beyond the year1890, and their reproductions. (This listing does notallow the export of technology or productionequipment for non-antique small arms, even if usedto produce reproductions of antique small arms.)

3. Sub-item d. above does not include technology for civilpurposes, such as agricultural, pharmaceutical, medical,veterinary and environmental, and in the food industry(see Note 5 to Item ML7).

4..UceDC;es may be~~ Nu.ional. Disqetion for. the.' export-ofequipment used to determjne die safety data

ofexplosives, as required by the International Conven­.tion on the Transport ofDangerous Gooq.s(C.I.M)artiI;les j and 4 in Annex I·RID, provided theDepartment ofTrade and Industry is satisfied that suchequip~t ,will be used only by the railway authorities ofcurrent CJ.M. members,. or by Government-accreditedtesting facilities.in tllose countries, for. the testing ofexplosi~to transport safety standards, as follows:

: a..Equipment for determining ignition and deflagntiontemperatures;

b. Equipment for steel-shell tests;c. Drop 1Wnl:ners n6t exceeding 20 kg in mass for

determi.nil)g the(sensitivity of explosives to shock;d. Equipment fOr ~ft~~g the friction sensitivity of. •~losives when\~ to charges not exceeding

361tg in mass. \\ .

ML20

Cryogenic and "superconductive" equipment, asfollows, and specially designed components andaccessories therefor:a. Equipment specially designed or configured to be

installed in a vehicle for military ground, marine,airborne or space application and capable of operatingwhile in motion and of producing or maintainingtemperatures below 103 K (-170°C);NOTE:This sub-item includes, but is not restrided to, mobile systemsincorporating or employing aa.essories and componmtsmanufatturedfrom non-metaUic or non-eledrical conductivematerials such as plastics, epoxy-impregnated materials, ete. b."Superconductive" eledrical equipment (rotating mathinery andtransformeTS) specially designed or configured to be installed in avehicle for military ground, marine, airborne or spate applicationsand capable ofoperating while in motion, except dired-currenthybrid homopolar generators that have single-pole normal metalarmatures which rotate.in a magneticfield produt:ed bysuperconducting windings, provided those windings are the onlysuperconducting component in the generator.

Page 67: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

ML22

Electrically triggered shutten of photochromic orelectro-optical type having a ·shutter speed of less than100 microseconds, ~xt:qt sbutten Which are an essentialpart of a high-speed camera.

ML23

Directed energy weapons (DEW) systems and speciallydesigned components, as follows:a. "Laser" systems specially designed for destruction or

effecting mission-abort of a target;b. Particle beam systems capable of destruction or effecting

mission-abort ofa target;c. High power radio-frequency (RF) systems capable of

destruction or effecting mission-abort of a target;d. Specially designed components for systems embargoed by

sub-items a., b. or c., including:1. Prime power generation, energy storage, switching,

power conditioning and fuel-handling equipment;2. Target acquisition and tracking sub-system~;

3. Sub-systems capable of assessing target damage,destruction or mission-abort;

4. Beam-handling, propagation and pointing equipment;5. Equipment with rapid beam slew capability for rapid

multiple target operations;6. Adaptive optics;7. Current injectors for negative hydrogen ion beams

which provide average injection currents over 50 mAwith beam brightness (defined as current divided by theproduct of orthogonal transverse, normalised rootmean square emirtances) greater than 40 A/(cm'.mrad')at kinetic energies of more than 20 keY; or·

8. Specially designed components for the equipmentembargoed by 1. to 7.;

e. Equipment specially designed for the detection andidentification of, and defence against, systemsembargoed by sub-items a., b. or c., and speciallydesigned components therefor;

£ Physical test models and related documentation for thesystems, equipment and components described in sub­items a. to e..(For the embargo parameters of "lasers" or associated"laser" components, see Category 6.A.5.)

NOTE:Directed energy weapons embargoed by this Item include systemswhose capability is derivedfrom the controlled application cif:a, "Lasers" ofsuffident continuous wave or pulsed power to t1fea

destruction similar to the manner ofconventional ammunition;b, Particle accelerators which project a charged or neutral particle

beam with destructive power;c. High pulsed power or high average power radio.frequency beam

transmillers which produce fields suffidently intense to disableelectronic drcuitry at a distant target,

ML24

weapon systims; , , .... .,i ,'. i". :. ,~;'''-c. Modellitig or simulating rriilitaiy opefatio6 ­

scenarios, not emlnrgoed by Item MLl.;d. Command, Communications, Conatil<aiii:l .•.. '.d·

Intelligence (C,I) applications; -2. "Sofrware" for determining the effects of conventional,

nuclear, chemical or biological warf.are weapons.

ML26

Kinetic energy weapon systems and associatedequipment, as follows, specially designed componentstherefo~

a. Kinetic energy weapons systems specially designed fordestruction or effecting mission-abort ofa target;

b. Specially designed test and evaluation facilities andtest models, including diagnostic instrumentation andtargets, for dynamic testing of kinetic energy projectilesand systems;

c. Specially designed subsystems for systems embargoedby a. or b. above. including: .1. Launch-propulsion-subsystemS capable of accelerating

masses larger than 0.1 g to velocities in excess of1.6 km/s, in single or rapid fire modes;

2. Prime power generation, energy storage, thermalmanagement, conditioning, switching and fuel­handling equipment;

3. Target acquisition, tracking, fire control anddamage assessment subsystems;

4. Homing seeker, guidance and divert propulsionQateral acceleration) subsystems for projectiles.

NOTES:1. Weapon systems using sub-calibre ammunition and

employing solely chemical propulsion are embargoed byItems MLl, ML2 or ML3 with respect to theammunition.

2. Sub-item c. 2. does not embargo technology formagnetic induction for continuous propulsion ofcivil transport devices.

3. This Item embargoes systems using any of thefollowing methods ofpropulsion:a. Electromagnetic;b. Electrotherrnal;c. Plasma;d. Light gas; or

e. Chemical (when used in combination with anyof the· above).

"Sofrware", as follows:a. "Software" specially designed or modified for the

"development", "production" or "use" of equipment ormaterials embargoed by this List.

b. Specific "software", as follows:1. "Software" specially designed for:

a. Modelling, simulation or evaluation of militaryweapon systems;

b. Development, monitoring, maintenance orup-dating of "software" embedded in military

Colouredtext

Goods described may qualifY fo~ licensing underCOCOM's Favourable Consideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qt:alifYing countries is indicatedwitbin the text.

\

s.c:urity Export Control' Stlpremblif"GG1 8lI

Page 68: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Atomic Energy ListNote to Reader:

There are significant differences between this text and theExport of Goods (Control) Order.

General Technology Note

The government has detennined to restrict the export of"technology" applicable.to the "development","production" and "use" of products as defined in theInternational Atomic Energy List, including those s'&bject toNational Discretion and those for which shipments arepennitted without reporting to the Cocom Committee.This Note applies equally to "technology" specific to theintegration or "use" of components in products as definedin the International Atomic Energy List, even if thecomponents themselves are unembargoed."Technology" covered by this Note remains restricted evenwhen applicable to the "development", "production" and"use" of an unembargoed product.This Note does not apply to that "technology" which is theminimum necessary for the installation, operation,maintenance (checking) and repair of those products whoseexport has been authorized.This Note does not apply to "technology" "in the publicdomain" or to "basic scientific research".

TECHNICAL NOTES:1. Raw materials

The embargo on raw materials covers all materials from whichthe metal can be usefully extracted, i.e., ores, concentrates,matte, regulus, residues and dross (ashes).

2. Metals and alloysUnless provision to the contrary is made, the words 'metals' and'alloys' cover crude and semi-fabricated forms, as follows:Crude forms: Anodes, balls, bar.; (including notched bars andwire bars), billets, blocks, blooms, brickets, cakes, cathodes,crystals, cubes, dice, grains, granules, ingots, lumps, pellets, pigs,powder, rondelles, shot, slabs, slugs, sponge, sticks;Semi-fabricated forms (whether or not coated, plated, drilledor punched):a. Wrought or worked materials fabricated by rolling,

drawing, extruding, forging, impact extruding, pressing,graining, atomising, and grinding, i.e.: angles, channels,circles, 'discs, dust, flakes, foils and leaf, forging, plate, powder,pressings and stampings, ribbons, rings, rods (including barewelding rods, wire rods, and rolled wire), sections, shapes,sheets, strip, pipe and tubes (including tube rounds, squares,and hollows), drawn or extruded wire;

b. Cast material produced by casting in sand, die, metal, plasteror other types of moulds, including high pressure castings,sintered forms and forms made by powder metallurgy.The object of the embargo should not be defeated by theexport of non-listed forms alleged to be finished products butrepresenting in reality crude forms or semi-fabricated forms.

A. Nuclear Materials

A1 "Special fissile material"s and other fissile material, except:a. Shipments of one "effective gramme" or less;b. Shipments of three "effective gramme"s or

less when contained in a sensing component ininstruments.

86 Security Export Control SBptBmtHIr 1991

A2 Natural and depleted uranium, in any form or incorporatedin any substance in which the concentration of uraniumexceeds 0.05% by weight, 'except:a. Shipments having a natural uranium content of:

1. 10 kg or less for any application; or2. 100 kg or less for civil non-nuclear applications;

b. Uranium depleted in the isotope 235 in which theuranium 235 isotope comprises less than 0.35% of thetotal uranium assay;

c. Depleted uranium specially fabricated for the followingcivil applications:1. Shielding;2. Packaging;3. Ballasts;4. Counter-weights.

NOTES:' .,' ... ' .':' .~." ". ..... , "" .•'

1.·Ul!erice! rbit tie'pt~d' it Nati6~'f>iscrei:i()tlfor the expOrt ofun"Dium. for the p.se'i>fiis

I' "'ennchritent iD 'the isdtope 235' (toll eilrichrile~t)~,-. 'providelf:!':" .'. . ":" .·.x',,,-·· '" ",~~: ... ' .':'

. a. 'Any ur:inium enrichecfin in!: 'iSOtope 235 is removed'\om proscribed countries uPon completion of the

. , • 'enrichm~htprocesS; anl" b. Any depletta'uranium (tills) resulting lioiri' the

d enricliinent process Will be removed from proscribed! countries unless the'bsay of the uranium 235 isotope'reiTWning in the depleted uranium is 0.35% or less.

2. Licences D12y be grmted at National Discretion for theshipo*nt ofUranium in the form ofnuclear ieactor fuelsupplied sUbsequently feiuse in exported teaetors which

·tneet all'ofth·e' provisiOJlS orNote ·2 to 'Item B3.(For titanium-uranium alloys, see Category 1. C. 4.)

A3 Deuterium, heavy water, deuterated paraffins, and simple orcomplex lithium deuterides, and mixtures and solutionscontaining deuterium, in which the isotopic ratio ofdeuterium to hydrogen exceeds 1 : 5,000, except shipmentsof the above having a deuterium content of 10 kg or less.NOTE: .. / ,.... .-" '.' '''.LicenCe! may..b~ pted at National Discretion fot. ,;subsequent,~rt ofde~e.ri~ ..olli.de (D~P), for.~ inexportecbeaetOn niee~ all the provisions ofNote 2

..tQJtem~.. "oi' ,:. ,', .•.. " ~.

A4 Zirconium metal; alloys containing more than 50%zirconium by weight; compounds in which the ratio ofhafuium to zirconium is less than 1:500 parts by weight; andmanufactures wholly thereof; except:a. Zirconium metal, alloys and compounds in shipments of

5 kg or less;b. Zirconium in the form of foil or strip having a thickness

not exceeding 0.10 mm, in shipments of 200 kg or less.

NOrJ3.J· .".. ,,~.,;' '. ~:.:Uf.sP~ ~Y·!'c:,grapted~.~~Ii~nal ~?on f9r the"shi~~.of~£o11o~for use. in ekportCd civil.power~mee4ng~'~ktP~ P~~0P.5 Qffi~' ~,~ ,IteDl .DJ ,or{or use in iA-.'ci6eii civil~~l. rcacton: • .a. P~ Ptade·of~Iu'Yj· .~;;~,~.~ .

cICsi";;'..,t tOr tho:e"~ , SUCi{ is~ tubes and.:.' (~"J&''''tOn:ltli~o{llik~, 'th'etfnaJ. ..' ..p~.,.~. ,~...~ ... , .•

·._~~;t~r.~~.~~~~'

Page 69: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

A5 Nickel powder and porous nickel metal, as follows:a. Powder with a nickel purity content of99.9"10 or more

and a mean particle size ofless than 10 micrometresmeasured by the ASTM B 330 standard and a highdegree of particle size uniformity;

b. Porous nickel metal produced from materials embargoedby sub-item 'a' above except single porous nickel metalsheets not exceeding 930 cm2 intended for use inbatteries for civil applications.

NOTES:1. Sub-item 'b' above refers to porous nickel metal

manufactured from nickel powder defined in sub-item 'a'above which has been compacted and sintered to form ametal material with fine pores interconnected throughoutthe structure.

2. Lic.m<ietc.may, be,granr.c:d at_NationaLDiscreUon·for the. export for non-nuclei{ civifapplications ~fnickel ' .powder ill uncom~ted powder form. Hlj

A6 Nuclear-grade graphite, i.e., graphite having a purity levelofless than one part per million boron equivalent and witha density greater than 1.5 g/cm', except individualshipments of 100 kg or less.(See also the note to ML 4 (b) on the Munitions List.)

A7 Lithium, as follows:a. Metal, hydrides or alloys containing lithium enriched in

the 6 isotope to a concentration higher than the oneexisting in nature (7.5% on an atom percentage basis);

b. Any other materials containing lithium enriched in the6 isotope (including compounds, mixtures andconcentrates), except lithium enriched in the 6 isotopeincorporated in thermoluminescent dosimeters.(For the deuteride ofnatural lithium or '!f lithium enriched in the7 isotope, see Item A3.)

AB Hafnium, as follows: metal, alloys and compounds ofhafnium containing more than 60% hafuium by weight, andmanufactures thereof, except shipments of the above havinga hafuium content of 1 kg or less.

A9 Beryllium, as follows: metal, alloys containing more than50% beryllium by weight, compounds containing berylliumand manufactures thereof, except:a. Metal windows for X-ray machines;b. Oxide shapes in fabricated or semi-fabricated forms

specially designed for electronic component parts or assubstrates for electronic circuits;

c. Shipments of 500 g or less of beryllium having a purity of99% or less, or 100 g or less of beryllium having a purityof greater than 99%, provided shipments exclude singlecrystals;

d. Shipments of 5 kg or less ofberyllium contained incompounds with a purity ofless than 99%.

A10 Not used

A11 Not used

A12 Tritium, compounds and mixtures containing tritium inwhich the ratio of tritium to hydrogen by atoms exceeds 1part in 1,000, and products containing one or more of theforegoing, except:a. Shipments of tritium, compounds, mixtures and

individual productS containing one or more of the

foregoing substances not exceeding 100 curies;b. Tritium contained in luminous paint, self-luminous

products, gas and aerosol detectors, electron tubes,.lightning or static elimination devices, ion generatingtubes, detector cells of gas chromatography devices, andcalibration standards;

c. Compounds and mixtures of tritium, where theseparation of the constituents cannot result in theevolution of an isotopic mixture of hydrogen in whichthe ratio of tritium to hydrogen by atoms exceeds 1 partin 1,000.

A13 Materials for nuclear heat sources, as follows:a. Plutonium in any form with a plutonium isotopic assay of

plutonium-238 of more than 50%, except:1. Shipments with a plutonium content ofone gramme

or less;2. Shipments of three effective grammes or less when

contained in a sensing component in instruments;3. Plutonium-238 contained in heart pacemakers;

b. "Previously separated" neptunium-237 in any form,except shipments with a neptunium-237 content ofonegramme or less.

A14 Not used.

A15 Wet-proofed platinized catalysts specially designed orprepared for promoting hydrogen isotope exchangebetween hydrogen and water for the recovery of tritiumfrom heavy water or for heavy water production.

B. Nuclear Facilities

81 Plants for the separation of isotopes of natural and depleteduranium, special and other fissile materials, and speciallydesigned or prepared equipment and components therefor,as follows:a. Plants specially designed for separating isotopes of natural

and depleted uranium, special and other fissile materials,as follows:1. Gaseous diffusion separation plants;2. Gas centrifuge separation plants;3. Aerodynamic separation plants;4. Chemical exchange separation plants;5. Ion-exchange separation plants;6. Atomic vapour "laser" isotopic separation plants;7. Molecular "laser" isotopic separation plants;8, Plasma separation plants;9. Electromagnetic separation plants;

b. Equipment and components, as follows, speciallydesigned or prepared for:1. Gaseous diffusion separation process:

a. Valves wholly made ofor lined with aluminium,aluminium alloys, nickel or alloy containing 60% ormore nickel, 40 mm or more in diameter, withbellows seals;

b, Blowers and compressors (turbo, centrifugal andaxial flow types) wholly made of or lined withaluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloycontaining 6O"Ai or more nickel and having a capacityof 1,700 litres (1.7 m') per minute or more,including compressor seals;

c. Gaseous diffusion barriers made of porous metallic,polymer or ceramic materials resistant to corrosionby UF6 with a pore size ofless than 1,000 angstroms,a thickness of5mm or less, and, for tubular fonns, adiameter of 25 mm or less;

d. Gaseous diffuser housings;e. He:.t exchangers made ofalurniRium, copper,

Security Export Control September 1991 87

Page 70: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

B1 continued

nickel or alloys containing more than 6QO,4 nickel, orcombinations of these metals as clad tubes, designedto operate at sub-atmospheric pressure with a leakrate that limtts the pressure rise to less than 10 pascal(0. t 'rnillibar} per hour under a pressure differential

of 105 pascal (1 bar);2. Gas centrifuge separation process:

a. Gas centrifuges;b. Complete rotor assemblies;c. Rotor tube cylinders with a thickness of

12 mm or less, a diameter ofbetween 75 mm and400 mm made from high strength-to-density ratiomaterials described in the Note below;

d. Magnetic suspension bearings consisting ofanannular magnet suspended within a housingcontaining a damping medium. The magnet coupleswith a pole piece or second magnet fitted to the topcap of the rotor;

e. Specially prepared bearings comprising a pivot-cupassembly mounted on a damper;

f. Rings or bellows with a wall thickness of 3 mm orless and a diameter ofbetween 75 mm and 400 mmand designed to give local support to a rotor tube orto join a number together, made from highstrength- to-density ratio materials described in theNote below;

g. Baffl6S ofbetween 75 mm and 400 mm diameter formounting inside the rotor tube, made from highstrength-to-density ratio materials qescribed in theNote below;

h. Top and bottom caps ofbetween 75 mm and400 mm diameter to fit the ends of the rotor tube,made from high strength-to-density ratio materialsdescribed in the Note below;

i. Molecular pumps comprised of cylinders havinginternally machined or extruded helical grooves andinternally machined bores;

j. Ring-shaped motor stators for multiphase AChysteresis (or reluctance) motors for synchronousoperation within a vacuum in the frequency range of600 to 2,000 Hz and a power range of 50 to 1,000Volt-Amps;

k. Frequency changers (converters or inverters)specially designed or prepared to supply motorstators for gas centrifuge enrichment, having all ofthe following characteristics, and specially designedcomponents therefor:1. Multiphase output of600 Hz to 2 kHz;2. Frequency control better than 0.1%;3. Harmonic distortion of less than 2%; and4. An efficiency greater than 80%;

NOTE:The high strength-to-density ratio materials used for

centrifuge rotating components are:a. Maraging steel capable of an ultimate tensile strength of

2.05 x 109 N/m2 or more;b. Aluminium alloys capable ofan ultimate tensile strength

of 0.46 x 109 N/m2 or more; orc. "Fibrous or filamentary materials" with a specific

modulus of more than 3.18 x 106m and a specific tensilestrength greater than 7.62 x 104 m.

3. Aerodynamic separation process:a. Separation nozzles consisting of slit-shaped, curved

channels having a radius of curvature less than 1 mm.Contained.within the nozzle is a knife-edge whichseparates gas flowing through the nozzle into twostreams;

b. Tangential inlet flow-driven cylindrical or conicaltubes, specially designed for uranium isotope

88 Securit,,,Export Contret September 1991

separation;c. UF

6-hydrogen helium compressors wholly made ofor

lined with aluminiumt aluminium alloys, nickel oralloy containing 60% or more nickel, includingcompressor seals;

d. Aerodynamic separation element housing, designed tocontain vortex tubes or separation nozzles;

e. Heat exchangers made ofaluminium, copper t nickel,or alloys containing more than 60% nickel, orcombinations ofthese metals as clad tubes, designed tooperate at pressures of 6 x 10s pascal (6 bar) or less;

4. Chemical exchange separation process:a. Fast-exchange liquid~liquid centrifugal contactors or

fast exchange liquid-liquid pulse columns made offluorocarbon lined materials;

b. .Electrochemical reduction cells designed to reduceuranium from one valence state to another;

5. Ion-exchange separation process, including fast reactingion-exchange resins: pellicular, reticulated resins in whichthe active chemical exchange groups are limited to acoating on the surface ofan inert particle or fibre;

6. Atomic vapour "laser" iso~opic separation process:a. High power electron beam guns with total power of

more than 50 kW and strip or scanning electron beamguns with a delivered power ofmore than 2.5 kW/cmfor use in uranium vaporization systems;

b. Trough shaped crucible and cooling equipment formolten uranium;

c. Product and tails collector systems made ofor linedwith materials resistant to the heat and corrosion ofuranium vapour, such as yttria-coated graphite;

NB:The "laser"s and components, specified as follows, are importantin atomic vapour "laser" isotopic separation:(For the embargo status of "laser"s, see Category 6.A.5.)a. "Laser"s to pump dye "laser"s:

1. Copper vapour "laser"s of 40 W or more;2. Argon ion "laser"s ofmore than 40 W;3. ND:YAG "laser"s that can be frequency doubled

and thereby have an average power of more than40W;

b. Other "laser"s and accessories:1. "Tunable" pulsed dye "laser" amplifiers and

oscillators, except single-mode oscillators t with anaverage power of more than 30 W, a repetition rateof more than 1 kHz and a wavelength between500 nm and 700 nm;

2. Modulators for controlling and modifying dye"laser" bandwidth;

3. "Tunable" pulsed single-mode dye oscillatorscapable ofan average power of more than 1 W, arepetition rate of more than 1 kHz, a pulse widthless than 100 ns, a wavelength between 500 nm and700 nm and frequency modulation for bandwidthexpansion.

7. Molecular "laser" isotopic separation process:a. Para-hydrogen Raman shifters designed to operate at

16 micrometres output wavelength and at a repetitionrate of more than 250 Hz;

b. Supersonic expansion nozzles designed for UF6 carriergas;

c. Uranium fluoride (UFs) product filter collectors;d. Equipment for fluorinating UFs to UF

6;

e. UF6 carrier gas compressors wholly made ofor linedwith aluminium, aluminium alloys, nickel or alloycontaining 60% or more nicke1t including compressorseals;

NB:The ulaser"s, specified as follows, are important in molecular

Page 71: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

82

"laser" isotopic separation:(For the embargo status of "laser''s, see Category4.A.5.)a. A1exandrite "laser"s with a bandwidth of 0.005 nm

(3 GHz) or less, a repetition rate of more than 125 Hz,and an average power of more than 30 W;

b. Pulsed carbon dioxide "laser"s with a repetition rate ofmore than 250 Hz, an average power of more than1.2 kW and a pulse length less than 200 ns;

c. Pulsed excimer "Iaser"s (XeF, XeCl, KrF) with arepetition rate of more than 250 Hz and an averagepower of more than 250 W;

8. Plasma separation process:a. Product and tails collectors made of or lined with

materials resistant to the heat and corrosion of uraniumvapour such as yttria-coated graphite;

b. Radio frequency ion excitation coils for frequencies ofmore than 100 kHz and capable of handling more than40 kW power;

NB.Microwave power sources and "superconductive" electromagnets,specified asfollows, are important in the plasma separationprocess:(For the embargo status of microwave power sources, seeCategory 3.A.l.b.)(For the embargo status of "superconductive" electromagnets, seeCategory 3.A.l.e.3.)a. Microwave power sources of more than 30 GHz and

greater than 50 kW for ion production;b. Solenoidal "superconductive" electromagnets of more

than 30 cm inner diameter. with a magnetic field ofmore than 2 T and uniform to better than 1% over thecentral 80% of the inner volume;

9. UF6 mass spectrometerslion sources specially designed orprepared for taking on-line samples offeed, product ortails from UF6 gas streams and having all of the followingcharacteristics:a. Unit resolution for mass of more than 320;b. Ion sources constructed of or lined with nichrome or

monel, or nickel plated;c. Electron bombardment ionization sources; andd. Collector systems suitable for isotopic analysis.

Plants for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear reactor fuelelements, and specially designed or prepared equipment andcomponents therefor, including:a. Fuel element chopping or shredding machines, i.e.

remotely operated equipment to cut, chop, shred or shearirradiated nuclear reactor fuel assemblies, bundles or rods;

b. Criticality safe tanks (e.g. small diameter, annular or slabtanks) specially designed or prepared for the dissolution ofirradiated nuclear reactor fuel, which are capable ofwithstanding hot, highly corrosive liquids, and which c~n

be remotely loaded and maintained;c. Counter-current solvent extractors and ion-exchange

processing equipment specially designed or prepared foruse in a plant for the reprocessing of irradiated naturaluranium, depleted uranium or special and other fissilematerials;

d. Process control instrumentation specially designed orprepared for monitoring or controlling the reprocessingof irradiated source and special and other fissile materials.

NOTES:1. A plant for the reprocessing of irradiated nuclear reactor

fuel elements includes equipment and components whichnormally come into direct contact with and direcdycontrol the irradiated fuel and the major nuclear materialand fission product processing streams.

2. Counter-current solvent extractors specially designed for

B3

84

85

use with nuclear propulsion equipment are embargoed byItem C 2. Certain other counter-current solventextractors are embargoed by the present coverage ofItem BIb.

Nuclear reactors, i.e. reactors capable ofoperation so as tomaintain a controlled, self-sustaining fission chain reaction,and equipment and components specially designed orprepared for use in connection with a nuclear reactor,including:a. Pressure vessels, i.e. metal vessels as complete units or as

major shop-fabricated parts therefor, which are speciallydesigned or prepared to contain the core ofa nuclearreactor and are capable of withstanding the operatingpressure of the primary coolant, including the top platefor a reactor pressure vessel;

b. Fuel element handling equipment, including reactor fuelcharging and discharging machines;

c. Control rods, i.e. rods specially designed or prepared forthe control of the reaction rate in a nuclear reactor,including the neutron absorbing part and the support orsuspension structures therefor, and control rod guidetubes;

d. Electronic controls for controlling the power levels innuclear reactors, including reactor control rod drivemechanisms and radiation detection and measuringinstruments to determine neutron flux levels;

e. Pressure tubes, i.e. tubes specially designed or prepared tocontain fuel elements and the primary coolant in anuclear reactor at an operating pressure in excess of 50bars (atmospheres);

f. Coolant pumps, i.e. pumps specially designed or preparedfor circulating the primary coolant of nuclear reactors;

g. Internals specially designed or prepared for the operationofa nuclear reactor, including but not limited to coresupport structures, thermal shields, baffles, core grid platesand diffuser plates;

h. Heat exchangers.NOTES:1. Not used."2.~<t" ~~~t1'lUtl""'·~h~·.' ImX)'j";BO>'" "'''r''7-.",,!~,", > ;

fol' theexport ofwater-cooled and moderated. . • 'civil nuelear'pow~ '. .. ~~fi"

-coi!'i-on"15':tti !fOiI""aii'itln!WiHiDliieiitiCil"'"~ p "" . ~• aii.d.: . . '. 11' ... '. .' ,...' .• ~1Y~~~,~,.~~. . .~.'

a/T'Iw.--n,.ds"~,~,,,;_, , 'b'f.'.l.:""."t-t ...'tr'~'t.~~a:~~~, 4~ 0, ',::'

;. )C*,~~;tw~'ii . ~~I.'':lll:ll.$•.b. Fllelro ~dedsha1l~. '~' ~ ~...

'chm .' ...., . ,,,",·enn epl} ... ~ ~:J;~ ..tj'::.; .. - }>~~~~;';f:. ·~~r.:~.t.'

c.~" -.."' _'0" .~'l " ....~ ...~~~

(For "software", see Item D1.)

Plants specially designed for the fabrication of nuclearreactor fuel elements and specially designed equipmenttherefor.NOTE:A plant for the fabrication of nuclear reactor fuelelements includes equipment which:a. normally comes into direct contact with or direcdy

processes or controCo the production flow of nuclearmaterials;

b. seals the nudear material within the cladding;c. checks the integrity of the cladding or the seal; andd. checks the finish treatment of the solid fuel.

Plants for the production of heavy water, deuterium ordeuterium compounds, and specially designed or preparedequipment and components therefor, as follows:a. Plants for the;,production of heavy water, deuterium or

Security Export COfltrol September 1991 69

Page 72: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

85 continued

deuterium compounds, as follows:1. Hydrogen sulphide-water exchange plants;2. Ammonia-hydrogen exchange plants;3. Hydrogen distillation plants;

b. Equipment and components, as follows, speciallydesigned or prepared for:1. Hydrogen sulphide-water exchange process:

a. Tray exchange towers;b. Hydrogen sulphide gas compressors;

2. Ammonia-hydrogen exchange process:a. High-pressure ammonia-hydrogen exchange towers;b. High-efficiency stage contactors;c. Submersible stage recirculation pumps;d. Ammonia crackers designed for pressures of more

than 3 x 10· pascal (30 bar);3. Hydrogen distillation process:

a. Hydrogen cryogenic distillation towers and coldboxes designed for operation below 35 K;

b. Turboexpanders or turboexpander-compressor setsdesigned for operation below 35K;

4. Concentration of heavy water to reactor grade(99.75% deuterium oxide)a. Water distillation towers containing specially

designed packings;b. Ammonia distillation towers containing specially

designed packings;c. Catalytic burners for conversion of fully enriched

deuterium to heavy water;d. Infrared absorption analysers capable ofon-line

hydrogen-deuterium ratio analysis where deuteriumconcentrations are equal to or more than 90 %.

86 Plants for the production of uranium hexafluoride (UF,)and specially designed or prepared equipment andcomponents therefor, as follows:a. Plants for the production ofUF. ;b. Equipment and components, as follows, specially

designed or prepared for UF6 production:1. Fluorination and hydrofluorination screw and fluid bed

reactors and flame towers;2. Distillation equipment for the purification ofUF•.

C. Nuclear-Related Equipment

C.1 Neutron generator systems, including tubes, designed foroperation without an external vacuum system and utilisingelectrostatic acceleration to induce a tritium-deuteriumnuclear reaction.NOTE:

i ~f~~'Ul,l~daaI~~forthe·ihip~aibcs.adci~~~ltem ''~.\-"~\':;I" •• ,{'.i. •".':' • 'f. ~.,~.fI ..~\;~ ;.A~f\/ •.>~!

'~f~~~id~~~·_7as.i··........cl kiO<.·_.....i ...F1'r"if'I~•.:.,. ,,<:;.. ·r· .. ,'1:.1'\' •.:;'!' ·U"'~'~."l'-~:"" ,,! ._~' '.' ~_'~_;_ ;..":

the separation of isotopes of lithium:a. Packed liquid-liquid exchange columns specially

designed for lithium amalgams;b. Amalgam pumps;c. Amalgam electrolysis cells;d. Evaporators for concentrated lithium hydroxide solution.

CS Equipment specially designed for the production orrecovery of tritium.

D. Software

DI "Software" specially designed or modified for the"development, "production" or "use" of equipment ormaterials embargoed by this List.NOTE:

(

NOTE:The atomic Energy List is subject to review in 1991/1992.

C2

C3

Power generating or propulsion equipment speciallydesigned for use with military, space, marine or mobilenuclear reactors.NOTE:This Item does not apply to conventional powergenerating equipment which, although designed for usein a particular nuclear station, could in principle be usedin conjunction with conventional systems.

Electrolytic cells for the production of fluorine with aproduction capacity greater than 250 g of fluorine per hour.

Colouredtext

Goods described may qualify for licensing underCOCOM's Favourable COll$ideration procedurewhen meeting the specified conditions. Anylimitation on the qualifying countries is indicatedwithin the text.

C4 Equipment, as follows, specially designed or prepared for

70 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 73: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Summary of IPL' SERIES ofUK National Controls(For full text see the current issue ofExport of Goods (Control)Order).

Definition of Terms used inThe International Li'sts

This Annex contains a list of the definitions of theterms used in the International Lists, in alphabetic order.

PLSOOIPLS002PLS003PLSOOS

PLS006

PLS009PLS014

PLS017

PLS018PLSOl9PLS020PLS021PLS024PLS026PL6001PL6002PL6003PL600S

PL6006

PL6007

PL6008PL6009PL6010PL6011PL6012PL6013PL6014

PL601SPL6016PL7001PL7002PL7003

PL7004

PL700SPL7006PL7007PL7008PL7009PL7010PL7011

PL7012PL7013

PL7016PL7017PL7018PL7019PL7020PL7021PL7022PL7023

PL702S

Security and paramilitary Police equipmentTelescopic sights for firearmsMounting for machine gunsApparatus and devices specially designed forrefuelling or disruption ofbombs etcApparatus and devices specially designed for dealingwith improvised explosive devicesExplosives, propellants and related substancesSpecially designed components for armouredequipmentEquipment and technology for the development ofthe goods specified in the Munition ListSmooth bore weaponsRadomesForging and castingsAmmunition for smooth bore weaponsElectrical pulsers to initiate explosionsQuartz crystals for ML4 itemsSource materialFluorineChlorine trifluorideCalcium containing less than 100 parts per millionby weight of impuritiesAlloys containing a higher percentage of magnesiumthan of any other elemf'ntsEquipment specially designed for the manufacture orassembly centrifugesMass spectrometers and mass spectrometer sourcesPressure gaugesProcess control equipment or instrumentationGraphite, nuclear gradeCompounds of deuteriumBlowers/compressors resistant to UF6 or HFUF6 resistant fully fluorinated hydro carbonpolymersEquipment for handling/processing UF6

Equipment for reprocessing nuclear fuel (cf. B2)Aluminium alloysMaraging steel alloyBurst transmitters and associated receivingequipm~nt

Electrical or electronic equipment modified ordesigned for limitation of compromisingelectromagnetic radiationMachines, internal grindingBoron compounds and mixturesPrecursor chemicalsTropospheric scatter communication equipmentSpecialised vessels (including ships)Aircraft and helicoptersSpecially designed components for aircraft andhelicoptersTantalum cruciblesTransceivers having an output frequency ofup to 32MHz and using frequency synthesisAircraft, helicopters and steerable parachutesLiquid and slurry propellant control systemsPumps and servo valves for PL7017Vacuum induction furnacesTelemetering and telecontrol equipmentLasers-radar (lidar)Solid-state switchesCold-cathode tubes/triggered spark gaps & similartubesPyrolitic deposition technology & nozzles

ListReference

2 "Accuracy"(Usually measured in terms of inaccuracy.) Is themaximum deviation, positive or negative, ofanindicated value from an accepted standard or true value.

7 "Active flight control systems"Function to prevent undesirable "aircraft" and missilemotions or structural loads by autonomously processingoutputs from multiple sensors and then providingnecessary preventive commands to effect automatic

control.

6 8 "Active pixel"A minimum (single) element of the solid state arraywhich has a photoelectric transfer function when exposedto light (electromagnetic) radiation.

2 "Adaptive control"A control system that adjusts the response fromconditions detected during the operation (Re£ ISO2806-1980) .

ML 8 "AdditivesH

Substances used in explosive formulations to improvetheir properties.

7 9 "Aircraft"A fixed wing, swivel wing, .rotary wing (helicopter), tiltrotor or tilt-wing airborne vehicle. (See also "civilaircraft")

2 "Angular position deviation"The maximum difference between angular position andthe actual, very accurately measured angular position afterthe workpiece mount of the table has been turned out ofits initial position. (Ref~rence: VDI/VDE 2617, Draft:'Rotary tables on coordinate measuring machines'.)

ML 7 "Antibodies" - see "Anti-idiotypic antibodies","Monodonal antibodies", "Polyclonal antibodies"

ML 7 "Anti-idiotypic antibodies"Antibodies which bind to the specific antigen bindingsites ofother antibodies.

3 4 "Assembly"A number ofelectronic components (i.e., "circuitelements", "discrete components", integrated circuits,etc.) connected together to perform a specific function(s),replaceable as an entity and normally capable ofbeingdisassembled.N.B.: 1. f(~ircuit element": a single active or passive

functional part ofan electronic circuit, such as onediode, one transistor, one resistor, one capacitor, etc.

2. lrDisaete component": a separately packaged ((circuitelement" with its own exttmal connections.

Security Export Control September ,., 71

Page 74: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

5

6

5

'~Asynchronous transfer mode" (ATM)A transfer mode in which the infonnation is organisedinto cens; it is asynchronous in the sense that therecurrence ofcells depends on the required orinstantaneous bit rate. (CCITT Recommendation L.113)

U Automatic target tracking"A processing technique that automatically determines andprovides as output an extrapolated value of the mostprobable position of the target in real time.

"Bandwidth of one voice channel"In the case of data communication equipment designed to'operate in one voice channel of3,100 Hz, as defined inCCITT Recommendation G.151.

7 9

Use air blown over aerodynamic surfaces to increase orcontrol the forces generated by the surfaces.

"Civil aircraft"Those "aircraft" listed by designation in publishedairworthiness certification lists by the civil aviationauthorities to fly commercial civil internal and externalroutes or for legitimate civil, private or business use. (Seealso "aircraft")

"Commingled"Filament to filament blending of thennoplastic fibres andreinforcement fibres in order to produce a fibrereinforcementl "matrix" mix in total fibre form.

3 "Basic gate propagation delay time"The propagation delay time value corresponding to thebasic gate used within a "family" of "monolithicintegrated circuits". This may be specified, for a given"family", either as the propagation delay time per typicalgate or as the typical propagation delay time per gate.N. B.: uBasic gate propagation delay time" is not to be confusedwith the input/output delay time ofa complex umonolithicintegrated drcuit".

GTN "Basic scientific research"Experimental or theoretical work undertaken principallyto acquire new knowledge of the fundamental principlesof phenomena or observable facts, not primarily directedtowards a specific aim or objective.

6 "Beat length"The distance over which two orthogonally polarisedsignals, initially in phase, must pass in order to achieve a2 Pi radian(s) phase difference.

7 "Bias" (accelerometer)An accelerometer output when no acceleration is applied.

ML 7 "Biocatalysts""Enzymes" or other biological compounds which bind toand accelerate the degradation of CW agents.N.B. UEnzymes 1J

: uBiocatalysts"for spedfic chemical orbiochemical reactions.

ML 7 "Biopolymers"Biological macromolecules as follows:a. "Enzymes";b. Antibodies, "monoclonal", "polyclonal" or

"anti-idiotypic";c. Specially designed or specially processed "receptors";N.B. ({Enzymes": "Biocatalysts"for specific chemical orbiochemical reactions.

2 "Camming" (axial displacement)Axial displacement in one revolution of the main spindlemeasured in a plane perpendicular to the spindlefaceplate, at a point next to the circumference of thespindle faceplate(Reference: ISO 230/1 1986, paragraph 5.63).

6 "Chemical Laser"A "laser" in which the excited species is produced by theoutput energy from a chemical reaction..

7 "Circulation-controlled anti-torque or circulationcontrolled direction control systems"

72 Security Export Control September 1991

5

5

1 68 9

4

2

4

4

2

"Comminution"A process to reduce a material to particles by crushing orgrinding.

"Common channel c1on"1lh"t"lcr"

A signalling method in which a single channel betweenexchanges conveys, by means of labelled messages,signalling information relating to a multiplicity of circuitsor calls and other information such as that used fornetwork management.

"Communications channel controller"The physical interface which controls the flow ofsynchronous or asynchronous digital infonnation. It is anassembly that can be integrated into computer ortelecommunications equipment to providecommunications access.

"Composite"A "matrix" and an additional phase or additional phasesconsisting ofparticles, whiskers, fibres or anycombination thereof, present for a purpose orpurposes.

"Composite theoretical (CTP)A measure of computational performance given inmillions of theoretical operations per second (Mtops),calculated using the aggregation of "computing elements"(CE). (See Category 4, Technical Note.)

"Compound rotary table"A table allowing the workpiece to rotate and tilt abouttwo non-parallel axes, which can be co-ordinatedsimultaneously for "contouring control".

"Computer using facility"The end-user's contiguous and accessible facilities:a. Housing the "computer operating area" and those

end-user functions which are being supported by thestated application of the electronic computer and itsrelated equipment; and

b. Not extending beyond 1,500 metres in any directionfrom the centre of the "computer operating area".

N.B.: "Computer operating area": the immediate contiguousand accessible area around the electronic computer, where thenormal operating, support and service functions take place.

"Computing element" (CE)The smallest computational unit that produces anarithmetic or logic result.

'~Contouring control"Two or more "numerically controlled" motions

Page 75: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

operating in accordance with instructions that specify thenext required position and the required feed rates to thatposition. These feed rates are varied in relation to eachother so that a desired contour is generated (Re£ ISO/DIS 2806 - 1980).

ML 3 "Conventional unguided projectiles"Are those which do not incorporate:a. Directional warheads, including warheads employing

multi-point initiation to achieve focusedblast/fragmentation characteristics;

b. Sub-munitions or sub-munition capacity;c. Fuel/air explosives;d. Provisions for increasing the range or impact velocity;e. Kinetic energy armour penetration capability;f. Mid-flight guidance;g. Terminal guidance.

1 3 "Critical temperature"6 (sometimes referred to as the transition temperature) of a

specific "superconductive" material is the temperature atwhich the material loses all resistance to the flow of directelectrical current.

5 "Cryptography"The discipline which embodies principles, means andmethods for the transformation ofdata in order to hide itsinformation content, prevent its undetected modificationor prevent its unauthorized use. "Cryptography" islimited to the transformation of information using one ormore "secret parameters" (e.g., crypto variables) orassociated key management.N.B.: USecret parameter": a constant or key kept from theknowledge ofothers or shared only within agroup. ,

4 5 "Datagram"A self-contained, independent entity of data carryingsufficient information to be routed from the source to thedestination data terminal equipment without reliance onearlier exchanges between this source or destination dataterminal equipment and the transporting network.

5 "Data signalling rate"The rate, as defined in ITU Recommendation 53-36,taking into account that, for non-binary modulation,baud and bit per second are not equal. Bits forchecking and synchronisation functions are to beincluded.N.B.: 1. When determining the Udata signalling rate",

senlicing and administrative channels shall beexcluded.

2. It is the maximum one-way rate, i.e., the maximumrate in either transmission or reception.

6 "Deformable Mirrors"Mirrors capable of having their optical surfacedynamically deformed by individual torques or forces.

GTN "Development"Is related to all stages prior to serial production, such as:design, design research, design analyses, design concepts,assembly and testing of prototypes, pilot productionschemes, design data, process of transforming design datainto a product, configuration design, integration design,layouts.

1 2 "Diffusion bonding"9 A solid state molecular joining ofat least two separate

metals into a single piece with a joint strength equivalent

4 5

5

2

7

5

3

AELA1

6

2

to that of the weakest material.

"Digital computer"Equipment which can, in the form ofone or more'discrete variables:a. Accept data;b. Store data or instructions in fixed or alterable (writable)

storage devices;c. Process data by means ofa stored sequence of

instructions which is modifiable; andd. Provide output ofdata.N.B.: Modifications oftI stored sequena of instructions includereplacement offixed storage devices, but not a physital change inwiring or interconnections.

"Digital transfer rate"The total bit rate of the information that is directlytransferred on any type ofmedium.(See also "total digital transfer rate")

"Direct-acting hydraulic pressing"A deformation process which uses a fluid-filled flexiblebladder in direct contact with the workpiece.

"Drift rate" (gyro)The time rate ofoutput deviation from the desiredoutput. It consists of random and systematic componentsand is expressed as an equivalent input angulardisplacement per unit time with respect to inertial space.

"Dynamic adaptive routing"Automatic rerouting of traffic based on sensing andan~ysis of current actual network conditions.N.B.: This does not indude cases ofrouting decisions taken onpredefined information.

"Dynamic signal analysers""Signal analysers" which use digital sampling andtranformation techniques to form a Fourier spectrumdisplay of the given waveform including amplitudeand phase information.(See also usignal analysers")

"Effective gramme"Ofspecial or other fissile material is defined as follows:a. For plutonium isotope~ and uranium-233, the isotope

weight in grammes;b. For uranium enriched 1% or more in the isotope

U-235, the element weight in grammes multiplied bythe square of its enrichment expressed as a decimalweight fraction;

c. For uranium enriched below 1% in the isotope U-235,the element weight in grammes multiplied by 0.0001;

d. For americium-242m, curium-245 and -247, andcalifornium -249 and -251 t the isotope weight ingrammes multiplied by 10.

"Electronically steerable phased array antenna"An antenna which forms a beam by means ofphasecoupling, i.e., the beam direction is controlled by thecomplex excitation coefficients of the radiating elementsand the direction of that beam can be varied in azimuthor in elevation, or both, by application, both intransmission and reception, ofan electrical signal.

"End-effectors""End-effectors" include grippers, "active tooling units"and any other tooling that is attached to the baseplate on

Security Export Control Septemb#lr·,911f ·73

Page 76: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

2 continued

"Fluoride fibres"Fibres manufactured from bulk fluoride compounds.

"Gas Atomisation"A process to reduce a molten stream of metal alloy todroplets of 500 micrometre diameter or less by a highpressure gas stream.

"Frequency agility" (frequency hopping)A form of "spread spectrum" in which the transnussionfrequency of a communication channel is made tochange by discrete steps.

"Fixed"The coding or compression algorithm cannot acceptexternally supplied parameters (e.g., cryptographic or keyvariables) and cannot be modified by the user.

(radar) - see "Radar tre(~ue:ncv

"Gateway"The function, realised by any combination ofequipmentand "software", to carry out the conversion ofconventions for representing, processing orcommunicating information used in one system into thecorresponding but different conventions used in anothersystem.

"Frequency synthesiser"Any kind of frequency source or signal generator,regardless of the actual technique used, providing amultiplicity of simultaneous or alternative outputfrequencies, from one or more outputs, controlledby, derived from or disciplined by a lesser number ofstandard (or master) frequencies.

"Frequencyagility"

"Frequency switching time"The maximum time (i.e., delay), taken by a signal, whenswitched from one selected output frequency to anotherselected output frequency, to reach:a. A frequency within 100 Hz of the final frequency;

orb. An output level within 1 dB of the final output

level.

"Flexible rnanufacturing unit" (FMU),(sometimes also referred to as 'flexible manufacturingsystem' (FMS) or 'flexible manufacturing cell' (FMC))An entity which includes a combination ofat least:a. A "digital computer" including its own "main

storage" and its own related equipment; andb. Two or more of the following:

1. A machine tool described in 2.B.1.c.;2. A dimensional inspection machine described in

2., or another digitally controlled measuringmachine embargoed by 2.;

3. A "robot" embargoed by 2.,8. or ML 17;4. Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by

1.B.3., 2.B.3. or 9.B.1.;5. "Stored programme controlled" equipment

embargoed by 3.B.l.a.;6. Digitally controlled equipment embargoed by

l.B.1.;7. Digitally controlled electronic equipment embargoed

by 3.A.2.c.

6

3 5

5

2

6

3

5

6

4 "Fault tolerance"The capability of a computer system, after anymalfunction ofany of its hardware-or "software"components, to continue to operate without humanintervention, at a given level of service that provides:continuity ofoperation, data integrity and recovery ofservice within a given time.

4 5 "Fast select"A facility applicable to virtual calls which allows a dataterminal equipment to expand the possibility to transmitdata in call set-up and "packets" beyond thebasic capabilities of a virtual call.N.B.: UPacket": agroup cifbinary digits including data and callcontrol signals which is switched as a composite whole. Thedata, call control signals and possibly error control infonnationare arranged in a specifiedformat.

4 "Expert systems"Systems providing results by application of rules to datawhich are stored independently of the Uprogramme" andcapable of any of the following:a. Modifying automatically the "source code" introduced

by the user;b. Providing knowledge linked to a class of problems in

quasi-natural language; orc. Acquiring the knowledge required for their

deve~opment (symbolic training).

3 "Film type integrated circuit"An array of "circuit elements" and metallicinterconnections formed by deposition ofa thick or thinfilm on an insulating "substrate".N.B.: ftCircuit element": a single active or passive functionalpart cifan electronic circuit, such as one diode, one transistor, oneresistor, one capacitor, etc.

the end ofa "robot" manipulator arm.N.B.: UActive tooling unit": a devicefor applying motivepower, process energy or sensing to the workpiece.

2 8 "Fibrous or filamentary materials"Include:a. Continuous monofilaments;b. Continuous yams and rovings;c. Tapes, fabrics, random mats and braids;d. Chopped fibres, staple fibres and coherent fibre

blankets;e. Whiskers, either monocrystalline or polycrystalline, of

any length;£: Aromatic polyamide pulp.

ML 7 "Expression Vectors"Carriers (e.g., plasmid or virus) used to introduce geneticmaterial into host cells.

8 "Equivalent Density"The mass of an optic per unit optical area projected ontothe optical surface.

3 "Family"Consists ofmicroprocessor or microcomputermicrocircuits with:a. The same architecture;b. The same basic instruction set; andc. The same basic technology (e.g., only NMOS or

only CMOS).

74 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 77: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

5

6

4

2

4

3

4

5

"Generic software"A set of instructions for a "stored programme controlled"switching system that is the same for all switches usingthat type of switching system.N.B.: The data base portion is not considered to be part of the('generic sojtware JJ

"Geographically dispersed"Sensors are considered "geographically dispersed" wheneach location is distant from any other more than1,500 m in any direction. Mobile sensors are alwaysconsidered "geographically dispersed".

"Global interrupt latency time"The time taken by the computer system to recognize aninterrupt due to the event, service the interrupt andperform a context switch to an alternate memory-residenttask waiting on the interrupt.

"Hot isostatic densification"A process of pressurising a casting at temperaturesexceeding 375 K (102°C) in a closed caviry throughvarious media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to createequal force in all directions to reduce or eliminateinternal voids in the casting.

"Hybrid computer"Equipment which can:a. Accept data;b. Process data, in both analogue and digital

representations; andc. Provide output of data.

"Hybrid integrated circuit"Any combination of integrated circuit(s), or integratedcircuit with "circuit elements" or "discrete components"connected together to perform a specific function(s), andhaving all of the following characteristics:Containing at !I"ast one unencapsulated device;Connected together using typical IC productionmethods;Replaceable as an entity; andNot normally capable of being disassembled.N.B.: 1. "Circuit element": a single active or passive

functional part ofan electronic circuit, such asone diode, one transistor, one resistor, onecapacitor, etc.

2. "Discrete component": a separately packaged"circuit element" with its own externalconnections.

"Image enhancement"The processing of externally derived information-bearingimages by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,extraction, selection, correlation, convolution ortransformations between domains (e.g., fast Fouriertransform or Walsh transform). This does not includealgorithms using only linear or rotational transformationof a single image, such as translation, feature extraction,registration or false coloration.

"Information security"All the means and functions ensuring the accessibility,confidentiality or integrity of information orcommunications, excluding the means and functionsintended to safeguard against malfunctions. This includes"cryptography", "cryptanalysis", protection against'compromising emanations and computer security.

3

6

5

6

GTNGSN

6

2

2 35 69

2

N.B.: "Cryptanalysis"The analysis ofa cryptographlc system or its inputs dnd outputsto derive confidential variablesor sensitive data, iricluding cleartext.(ISO 7498-2-1988 (E), paragraph 3.3.18)

"Instantaneous bandwidth"The bandwidth over which output power remainsconstant within 3 dB without adjustment ofotheroperating parameters.N.B.: "Cryptanalysis"The analysis ofa cryptographic system or its inputs and outputsto derive confidential variables or sensitive data, including cleartext.(ISO 7498-2-1988 (E), paragraph 3.3.18)

"Instrumented range"The specified unambiguous display range of a radar.

"Integrated Services Digital Network" (ISDN)A unified end-to-end digital network, in which dataoriginating from all types of communication (e.g., oice,text, data, still and moving pictures) are transmitted fromone port (tenninal) in the exchange (switch) over oneaccess line to and from the subscriber.

"Interconnected radar sensors"Two or more radar sensors are interconnected when theymutually exchange data in real time.

"In the public domain"As it applies to the International Lists, means"technology" or "software" which has been madeavailable without restrictions upon its furtherdissemination.N. B.: Copyright restrictions do not remove "technology" or"software"from being "in the public domain".

"Intrinsic Magnetic Gradiometer"A single magnetic field gradient sensing element andassociated electronics the output of which is a measure ofmagnetic field gradient.(See also "Magnetic Gradiometer")

"Isostatic presses"Equipment capable of p~essurisinga closed cavity throughvarious media (gas, liquid, solid particles, etc.) to createequal pressure in all directions within the cavity upon aworkpiece or material."Laser" - see "Chemi!allaser",

HIAser","Q-switched laser","Super High Power Laser","Transfer laser".

"Laser"

An assembly of components which produce bothspatially and temporally coherent light that is amplified bystimulated emission of radiation.

"Linearity"(Usually mt:asured in terms of non-linearity) is themaximum deviation of the actual characteristic (averageof upscale and downscale readings), positive or negative,from a straight line so positioned as to equalise andminimise the maximum deviations.

Silcurity Export Control· Septembef1gg, 75

Page 78: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

4

6

6

4

1 68 9

4

2

4 5

1

"Local area network"A data communication system which:a. Allows an arbitrary number of independent "data

devices" to communicate directly with each other;and

b. Is confined to a geographical area ofmoderate size(e.g., office building, plant, campus, warehouse).

N.B.: UData device": equipment capable cif transmitting orreceiving sequences cifdigital information.

"Magnetic Gradiometers"Are designed to detect the spatial variation of magneticfields from sources external to the instrument. Theyconsist of multiple "magnetometers" and associatedelectronics the output of which is a measure of magneticfield gradient. (See also "Intrinsic Magnetic Gradiometer")

"Magnetometers"Are designed to detect magnetic fields from sourcesexternal to the instrument. They consist of a singlemagnetic field sensing element and associated electronicsthe output of which is a measure of themagnetic field.

"Main storage"The-primary storage for data or instructions for rapidaccess by a central processing unit. It consists of theinternal storage of a "digital comptlter" and anyhierarchical extension thereto, such as cache storage ornon-sequentially accessed extended storage.

"Matrix"A substantially continuous phase that fills the spacebetween particles, whiskers or fibres.

"Maximum bit transfer rate"Ofa disk drive or solid state storage device: the numberof data bits per second transferred between the drive orthe device and its controller.

"Measurement uncertainty"The characteristic parameter which specifies in whatrange around the output value the correct value of themeasurable variable lies with a confidence level of 95 %.

It includes the uncorrected systematic deviations, theuncorrected backlash and the random deviations(Reference: VDI/VDE 2617).

"Mechanical Alloying"An alloying process resulting from the bonding, fracturingand rebonding of elemental and master alloy powders bymechanical impact. Non-metallic particles may beincorporated in the alloy by addition of the appropriatepowders.

"Media access unit"Equipment which contains one or morecommunication interfaces ("network access controller","communications channel controller", modem orcomputer bus) to connect terminal equipment to anetwork.

"Melt Extraction"A process to "solidify rapidly" and extract a ribbon-likealloy product by the insertion ofa short segment ofarotating chilled block into a bath ofa molten metal alloy.N.B.: uSolidify rapidly": solidification ofmolten material atcooling rates exceeding 1,000 Klsec.

"Melt Spinning"A process to "solidify rapidly" a molten metal streamimpinging upon a rotating chilled block, forming a flake,ribbon or rod-like product.N.B.: "Solidify rapidly": solidification ofmolten material atcooling rates exceeding 1,000 KIsec.

3 uMicrocomputer microcircuit"A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichipintegrated circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit(ALU) capable of executing general purpose instructionsfrom an internal storage, on data contained in the internalstorage.N.B.: The internal storage may be augmented by an externalstorage.

3 "Microprocessor microcircuit"A "monolithic integrated circuit" or "multichipintegrated circuit" containing an arithmetic logic unit(ALU) capable ofexecuting a series of general purposeinstructions from an external storage.N.B.: The "microprocessor microcircuit" normally does notcontain integral user-accessible storage, although storage presenton-the-chip may be used in performing its logicfunction.

4 5 "Microprogramme"A sequence ofelementary instructions, maintained in aspecial storage, the execution of which is initiatedby the introduction of its reference instruction into aninstruction register.

ML 8 "Military high explosives"Solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures ofsubstances which~ in their application as primary,booster, or main charges in warheads, demolition and othermilitary applications, are required to detonate.

ML 8 "Military propellants"Solid, liquid or gaseous substances or mixtures ofsubstances used for propelling projectiles and missiles, orto generate gases for powering auxiliary devices forembargoed military equipment which, when ignited,burn or deflagrate to produce quantities of gas capable ofperforming work, but in their application these quantitiesare required not to undergo a deflagration to detonationtransition.

ML 8 "Military pyrotechnics"Mixtures of solid or liquid fuels and oxidizers which,when ignited, undergo an energetic chemical reaction ata controlled rate intended to produce specific time delays,or quantities of heat, noise, smoke, visible light orinfrared radiation. Pyrophorics are a subclass ofpyrotechnics, which contain no oxidizers but ignitespontaneously on contact with air.

ML 7 "Monoc1onal antibodies"Proteins which bind to one antigenic site and areproduced by a single clone of cells.

3 "Monolithic integrated circuit"A combination of passive or active "circuitelements" or both which:a. Are formed by means ofdiffusion processes,

implantation processes or deposition processes inor on a single semiconducting piece of material, aso-called 'chip';

b. Can be considered as indivisibly associated; andc. Perform the function(s) ofa circuit.

76 __1'............ _."'''',,",- Control

Page 79: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

..

2

3

..

5

6

.. 5

..

N.B.: "Circuit element": a single active or passivefututionalpart ofan electronic drcuit, such as one diode, one transistor, oneresistor, one capadtor, eU.

"Most immediate storage"The portion of the "main storage" most directlyaccessible by the central processing unit:a. For single level "main storage", the internal

storage; orb. For hierarchical "main storage":

1. The cache storage;2. The instruction stack; or3. The data stack.

"Motion control board"An electronic "assembly" specially designed to provide acomputer system with the capability to coordinatesimultaneously the motion of axes of machine tools for"contouring control".

"Multichip integrated circuit"Two or more "monolithic integrated circuit~" bonded toa common "substrate".

"Multi-data-stream processing"The "microprogramme" or equipment architecturetechnique which permits simultaneous processing of twoor more data sequences under the control of one or moreinstruction sequences by means such as:a. Single Instruction Multiple Data (SIMD)

architectures such as vector or array processors;b. Multiple Single Instruction Multiple Data

(MSIMD) architectures;c. Multiple Instruction Multiple Data (MIMD)

architectures, including those which are tightlycoupled, closely coupled or loosely coupled; or

d. Structured arrays of processing elements, includingsystolic arrays.

"Multilevel security"A class of system containing information with differentsensitivities that simultaneously permits access by userswith different security clearances and needs-to-know, butprevents users from obtaining access to information forwhich they lack authorization.N.B.: "Multilevel security" is computer security and notcomputer reliability which deals with equipment fault preventionor human error prevention in general.

"Multispectral imaging sensors"Are capable of simultaneous or serial acquisition ofimaging data from two or more discrete spectral bands.Sensors having more than twenty discrete spectral bandsare sometimes referred to as hyperspectral imagingsensors.

"Network access controller"A physical interface to a distributed switching network.It uses a common medium which operates throughout atthe same "digital transfer rate" using arbitration (e.g.,token or carrier sense) for transmission. Independentlyfrom any other, it selects data packets or data groups(e.g., IEEE 802) addressed to it. It is an assembly that canbe integrated into computer or telecommunicationsequipment to provide communications access.

"Neural computer"A computational device designed or modified to mimic

6

AELB3

2

..

5

..

56

3

5

AELA1

the behaviour of a neuron or a collection of neurons, i:e.,a computational device whith is distinguished by itshardware capability to modulate the weights and numbersof the interconnections ofa multiplicity of computationalcomponents based on previous data.

"Noise level"An electrical signal given in terms ofpower spectraldensity. The relation between "noise level" expressed inpeak-to-peak is given by S 2 pp = 8No(f2-9, where S.. isthe peak-to-peak value of the signal (e.g., nanotesIas), Nois the power spectral density (e.g., (nanotesla)2/Hz) and(f2-9 defines the bandwidth of interest.

UNuclear reactor"

Includes the items within or attached directly to thereactor vessel, the equipment which controls the level ofpower in the core, and the components which normallycontain or come into direct contact with or control theprimary coolant of the reactor core.

"Numerical control"The automatic control of a process performed by a devicethat makes use of numeric data usually introduced as theoperation is in progress (Re£ ISO 2382).

"Object code" (or object language)An equipment executable form ofa convenientexpression ofone or more processes ("source code"(or source language)) which has been convertedby a programming system. (See also "source code ")

"Optical amplification"In optical communications, an amplification techniquethat introduces a gain ofoptical signals that have beengenerated by a separate optical source, withoutconversion to electrical signals, i.e., using semiconductoroptical amplifiers, optical fibre luminescent amplifiers.

"Optical computer"A computer designed or modified to use light torepresent data and whose computational logic elementsare based on directly coupled optical devices.

"Optical fibre preforms"Bars, ingots, or rods of glass, plastic or other materialswhich have been specially processed for usein fabricating optical fibres. The characteristics of thepreform determine the basic parameters of theresultant drawn optical fibres.

"Optical integrated circuit"A "monolithic integrated circuit" or a "hybridintegrated circuit", containing one or more partsdesigned to function as a photosensor or photoemitteror to perform (an) optical or (an) electro-opticalfunction(s).

"Optical switching"The routing of or switching of signals in optical formwithout conversion to electrical signals.

"Other fissile material""Previously separated" americium-242m, curium-245and -247, califomium-249 and -251, isotopes ofplutonium other than plutonium-238 and -239, and- anymaterial containing the foregoing.

Security Export Control September 1991 7;

Page 80: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

5

6

5

"Overall current density"The'total number ofampere-turns in the coil (i..e.,'the sum of the number of turns multiplied by themaximum cutrent carried by each turn) divided by thetotal cross-section ofthe coil (comprising thesuperconducting filaments, the metallic matrix in whichthe superconducting filaments are embedded,the encapsulating material, any cooling channels, etc.).

PABX - see "Private automatic branch exchange".

"Peak power"Energy per pulse in joules divided by the pulse durationin seconds.

"Personalized smart card"A smart card containing a microcircuit, inaccordance with ISO/lEe 781, which has beenprogrammed by the issuer and cannot be changed by theuser.

8

8

8

8

"Pulse compression"The coding and processing ofa radar signal pulse oflongtime duration to one of short time duration, whilemaintaining the benefits ofhigh pulse energy.

"Pulse duration"Duration ofa "laser': pulse measured at Full Width HalfIntensity (FWHI) levels.

"Q-switched laser"A "laser" in which the energy is stored in thepopulation inversion or in the optical resonator andsubsequently emitted in a pulse.

"Radar frequency agility"Any technique which changes~ in a pseudo-randomsequence, the carrier frequency ofa pulsed radartransmitter between pulses or between groups ofpulses by an amount equal to or larger than the pulsebandwidth.

ML 7 "Polyclonal antibodies"A mixture ofproteins which bind to the specific antigenand are pro~uced by more than one clone of cells.

7

ML8

AELA1

AELA13

4

5

"Power management"Changing the transmitted power of the altimeter signal sothat received power at the "aircraft" altitude is always atthe minimum necessary to determine the altitude.

"Precursors"Specialty chemicals used in the manufacture of militaryexplosives.

"Previously separated"The application ofany process intended to increasethe concentration of the controlled isotope.

"Principal element"An element is a "principal element" when itsreplacement value is more than 35% of the total valueof the system ofwhich it is an element.Element value is the price paid for the element by themanufacturer of the system, or by the system integrator.Total value is the normal international selling priceto unrelated parties at the point of manufacture orconsolidation ofshipment.

"Private automatic branch exchange" (PABX)An automatic telephone exchange, typically incorporatinga position for an attendant, designed to provide access tothe public network and serving extensions in aninstitution such as a business, government, public serviceor similar organisation.

8 "Radar spread spectrum"Any modulation technique for spreading energyoriginating from a signal with a relatively narrowfrequency band, over a much wider band offrequencies, by using random or pseudo-randomcoding.

3 "Real time bandwidth"For "dynamic signal analysers", the widest frequencyrange which the analyser can output to display ormass storage without causing any discontinuity in theanalysis of the input data. For analysers withmore than one channel, the channel configurationyielding the widest "real-time bandwidth" shall be usedto make the calculation.

2 4 "Real time processing"The processing ofdata by a computer system providing arequired level of service, as a function ofavailableresources, within a guaranteed response time, regardlessof the load of the system, when stimulated by an externalevent.

ML 7 "Receptors"Biological macromolecular structures capable of bindingligands, the binding ofwhich affects physiologicalfunctions.

GTN "Required"as applied to "technology", refers to only that portionof "technology" which is peculiarly responsible forachieving or exceeding the embargoed performancelevels, characteristics or functions. Such "required""technology" may be shared by different products.

ML 7 "Riot Control agents"Substances which produce temporary irritating ordisabling physical effects which disappear withinminutes of removal from exposure. There is nosignificant risk ofpermanent injury and medicaltreatment is rarely required.

ML 18 "Production"Includes design, examination, manufacture, testing andchecking.

GTN "Production"Means all production stages, such as: product engineering,manufacture, integration, assembly (mounting),inspection, testing, quality assurance.

2 4 "Prograrnrrie"5 A sequence of instructions to carry out a process in, or

convertible into, a form executable by an electroniccomputer.

78 Security EXpOrt Control September 1991

2 "Resolution"The least increment of a measuring device; on digitalinstruments, the least significant bit.(Reference: ANSI B-89.1.12)

Page 81: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

2 8ML17

2

7

"Robot" .A manipulation mechanism, which may be of thecontinuous path or of the point-to-point variety,may use "sensors", and has all the followingcharacteristics:a. Is multifunctional;b. Is capable ofpositioning or orienting material,

parts, tools or special devices through variablemovements in three dimensional space;

c. Incorporates three or more closed or open loopservo-devices which may include stepping motors;and

d. Has "user-accessible programmability" by meansof teachlplayback method or by means ofanelectronic computer which may be aprogrammable logic controller, i.e., withoutmechanical intervention.

N. B.: 'The above dtjinition does not include the followingdevices:1. Manipulation mechanisms which are only manually1

teleoperator controllable;2. Fixed sequence manipulation mechanisms which

are automated moving devices, operating according tomechanicallyfixed programmed motions.The programme is mechanically limited byfixedstops, such as pins or cams. 'The sequence ofmotionsand the selection ofpaths or angles are not variable orchangeable by mechanical, electronic or electrical

means;3. Mechanically controlled variable sequence

manipulation mechanisms which are automatedmoving devices, operating according to mechanicallyfixed programmed motions. 'The programme ismechanically limited byfixed, but adjustable stops,such as pins or cams. 'The sequence ofmotions and theselection ofpaths or angles are variable within thefixed programme pattern. Variations or modificationsof the programme pattern (e.g., changes ofpins orexchanges ofcams) in one or more motion axes areaccomplished only through mechanical operations;

4. Non-servo-controlled variable sequence manipulationmechanisms which are automated moving devices,operating according to mechanicallyfixed programmedmotions. 'The programme is variable but the sequenceproceeds only by the binary signalfrom mechanicallyfixed electrical binary devices or adjustable stops;

5. Stacker cranes dtjined as Cartesian coordinatemanipulator systems mamifactured as an integral partof a vertical array ofstorage bins and designed toaccess the contents of those bins for storage or retrieval.

"Rotary Atomisation"A process to reduce a stream or pool of molten metal todroplets to a diameter of500 micrometre or less bycentrifugal force.

"Run out" (out-of-true running)Radial displacement in one revolution of the mainspindle measured in a plane perpendicular to thespindle axis at a point on the external or internalrevolving surface to be tested.(Reference: ISO 230/1-1986, paragraph 5.61).

"Scale factor" (gyro or accelerometer)The ratio of change in output to a change in the inputintended to be measured. Scale factor is generallyevaluated as the slope of the straight line that can befitted by the method of least squares to

3

3

3

45

3

A11ILs

4

7 9

3 6

AELA1

5

input-output data obtained: by varying the input cyclicallyover the input ~ge.

"Settling time"The time required for the output to come within one­half bit of the final value when switching between any.,two levels of the converter.

"Signal analysers"Apparatus capable ofmeasuring and di~playingbasicproperties of the single-frequency components ofmulti­frequency signals.

"Signal analysers" (dynamic) - see uDynamic signalanalysers"

"Signal processing"The processing ofexternally derived information-bearingsignals by algorithms such as time compression, filtering,extraction, selection, correlation, convolution ortransformations between domains (e.g., fast Fouriertransform or Walsh transform).

"Simple educational devices"Devices designed for use in teaching basic scientificprinciples and demonstrating the operation of thoseprinciples in educational institutions.

"Software"A collection ofone or more "programmes" or"microprogrammes" fixed in any tangible medium ofexpression.

"Source code" (or source language)A convenient expression ofone or more processeswhich may be turned by a programming system intoequipment executable form ("object code" (orobject language».

"Spacecraft"Active and passive satellites and space probes.

"Space qualified"Products designed, manufactured and tested to meet thespecial electrical, mechanical or environmentalrequirements for use in the launch and deployment ofsatellites or high altitude flight systems operating ataltitudes of 100 km or higher.

"Special fissile material"Plutonium-239, uranium-233, uranium enriched in theisotopes 235 or 233, and any material containing theforegoing.

"Spectral efficiency"A figure ofmerit parametrized to characterize theefficiency of transmission system which uses complexmodulation schemes such as QAM (quadrature amplitudemodulation), Trellis coding, QSPK (Q-phased shift key),etc. It is defined as follows:

"Digital transfer rate"(bits/second)Spectral efficiency =

6 dB spectrum bandwidth (Hz)

"Splat Quenching"A process t4) "soliditY rapidly" a maiten metal 'stream

security ExportConttol SflptfHrllMr '.1 19

Page 82: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

1 continued

impinging upon a chilled block, fonning a flake-likeproduct.N.B.: uSolidify rapidly": solidylcation ofmolten material at&ooling rates exceeding 1,000 K/sec.

5 "Spread spectrum"The technique whereby energy in a relatively narrow­band communication channel is spread over a muchwider energy spectrum.

6 "Spread spectrum" radar - see "Radar spread spectrum"

4 "Sputtering"An overlay coating process wherein positively chargedions are accelerated by an electric field towards thesurface ofa target (coating material). The kinetic energyof the impacting ions is sufficient to cause target surfaceatoms to be released and deposited on the substrate.N.B.: Triode, magnetron or radio frequency sputtering toincrease adhesion ofcoating and rate ofdeposition areordinary modifications of the process.

ML 8 "Stabilisers"Sub!tances used in explosive formulations to improvetheir shelf-life.

7 "Stability"Standard deviation (1 sigma) of the variation of aparticular parameter from its calibrated value measuredunder stable temperature conditions.This can be expressed as a function of time.

2 3 "Stored programme controlled"5 A control using instructions stored in an electronic

storage which a processor can execute in order to directthe performance of predetermined functions.N.B.: Equipment may be Hstored programme controlled"whether the electronic storage is internal or external to theequipment.

3 "Substrate"A sheet of base material with or without aninterconnection pattern and on which or within which"discrete components" or integrated circuitsor both an be located.N.B.: "Discrete component": a separately packaged "circuitelement" with its own external connections.

6 "Substrate blanks"Monolithic compounds with dimensions suitable for theproduction of optical elements such as mirrors or opticalwindows.

2 9 "Superalloys"Nickel-, cobalt- or iron-base alloys having strengthssuperior to any alloys in the AISI 300 series attemperatures over 922 K (649°C) under severeenvironmental and operating conditions.

1 3 "Superconductive"6 8 Materials, i.e., metals, alloys or compounds, whichML 20 can lose all electrical resistance, i.e., which can attain

infinite electrical conductivity and carry very largeelectrical currents without Joule heating.N.B.: The "superconductive" state ofa material is individuallycharacterised by a "critical temperature", a critical magneticfield,which is afunction of temperature, and a critical current densitywhiCh is" however, afundion ofboth magneticfaeld andtemperature.

80 Security -Export Control September 1991

8 "Super High Power Laser" (SHPL)A ulaser" capable of delivering (the total or anyportion of) the output energy exceeding 1 kJ within50 ms or having an average or CW power exceeding20 kW.

1 2 "SuperplastiC' fonning"A deformation process using heat for metals that arenormally characterised by low values of elongation (lessthan 20%) at the breaking point as determined at roomtemperature by conventional tensile strength testing, inorder to achieve e1ongations during processing which areat least 2 times those values.

3 "Swept frequency network analysers"Involve the automatic measurement of equivalentcircuit parameters over a range of frequencies t involvingswept frequency measurement techniques but notcontinuous wave point-to-point measurements.

5 "Switch fabric"That hardware and associated "software" which providesthe physical or virtual connection path for in-transitmessage traffic being switched.

5 "Synchronous digital hierarchy't (SDH)A digital hierarchy providing a means to manage,multiplex and access various forms of digital traffic using asynchronous transmission format on different types ofmedia. The format is based on the SynchronousTransport Module (STM) which is defined by CCITTRecommendation G.703, G.707 t G.708, G.709 andothers yet to published. The first level rate of"SDH't is155.52 Mbit/s.

5 "Synchronous optical network" (SONET)A network providing a means to managet multiplex andaccess various forms of digital traffic using a synchronoustransmission format on fibre optics. The format is theNorth America version of "SDH" and also uses theSynchronous Transport Module (STM). Howevert ituses the Synchronous Transport Signal (STS) as the basictransport module with a first level rate of51.81 Ivlbit/s.The SONET standards are being integrated into those of"SDHtt .

6 "Systems tracks"Processedt correlated (fusion of radar target data to flightplan position) and updated aircraft flight position reportavailable to the Air Traffic Control centre cuntrollers.

4 "Systolic array computer"A computer where the flow and modification of the datais dynamically controllable at the logic gate level by theuser.

ML 7 "Tear gases"Gases which produce temporary irritating ordisabling effects which disappear within minutes ofremoval from exposure.

GTN "Technical assistance"May take forms, such as: instruction, skills, training,working knowledget consulting services.N.B.: HTechnical assistance" may involve tranifer of "technicaldata".

Page 83: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

"Vector Rate"

See "Two dimensional Vector Rate""Three dimensional Vector Rate"

Operation, instalIation (including on-siteinstalIation), maintenance (checking), repair, overhauland refurbishing.

"Variable geometry airfoils"Use trailing edge flaps or tabs, or leading edge slats orpivoted nose droop, the position of which can becontrolled in flight.

~.

'-. ;

"Vacuum Atomisation"A process to reduce a molten stream of metal to dropletsof a diameter of 500 micrometre or less py the rapidevolution ofa dissolved gas upon exposure to a vacuum.

"User-accessible programmability"The facility allowing a user to insert, modify or replace"programmes" by means other than;a. A physical change in wiring or interconnections;

orb.The setting of function controls including entry of

parameters.

(isotopic ratio; 0.72% )."Use" . ..

7

.. 56

GTN

..

"Terminal interface equipment"Equipment at which infonnation enters or leaves thetelecommunication system, e.g., telephone, data device,computer, facsimile device.

"Technical data"May take fonns such as blueprints, plans, diagrams,models, fonnulae, tables, engineering designs andspecifications, manuals and instructions written orrecorded on other media or devices such as disk,tape, read-only memories.

"Three dimensional Vector Rate"The number of vectors generated per second which have10 pixel poly line vectors, clip tested, randomly oriented,with either integer or floating point X-Y-Z coordinatevalues (whichever produces the maximum rate).

"Technology"Specific infonnation necessary for the"development", "production" or "use" ofa product.The infonnation takes the fonn of "technical data" or"technical assistance". Embargoed "technology" isdefined in the General Technology Note and in theInternational Industrial List.

GTN

GTN

..

..

2 "Tilting spindle"A tool-holding spindle which alters, during themachining process, the angular position of its centre linewith respect to any other axis.

6 "Time constant"The time taken from the application of a light stimulusfor the current increment to reach a value of 1-11e timesthe finalvalue (i.e., 63% of the final value).

5 "Total digital transfer rate"The number of bits, including line coding, overheadand so forth per unit time passing betweencorresponding equipment in a digital transmission system.(See also "digital transfer rate")

6 "Transfer laser"A "laser" in which the lasing species is excited throughthe transfer of energy by collision of a non-Iasing atom ormolecule with a lasing atom or molecule species.

6 "Tunable"The ability of a "laser" to produce a continuous output atall wavelengths over a range of several "laser" transitions.A line selectable "laser" produces discrete wavelengthswithin one "laser" transition and is not considered"tunable".

.. "Two dimensional Vector Rate"The number of vectors generated per second which have10 pixel poly line vectors, clip tested, randomly oriented,with either integer or floating point X-Y coordinatevalues (whichever produces the maximum rate).

AEL "Uranium enriched in the isotopes 235 or 233"A1 Uranium containing the isotopes 235 or 233, or both, in

an amount such that the abundance ratio of the sum ofthese isotopes to the isotope 238 is more than the ratio ofthe isotope 235 to the isotope 238 occurring in nature

Security Export Control September,1991 81

Page 84: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Cross Reference Index"Old" IL Item to "New" Category

These cross-reference lists are provided on an advisory basis only. They give an approximate indication of how the scope of the controlstranslates between the uold" and unew" Industrial Lists.

Note: Exporters are reminded that the requirement for an export licem:e is determined in law by the current Export of Goods(Control) Order, not bythis booklet which lists the controls on exports to the proscribed destinations. Goods may require an export licence even if they arefree from embargo.

uOld" IL Item uNew" Category uOld" IL Item uNew" Category "Old" IL Item UNew" Categorynumber/sub-item & clause number/sub-item & clause number/sub-item & clause

1001 (a(l ),b(l» no entry 1355 etc 3.E.l,2 1416(h)(4) 8.A.2.kno entry 2.E.3.a no entry 6.BA 1416(h)(5) 8.A.2.n1001(a(2-4) ,b) 2.E.3.b 1357 1.B.l a-e 1416(h)(6-9) 8.A.2.0.21080 9.0.1,2 1357 1.0 1416(h)(10} 8.A.2.l1080 etc 9.E.l,2 1357 etc 5.D.l.a 1416(h)(11) 8.A.2.p1080 2.E.3.c 1358(a) no entry 1417(a) no entry1080(1)(a,f,g) no entry 1358(b) 4.B.l 1417(b) 8.A.2.b1080(I)(b-e,k) 9.B.1.a-c 1358(c) 4.B.2,3 1417(c) 8.A.2.d1080(1)(h-j) 9.B.1.d-h 1358 4.E.l 1417(d) 8.A.2.i1080(1)(c,e,h-k) 9.0.1 no entry 9.B.8 1417(e) 8.A.2.e,f1080(I)(d) 9.D.4.e 1361 (a-c) no entry 1417(£) 8.A.2.g.11080(1)(i) 9.B.9 1361 (d) 9.B.2,5 1417(g) no entry1080(1) 9.D.4.f 1361(g) 9.B.3 1417(h)(1-3) 8.A.2.j1080(II) no entry 1361 (e) 9.E.3.b.l 1417(h)(4) no entry1080 etc 9.E.1,2 1361 etc 9.E.1 no entry 8.A.1.b.l,21081 1.B.3 1361 9.0.1 no entry 8.A.l.e1081 1.0 1362(a) 9.DA.a no entry 8.A.2.g.21081 2.E.3.c 1361 (d) 9.DA.b 1417 etc 8.A.2.0.31086(a,b(3,4),c) no entry 1362(b} 9.B.6 1417 etc 8.E.21086(b) 9.B.4 1362 etc 9.0.1 1417 8.E.l1086(b) 9.E.2 1362 etc 9.E.l 1417 8.0.11086 etc 9.0.1,2 1363 8.B 1417 etc 8.0.21088 2.B.3 1363 8.0.1 1418(a) 8.A.1.a,c-e1088 2.0.1 1364 8.A.2 1418(a) 8.A.2.a.l,21091 2.0.1 1370 2.0.1 1418(a)(3) 8.A.2.c1091 2.D.2.b 1370(a,b) 2.B.2 no entry 8.A.1.b.l,21091(a,b) 2.B.l 1370(a,b) 6.E.3.d 1418(b) 8.A.l.b.31091 (d,e) 2.B.8,9 1370(c,d) 2.B.2.a 1431 9.A.21091(c) 2.E.1,2,3.a 1370(c,d) 2.B.8 1460(a) no entry1099(a) no entry 1371 2.A.1-4 1460(d) 9.A.l1099(b-d) 2.0.1 no entry 2.A.5,6 1460(e) 9.A.31099(b-d) 2.B.6.a,b,c 1371 2.E.l,2 1460 7.D.3.dno entry 2.B.6.d 1385(a) 7.B.2 1460 etc 9.E.l,21131 no entry 1385(b) 7.B.3 1460 9.E.3.a,c,d1205(a) 3.A.1.e.l 1388(a-£) 2.B.5.a-f 1460 9.E.3.b.21205(a)(1) no entry no entry 2.B.5.g 1460 7.E.4.b,c1205(a)(2,3) 3.A.1.e.l.a,b 1388 2.0.1 1460 9.0.31205(a)(4) no entry 1389 2.E.3.d 1460 9.D.4.c,d1205(b(1-3» 6.A.2.a.3 1389 6.0.3 1465 9.AA-l11205(b)(4) 3.A.1.e.l.c 1389 etc 6.E.l,2 1465 etc 9.B.71205(c) no entry 1389 6.E.3.d 1465 etc 9.E.1,21301 1.B.2 1391 2.0.1 1485 7.0.1,21310 1.B.2 1391(a(4,10» 8.A.2.h 1485 7.D.3.a,b1312 2.B.4 1391(a,b) 2.B.7 1485 7.E.31312 2.0.1 1391 (a)(4) no entry 1485 7.EA.a1353(a-c) 5.B.1.a.2 1401 9.E.3.e 1485(a) no entry1353(d) 5.B.1.a 1416 8.0.1 1485(b,e) 7.A.31355 3.B.l,6 1416(a-c) 8.A.l.f-i 1485(c) 7.AA1355(b) 3.B.7.b 1416(d) no entry 1485(£h) 7.A.l1355(b)(2) 3.B.7.a 1416(e,£) 8.A.2.0.2 1485(g) 7.A.21355(b)(2) 3.B.8 1416(£)(1,3) 8.A.2.0.1 14850) 7.B.11355(b)(7) 3.B.9.a-c 1416(£)(4) 8.A.2.p 1485 etc 7.E.11355(b)(9) 3.B.9.d 1416(g) no entry 1501(b)(1)(C) 7.A.61355 etc 3.0.1,2 1416(h)(1) no entry 1501 (b)(4,5) 7.A.51355 etc 3.0.3 1416(h)(2) 8.A.2.m 1501(c) 6.A.8

82 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 85: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

"Old" IL Item "New" Category "Old" IL Item "New" Category "Old" IL Item "New" Categorynumber/sub-item & clause number/sub-item & clause number/sub-item &dall4e.

1501(e) 6.B.8 1529(e) 3.A.2.d 1567(a) 5.A.1.c.81501(e) 6.D.l,2,3 1529(£) 3.A.2.f no entry 5.A.1.e.91501 ete 7.E.2 1529(g) no entry 1567(b)(2) 5.A.1.e.1,31502 6.A.2.b,e,d 1529(h) no entry 1567(b)(4) 5.A.1.e.21502 ete 6.CA.a-f 1529(i) 5.B.1.b.l,2 1567(b) 5.A.l.e.7no entry 6.CA.g 1529G) 3.A.2.f,h 1567(b) 5.A.1.e.111502 N 4 5.A.1.b.ll 1529 3.D.1 1567(b) 5.A.1.d1510(a) 6.A.l.a 1531 ete 5.D.1.e.2 1567 5.A.l.e.l01510(a) 6.D.3.a 1531 ete 5.E.l.b.7 1567 ete 5.A.2.f1510(b) 6.A.1.b 1531(a) 3.A.2.g 1567 ete 5.B.1.ano entry 6.A.1.e 1531 (b-d) 3.A.2.b 1567 ete 5.D.1.a,b1516(a) 5.A.1.b.9 1533(a) 3.A.2.e.1 1567 ete 5.D.1.e.11516(b) 5.A.1.b.8 1533(b) 3.A.2.e.2 1567 ete 5.E.1.a1516(b) 5.A.2.e 1533(e,d) 5.B.1.a 1567 5.E.1.bA,51516 ete 5.E.1.a 1533(d) 3.A.2.e 1567 ete 5.E.1.b.61517 5.A.1.b.7 1534 no entry 1567(b) ete 5.E.1.b.81517(e) 5.A.1.b.8 1537(a,£) 3.A.1.b.6,7 1568(a,b) 4.A.3.b1517(e) 5.A.2.e 1537(d) 5.A.1.f 1568(a,b) 4.A.3.j1517 ete 5.E.1.a 1537(f,h) 3.A.1.b.2 1568(e) 4.A.2.b1518 no entry 1537(g) 3.A.1.b.5 1568(d) 3.A.l.f1519 ete 5.B.1.a 1537(h) 3.A.1.bA 1568(e) no entry1519 ete 5.D.1.a 1545 3.A.1.b.3 1571(a,b) 6.A.6.a-d1519 5.D.1.c.3 1548(b-d) 6.A.2.a no entry 6.A.6.e, f1519 5.E.l.b.l 1548(d) 6.A.2.b 1571 (c) 6.A.6.g1519(a) 5.A.1.b.1-3 no entry 6.A.2.a.1 1571(e) 6.D.3.f1519(a) 5.A.1.c.11 1548 ete 6.0.2 no entry 6.E.3.f1519(b) 5.A.l.b.4.a-d 1549 6.A.2.a.2 1572(a) 3.A.2.a1519(e) 5.B.1.a 1553 a 3.A.1.e.5 1572(d) no entry1519(e) 5.B.1.b.1 1555(a) 6.A.2.a.2 1573(a,b) 3.A.1.e.3151gete 5.E.1.a 1556(a-e) 6.A.2.a.2 1574(b) 3.A.1.d,e.41520(a) 5.A.1.b.5 1556(d) no entry 1574 3.E.2.e1520(a)(2)(C) 5.A.l.b.6 no entry 6.AA.a-e 1574 6.A.6.h1520(a,b) 5.B.1.a,b 1556 6.E.3 1585(a-e,gj) 6.A.3.a1520(e) 5.B.1.b.3 1558 3.A.1.b.1 1585(i) no entry1520 ete 5.0. La 1560 3.A.1.e.2 1586 3.A.1.e1520 ete 5.E.l.a 1561 1.e.1.a 1586(e) 3.A.1.e.31522 ete 5.E.1.b.2 no entry 1.e.1.b 1588 4.E.l1522 6.A.5 1564 3.A.1.a 1595 6.A.7no entry 6.A.5.a.2.d 1564(a)(13) 3.A.1.b.2 1595 6.B.7no entry 6.A.5.a.5.e.2 1565(d)(2,3) 4.A.2 1602 ete 4.Cno entry 6.A.5.f 1565(£)(1) 4.A.1.a.1 1610(a) 1.e.2.a.2no entry 6.A.5.g 1565(£)(2,5) 4.A.1.b 1610(b,e) 1.C.2.b,e1522 6.B.5 1565(£)(2) 5.A.2.d 1610 1.C.2.a,b1522 6.e.5.a 1565(£)(3) 5.A.1.a.1,2 1610 1.CAno entry 6.C.5.b 1565(£)(3) 4.A.1.a.2 1631 1.e.31522 6.0.1 1565(£)(5) 5.A.2.f 1648 1.e.3no entry 6.E.3.e.l,2 1565(h)(l,2) 4.A.3 1661 1.e.31526(b)(l,3,4) 5.A.1.e 1565(h)(1) 4.AA 1672 1.e.2.a.l1526(b)(2) no entry 1565 ete 4.E.l 1675 1.C.51526(b)(5) 5.A.1.a.1,2 1565G) 4.E.2 1702 1.C.6.a.l,21526(d) 5.A.2.g 1565(h)(2)(£) 5.A.1.b.3.e 1710(a-e) 1.C.6.a-e1526 ete 5.B.1.a 1565(h) 5.A.1.b.10 1710(d) no entry1526 ete 5.E.1.b.3 1565(h)(2)(F) 5.A.1.e.8 1715(a) no entry1526(e) 6.A.2.d.3 1565 ete 5.E.1.b.6 1715(b) 1.C.7.a,b,dno entry 6.AA.f 1566(b)(5) 2.D.2.a 1733 1.e.71526(a) ete 8.A.2.a.3 1566 4.E.1 1733 1.E.2.e1527 5.A.2.a-e 1566 4.0.1,2 1746(a) 1.E.21527 5.A.2.e no entry 4.D.3.a 1746(d,i) 1.E.2.a1527 5.B.2.a,b 1566(b)(4,5) 4.D.3.b-f 1746 1.A.31527 5.D.2.a-e 1566 ete 5.D.1.eA 1746 1.C.81527 5.E.2 1566 5.D.1.e.5 1746 ete LE. 11527 ete 5.E.1.a 1566(a)(5) 5.D.2.a 1746 (e) 1.E.2.d1529 ete 5.B.1.a 1566(a(2,4)) 5.D.2.a-e.2 no entry 1.E.2.e,f1529 5.A.1.a.3 1566 6.D.3 1754(a) 1.C.91529(b) no entry 1566 ete 7.D.3.e 1754(a) 1.E.2.b1529(e,d) 3.A.2.g 1567(a) 5.A.1.eA-6 1754(a)(3) no entry

Security Export ~ontrol .seprem;,.~-1991 83

Page 86: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

"Old" IL Item IlNew" Category aNew" Category (lOld" IL Item ICNew" Category ICOld" IL Itemnumber/sub-item &dause &dause number/sub-item & clause number/sub-item

1754(b(1,4» no entry 2.B.l 1091 (a,b) no entry 1529(g)1754(b(2,3» 1.A.l.a,b 2.B.2 1370(a,b) no entry l529(h)1754(b)(2) 1.A.l.a,e 2.B.2.a 1370(e,d) 3.B.l,6 13551755 1.C.6.b.2 2.B.3 1088 3.B.7.a 1355(b) (2)1757(a,b,e,e-i,k) no entry 2.BA 1312 3.B.7.b 1355(b)1757(e) 6.C.2.a,b no entry 1131 3.B.8 1355(b)(2)1759 8.C 2.B.5.a-f 1388(a-£) 3.B.9.a-e 1355(b)(7)1763(d) 1.A.2 2.B.5.g no entry 3.B.9.d 1355(b)(9)1763 l.B.1.f no entry 1099(a) no entry 1757(a,b,e,e-i,k)1763 1.C.I0 2.B.6.a,b,e 1099(b-d) 3.D.l 15291767 5.C.l 2.B.6.d no entry 3.D.l,2 1355 ete1767 6.C.2.e 2.B.7 1391(a,b) 3.D.3 1355 ete1781(a) no entry 2.B.8 1370(e,d) 3.E.l,2 1355 ete178l(b) 1.C.6.b.l 2.B.8,9 1091 (d,e) 3.E.2.e 1574

2.D.1 1088 4.A.1.a.l 1565(£)(1)uNew"Category to 2.D.l 1091 4.A.1.a.2 1565(£)(3)

uOld" IL Item 2.D.1 1099(b-d) 4.A.1.b 1565(£)(2,5)2.D.l 1312 4.A.2 1565(d)(2,3)

uNewJl Category ((Old" IL Item 2.D.l 1370 4.A.2.b 1568(e)

& clause number/sub-item 2.D.l 1388 4.A.3 1565(h)(1,2)2.D.l 1391 4.A.3.b 1568(a,b)

no entry 1754(b(1,4» 2.D.2.a 1566(b)(5) 4.A.3J 1568(a,b)1.A.l.a,b 1754(b(2,3» 2.D.2.b 1091 4.AA 1565(h)(1)1.A.l.a,e 1754(b)(2) 2.E.1,2 1371 4.B.1 1358(b)l.A.2 1763(d) 2.E.1,2,3.a 1091 (e) 4.B.2,3 1358(e)1.A.3 1746 2.E.3.a no entry no entry 1358(a)1.B.l.a-e 1357 no entry 1001 (a(l),b(l» 4.C 1602 ete1.B.1.f 1763 2.E.3.b 1001 (a(2-4),b) 4.D.1,2 15661.B.2 1301 2.E.3.e 1080 4.D.3.a no entry1.B.2 1310 2.E.3.e 1081 4.D.3.b-f 1566(b)(4,5)l.B.3 1081 2.E.3.d 1389 4.E.1 13581.C.1.a 1561 3.A.1.a 1564 4.E.1 1565 etel.C.1.b no entry 3.A.1.b.1 1558 4.E.1 15661.C.2.a,b 1610 3.A.l.b.2 1537(f,h) 4.E.1 15881.C.2.a.1 1672 3.A.1.b.2 1564(a)(13) 4.E.2 15650)l.C.2.a.2 1610(a) 3.A.1.b.3 1545 5.A.1.a.1,2 1526(b)(5)1.C.2.b,e 1610(b,e) 3.A.1.bA 1537(h) 5.A.l.a.1,2 1565(f)(3)1.C.3 1631 3.A.1.b.5 1537(g) 5.A.l.a.3 1529l.C.3 1648 3.A.1.b.6,7 1537(a,f) 5.A.1.b.1-3 1519(a)1.C.3 1661 3.A.1.c 1586 5.A.1.b.3.e 1565(h)(2)(t)1.CA 1610 3.A.l.e.3 1586(e) 5.A.l.bA.a-d 1519(b)l.C.5 1675 3.A.l.d,e.4 1574(b) 5.A.1.b.5 1520(a)l.C.6.a-e 1710(a-e) 3.A.1.e.l 1205(a) 5.A.l.b.6 1520(a)(2)(C)no entry 1710(d) 3.A.1.e.1.a,b 1205(a)(2,3) 5.A.1.b.7 15171.C.6.a.1,2 1702 3.A.1.e.1.e 1205(b)(4) 5.A.l.b.8 1516(b)1.C.6.b.l 1781(b) 3.A.l.e.2 1560(a,b) 5.A.1.b.8 1517(c)no entry 1781 (a) 3.A.1.e.3 1573(a,b) 5.A.1.b.9 1516(a)1.C.6.b.2 1755 3.A.1.e.5 1553(a) 5.A.1.b.l0 1565(h)1.C.7 1733 3.A.1.f 1568(d) 5.A.1.b.11 1502 N 4no entry 1715(a) no entry 1205(a)(4) 5.A.1.c.1,3 1567(b)(2)1.C.7.a,b,d 1715(b) no entry 1205(e) 5.A.1.e.2 1567(b)(4)1.C.8 1746 no entry 1205(a)(1) 5.A.l.cA-6 1567(a)l.C.9 1754(a) no entry 1568(e) 5.A.1.c.7 1567(b)no entry 1754(a)(3) no entry 1572(d) 5.A.l.c.8 1565(h)(2)(F)1.C.10 1763 3.A.2.a 1572(a) 5.A.1.e.8 1567(a)1.D 1081 3.A.2.b 1531 (b-d) 5.A.1.c.9 no entry1.D 1357 3.A.2.c.l 1533(a) 5.A.1.c.l0 1567I.E.l 1746 ete 3.A.2.c.2 1533(b) 5.A.1.c.l1 1519(a) etc1.E.2 1746(a) 3.A.2.d 1529(e) 5.A.1.e.l1 1567(b)l.E.2.a 1746(d,i) 3.A.2.e 1533(d) 5.A.1.d 1567(b)1.E.2.b 1754(a) 3.A.2.f 1529(f) 5.A.1.e 1526(b)(1,3,4)1.E.2.e 1733 3.A.2.g 1529(c,d) no entry 1526(b)(2)1.E.2.d 1746(e) 3.A.2.g 1531 (a) 5.A.1.f 1537(d)1.E.2.e,f no entry 3.A.2.f,h 15290) 5.A.2.a-e 15272.A.1-4 1371 no entry 1529(b) 5.A.2.d 1565(£)(2)2.A.5,6 no entry 5.A.2.e 1516(b)

84 Security Export Contr~~~!!P!~~J!!9J_________

Page 87: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

"New" Category "Old" IL Item "New" Category "Old" IL Ittm ItNew'l cau,~.~ "(){,I:~ f:(. ,ltml",. ,& clause number/sub-item & clause number/sub-item & clause numbn-lSub-ittm ' 'k

5.A.2.e 1517(e) 6.A.5.g no entry 8.A.2.j 1417(h)(1-3)5.A.2.e 1527 6.A.6.a-d 1571 (a,b) 8.A.2.k 1416(h)(4)5.A.2.f 1565(£)(5) 6.A.6.e,f no entry 8.A,2.l 1416(h)(10)5.A.2.f 1567 ete 6.A.6.g 1571 (c) 8.A.2.m 1416(h)(2)

5.A.2.g 1526(d) 6.A.6.h 1574 8.A.2.n 1416(h)(5)

5.B.1.a 1353(d) 6.A.7 1595 ·8.A.2.o.1 1416(£)(1,3)

5.B.l.a 1519(e) 6.A.8 1501(e) 8.A.2.o.2 1416(e,£)

5.B.1.a 1519 ete 6.Bo4 no entry 8.A.2.o.2 1416(h)(6-9)

5.B.1.a 1526 ete 6.B.5 1522 8.A.2.o.3 1417 ete

5.B.1.a 1529 ete 6.B.7 1595 8.A.2.p 1416(£)(4)

5.B.1.a 1533(e,d) 6.B.8 1501(e) 8.A.2.p 1416(h)(11)

5.B.l.a 1567 ete 6.C.2.a,b 1757(e) 8.B 1363

5.B.1.a,b 1520(a,b) 6.C.2.e 1767 8.C 1759

5.B.1.a.2 1353(a-e) 6.C.4.a-f 1502 ete 8.D.1 1363

5.B.1.b.1 1519(e) 6.Co4.g no entry 8.D.1 1416

5.B.1.b.1,2 1529(i) 6.C.5.a 15228.D.1 14178.D.2 1417 ete5.B.1.b.3 1520(e) 6.C.5.b no entry8.E.l 1417

5.B.2.a,b 1527 6.D.l 15228.E.2 1417ete

5.C.l 1767 6.D.l,2,3 1501(e)1086(a,b(3,4),e)

5.D.1.a 1357 ete 6.D.2 1548 eteno entry

5.D.1.a 1519 ete 6.D.3 1389no entry 146O(a)9.A.1 1460(d)

5.D.1.a 1520 etc 6.D.3 1566 9.A.2 14315.D.1.a,b 1567 etc 6.D.3.a 1510(a) 9.A.3 1460(e)5.D.1.c.1 1567 etc 6.D.3.f 1571(e) 9.Ao4-l1 14655.D.1.c.2 1531 ete 6.E.l,2 1389 ete 9.B.1.a-e 1080(1)(b-e,k)5.D.1.e.3 1519 6.E.3 1556 9.B.1.d-h 1080(1)(h-j)5.D.1.c.4 1566 ete 6.E.3.d 1370(a,b) no entry 1361(a-c)5.D.1.e.5 1566 ete 6.E.3.d 1389 9.B.2,5 1361 (d)5.D.2.a 1566(a)(5) 6.E.3.e.l,2 no entry 9.B.3 1361(g)5.D.2.a-c 1527 6.E.3.f no entry 9.B.4 1086(b)5.D.2.a-e.2 1566(a(2,4» no entry 1518 9.B.6 1362(b)5.E.1.a 1516 ete 7.A.l 1485(f,h) 9.B.7 1465 ete5.E.1.a 1517 ete 7.A.2 1485(g) 9.B.8 no entry5.E.l.a 1519 ete 7.A.3 1485(b,e) 9.B.9 1080(1)(i)S.E.1.a 1520 ete 7.A.4 1485(e) 9.0.1 1080(1)(e,e,h-k)5.E.l.a 1527 ete 7.A.S 1501(b)(4,5) 9.D.l 1361S.E.1.a 1567 ete 7.A.6 1501(b)(1)(C) 9.D.1 1362 ete5.E.1.b.l 1519 7.B.l 14850) 9.D.l,2 10805.E.1.b.2 1522 ete 7.B.2 1385(a) 9.D.l,2 1086 eteS.E.1.b.3 1526 ete 7.B.3 1385(b) no entry 1080(I)(a,f,g)5.E.1.bo4,5 1567 7.0.1,2 1485 9.D.3 1460

5.E.l.b.6 1565 ete 7.D.3.a,b 1485 9.Do4.a 1362(a)

5.E.l.b.6 1567 ete 7.D.3.e 1566 ete 9.Do4.b . 1361 (d)

5.E.1.b.7 1531 ete 7.D.3.d 1460 9.Do4.e,d 1460

5.E.1.b.8 1567(b) ete 7.E.l 1485 ete 9.Do4.e 1080(1) (d)

5.E.2 1527 7.E.2 1501 ete 9.Do4.f 1080(1)

6.A.1.a 1510(a) 7.E.3 1485 9.E.1 1361 ete

6.A.1.b 1510(b) 7.Eo4.a 1485 9.E.l 1362 ete

6.A.1.e no entry 7.Eo4.b,e 1460 9.E.l,2 1080 ete

6.A.2.a.1,3 1548(b-d) 8.A.1.a,e-e 1418(a) 9.E.l,2 1460 ete

6.A.2.a.2 1555 8.A.1.b.1,2 no entry 9.E.l,2 1465 ete

6.A.2.a.2 1556(a-c) 8.A.1.b.3 1418(b) 9.E.2 1086(b)

6.A.2.a.2 1549 8.A.1.e no entryno entry 1080(II)

6.A.2.a.3 1205(b(1-3» 8.A.l.f-i 1416(a-e)9.E.3.a,e,d 1460

6.A.2.b 1548(d) 8.A.2 13649.E.3.b.l 1361(e)9.E.3.b.2 1460

6.A.2.b,e,d 1502 no entry 1391 (a)(4) 9.E.3.e 14016.A.2.d.3 1526(e) 8.A.2.a.l,2 1418(a) 1416(d)6.A.3.a 1585(a-e,gj) 8.A.2.a.3 1526(a) ete

no entryno entry 1416(g)

no entry 1585(i) 8.A.2.b 1417(b) no entry 1416(h)(i)no entry 1556(d) 8.A.2.e 1418(a)(3) no entry 1417(a)6.A.4.a-e no entry 8.A.2.d 1417(e) no entry 1417(g)6.A.4.f no entry 8.A.2.e,f 1417(e) no entry 1417(h)(4)6.A.5 1522 8.A.2.g.1 1417(£) no entry 1485(a)6.A.5.a.2.d no entry 8.A.2.g.2 no entry no entry 15346.A.5.a.5.e.2 no entry 8.A.2.h 1391(a(4,10»6.A.5.f no entry 8.A.2.i 1417(d)

Security ~xportControl September 1!J91' 85

Page 88: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Combined Index toInternational ListsAbsorbers ofelectromagnetic wavesAccelerometer axis align stationAccelerometers and components

for guidance systemsAccelerometers and components

for inertial navigationAccess control equipment NDAcoustic projectorsAcoustic systems, marineAcoustic systems, marine vehicle positionAcoustic systems, passiveAcoustic vibration equipmentAcoustic wave devices, acoustic-opticAcoustic wave devices, bulkAcoustic wave devices, surface

and surface skimmingAcoustics NDAcoustics ND ChinaAcoustics softwareActive magnetic bearingsAdaptive control softwareAdditives, explosivesAdjustable flow path technologyAero gas turbine enginesAerodynamic separationAerospace components from

fluorinated materialsAir data systemsAirborne equipmentAircraft components from

fluorinated materialsAlexandriteAlkylphenylene ethersAlloyed materialsAltimeters, airborneAluminium alloysAluminium oxides technologyAnununitionAmorphous alloy stripsAmorphous alloy stripsAmphibious vehiclesAmplifiers,microwaveAngular measuring equipmentAntennae, phased arrayAnti-friction bearingsArgon arc lights for underwaterAnned armoured vehiclesAnnoured plateAnnoured railway trainsAromatic polyamide fibres technologyAromatic polyamide-imidesAromatic polyetherimidesAromatic polyimidesArray processorsArrays, focal planeArrays, focal planeArrays, hydrophoneArrays, photoconductiveArticulated manipulators for underwaterArticulated manipulators for underwater NDAssociated signallingAsynchronous transfer mode (ATM)ATM (Asynchronous transfer mode)Attitude control

I.C.1.7.B.3.£

7.A.I.

7.A.1.5 NOTES PT 2. 4.a.6.A.l.a.1.c.6.A.l.a.6.A.l.a.1.d.6.A.l.a.2.9.B.6.3.A.I.c.3.3.A.1.c.2.

3.A.l.c.1.6. NOTES 1.6. NOTES 11.6.D.3.a.2.A.52.D.2.a.ML89.E.3.a.11.9.A.1.B1 •

LA.1.7.D.3.d.6.ML10

LA.1.6.C.5.b.1.C.6.b.1.1.C.2.c.7.A.6.1.C.2.a.2.d.1.E.2.c.1.a.1.ML31.C.2.b.l.d.l.C.3.c.ML63.A.1.b.4.2.B.6.b.2.6.A.8.e.2.A.8.A.2.g.2.ML6ML13ML61.E.2.d.1.C.8.a.2.1.C.8.a.4.1.C.8.a.3.4.A.3. NOTE 1.6.A.2.a.l.6.A.2.a.3.6.A.1.a.2.b.6.A.2.d.3.8.A.2.i.8. NOTE.5.A.l.c.2.5.A.I.c.l0.5.A.l.c.l0.7.A.3.

Attitude heading reference systemssource code

Automatic hand-offAutomatic teller machines NDAvionic or mission systems source codeAvionics test equipment

Ball bearingsBaseband modems (see modems)Bathymetric survey systems •Batteries and primary cellsBatteries and rechargeable cellsBeam steering, underwaterBearing componentsBearing systemsBearings, active magneticBearings, anti-frictionBearings, ball and solid rollerBearings, fabric linedBearings, gas-lubricatedBearings, solid tapered rollerBeryllium (metal, alloys and compounds)Beryllium berylliumBiocatalystsBiological agentsBiopolymersBiphenyleneBismaleimidesBit error rate test equipmentBlade and vane directional

solidification equipmentBlade and vane single crystal

casting equipmentBody armourBombsBonding systems for solid rocketsBorides of titaniumBorides of titaniumBoron carbides technologyBoron nitrides technologyBrayton Cycle engineBreathing equipmentBridgesBroadcast equipmentBrombenzyl cyanideBrush seal manufacturing equipmentBrush seal test equipment

Cable systems, secureCables and connectors, fibre optic,for submersiblesCAD softwareCadmium tellurideCamerasCameras ND ChinaCameras, high speedCameras, reconnaissanceCameras, streakCameras, underwater 35mmCannonCapacitorsCarbinesCarbon coated fibre preformsCarbon fibreCarbon fibre composite structuresCarbon fibre laminatesCarbon fibre prefonnsCarbon matrix composite structuresCarbon matrix laminates

7.D.2.5.A.l.c.7.5 NOTES PT 2. 4.7.D.3.c.7.B.1.

2.A.1.5.A.l.6.A.1.a.l.a.3.A.l.e.l.a.3.A.l.e.l.b.5.A.1.b.11.2.A.2.A.2.A.52.A.2.A.l.2.A.62.A.4.2.A.3.A96.C.4.d.ML7ML7ML71.C.8.b.l.a.1.C.8.a.1.5.B.1.b.1.

9.B.1.c.

9.B.l.c.ML 13ML49.A.8.a.1.C.7.a.1.C.7.b.1.E.2.c.1.a.3.1.E.2.c.l.a.2.8.A.2.j.1.ML 105.A.l.b .NOTE a.l1.5.A.2.c.5.ML79.B.3.9.B.3.

5.A.2.g.

8.A.2.a.3.3.D.3.6.C.2.b.6.A.3.6. NOTES 11.6.A.3.a.ML 126.A.3.a.3.8.A.2.e.ML23.A.1.e.2.MLll.C.10.e.l.C.10.b.1.A.2.b.1.A.2.b.1.C.I0.e.2.1.A.2.b.1.A.2.b.

86 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 89: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

CastingsCatalysts for Isotope ExchangeCathodesCathodic arc deposition equipmentCellular radioCellular radio equipment ND

to Pol/Hun/Czech & Slov PRCellular radio technologyCeramic base materialsCeramic core leaching equipmentCeramic core manufacturing equipmentCeramic cores for blades and vanesCeramic non-composite materialsCeramic precursor materialsCeramic shell burnout equipmentCeramic shell firing equipmentCeramic shell wax pattern

preparation equipmentCeramic shells for blades and vanesCeramic, base material technologyCeramic, non-composite material

technologyCeramic-ceramic compositesCeramic-ceramic compositesCeramic-matrix composite materialsCeramic-matrix composite materialsChemical agentsChemical scrubber or absorberChemical vapour deposition equipment

for fibre substratesChemicalsCWorofluorocarbonsCircuit switchesCircuit switching equipment FCCoating technology for non-electric

substratesCoding techniquesCoherent optical transmission and detectionCombined cycle enginesCommingled fibresCommon channel signallingCommon channel signalling ND ChinaCommunications channel controllerCommunications channel controllersCommunications measuring and test

equipment ND ChinaCompassesCompasses, gyro-astroComponents for gas turbine enginesComponents for launch vehiclesComponents for liquid rocket

propulsion systemsComponents for solid rocket

propulsion systemsComponents from fluorinated materialsComponents from fluoroelastomersComposite components for launch vehiclesComposite gas turbine component

technologyComposite propeller blade technologyComposite prop£m technologyComposite rocket motor cases,

filament woundComposite structuresComposite structures repair technologyComposite theoretical performance (CTP)Composite theoretical performance (CTP)

embargo limitComposite theoretical performance

ML16A153.A.l.b.l.c.2.B.5.£5.A.l.c.7.

5 NOTES PT 2. 3.5.E.l.b.7.1.C.7.a.9.B.1.£9.B.l.e.9.B.l.d.1.C.7.b.1.C.7.e.9.B.l.h.9.B.l.h.

9.B.l.g.9.B.l.d.l.E.2.c.

l.E.2.c.1.C.7.c.l.C.7.d.l.C.7.c.1.C.7.d.ML78.A.2j.2.a.

I.B.l.d.2.ML7l.C.6.a.2.5Al.c.8.5 NOTES PT 1. 14.

2.E.3.d.5 NOTES PT 2. Lb.5.A.t.b.4.c.9.A.ll.1.C.tO.d.2.5.A.l.c.1.5 NOTES PT 1. 9.5.A.l.c.8.a.5At.b.3.b.

5 NOTES PT 1. 6.ML97.A.4.9.A.3.9.A.I0.

9.A.6.

9.A.8.tAl.l.A.l.c.9.A.tO.

9.E.3.a.4.9.E.3.b.2.9.E.3.b.2.

9.A.8.b.1.A.2.I.E.2.£4. TechNote

4.A.3.c.

processing/enhancementCompound rotary tablesComputer assemblies for parallel

performance enhancementComputerequipmentNDComputers and assembliesComputers ND ChinaComputers, digitalComputers, digital FCComputers, digital NDComputers, fault toleranceComputers, hybrid and assembliesComputers, medicalComputers,specificsofrwareComputers, systolic array, neural, opticalConductive polymersConnectors, fibre optic, for submersiblesConstruction equipmentControl ofposition ofsubmersiblesControl ofsea-induced motion ofvesselsControl systems for gas turbine developmentControl systems for wind tunnelsConverters, A-to-D and D-to-AConverters, frequencyCooled turbine blade technologyCoolers, cryo- and mini­Copper matrix alloysCourse indicatorsCross-field amplifier tubesCryocoolersCryogenic equipmentCryogenic heat pipes for spacecraftCryogenic refrigeration systems for aircraftCryogenic refrigerators for spacecraftCryogenic systems for spacecraftCryptanalytic functionsCryptographic sofrware NDCryptography employing analogue

techniquesCryptography employing digital techniquesCTP - also see composite theoreticalperformanceCVD equipmentCVD equipment for non electronic

substrates

Damping fluidsData acquisition systems for gas

turbine developmentData acquisition systems for wind tunnelsData authentication equipment NDData base for terrain, source codeData communication protocol analyzers,

testers, etc.Data compressionData processing systems for gas turbinedevelopment

Data processing systems for wind tunnelsData processing, marineData processing, radarData systems, airData systems, air, technologyDatagramDecryptionDemolition chargt.-sDepleted uraniumDeposition technology for non-electronicsubstratesDepth charges

4.A.3.g.-:2.8.9.

4.A.3.d.4. NOTES 2.4.A.1.4. NOTES 4.4.A.3.4. NOTES 3.4. NOTES 1.4.A.3.b.4.A.2.4.A.3. NOTE 3.4.0.34.A.4.I.C.1.c.8.A.2.a.3.MLt78.A.2.b.8.A.2.n.9.B.2.9.8.5.4.A.2.C69.E.3.a.6.6.A.2.d.I.CA.ML93.A.l.b.l.b.6.A.2.d.ML209.A.6.a.9.A.6.b.9.A.6.a.9.A.6.a.5.A.2.b.5 NOTES PT 2. 4.b.

5.A.2.c.5.A.2.a.

4.A.3.c.3.B.4.

2.B.5.a.

I.C.6.c.

9.8.2.9.B.5.5 NOTES PT 2. 4.b.7.D.3.b.3.

5.B.l.b.2.5 NOTES PT 2. Lb.

9.B.2.9.B.5.6.A.I.a.2.c.6.A.8.i.7.D.3.d.6.7.EA.a.2.5.A.l.c.5.5 NOTES PT 2. Le.ML4A2

2.E.3.d.ML4

security Expott Control September 7997 87

Page 90: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Depth sounders 6.A.l.a.l. Enclosures for noise reduction ofDetection devices, underwater ML9 diesels underwater 8.A.2J.2.c.Detectors, optical 6.A.2.a. Engine electronic test facility software 9.D.4.c.Deuterated paraffins A3 Engine test data validation software 9.DA.b.Deuterium A3 Engine, Brayton Cycle 8.A.2J.1.Deuterium production plant A5 Engine, Stirling Cycle 8.A.2J.l.Development software for propulsion Engines, electric propulsion, liquid cooled 8.A.2.o.2.b.

systems 9.D.1. Engines, electric propulsion,Development technology for propulsion superconductive 8.A.2.o.2.c.

systems 9.E.1. Engines, submarines ML9Diamond cutting tools 2.B.8.e. Epitaxial growth equipment 3.B.1.Diamond material 6.CA.g. Epitaxial reactors - ND China 3. NOTEa.Dibromotetratluoroethane 1.C.6.c.l. Equipment for manufacturing powderDiesel engine ceramic component metal components 9.B.9.

technology 9.E.3.e.2.a. Equipment for solid state joining 9.BA.Diesel engine cylinder wall lubrication Etching equipment, dry plasma 3.B.3.technology 9.E.3.e.3. Exhaust systems for underwater diesels 8.A.2.j.2.d.Diesel engine multifuel system technology 9.E.3.e.2.c. Expert systems, numericalDiesel engine technology 9.E.3.e.1. control - technology 2.E.3.a.3.Diesel engine turbocharger technology 9.E.3.e.2.b. Explosives ML8DiffiJsion bonding equipment 1.B.3.DiffiJsion bonding technology 2.E.3.b.l Fabric lined bearings 2.A.6DiffiJsion bonding technology 9.E.3.a.8. Fabrication plant, fuel element B4Digital cellular radio software 5.D.1.c.2. Facimile equipment 5.A.2.cA.Digital cross connect &quipment 5.A.l.b.2. FADEC system software 9.D.3.Digital crossconnect equipment 5.A.1.b. NOTE a.10. FADEC technology 9.E.3.a.lO.Digital crossconnect equipment 5.A.l.c.11. Fans, lift, for hovercraft 8.A.2.1.Digital modulation - telecoms 5.A.i .b.6.b. Fast Fouriertransforms 6.A.1.a.2.c.Digital radio equipment ND 5 NOTES PT 1. 5. Fast select 5.A.1.c.6.Digital transfer rate - telecoms 5.A.l.b.1. Fibre optic hull penetrators and connectors 8.A.2.c.Dimensional inspection machines 2.B.6.a. Fibre optic image inverters 6.A.2.a.2.b.l.Direct-acting hydraulic pressing technology 2.E.3.b.1 Fibre optics for submersibles 8.A.2.a.3.Directed energy weapons ML23 Fibres production equipment l.B.1.d.Direction finding equipment source code 7.D.3.d.5. Fibres, carbon, inorganic or organic 1.C.lO.Direction finding equipment technology 7.EA.a.1. Fibrous and filamentary composite structures 1.A.2.b.Directional solidification casting Fibrous and filamentary laminates l.A.2.b.

control software 9.DA.e. Fibrous and filamental)' material 1.C.lO.Directional solidification equipment for Field engineering equipment ML 17

blades/vanes 9.B.l.c. Filament winding machines 1.B.1.a.Directionally solidified blade and vane Filament wound composite rockettechnology 9.E.3.a.1. motor cases 9.A.8.b.Disk drives 4.A.3.e. Film processing ML 12Disk drives - technology 4.E.2.c. Filters, electronic 3.A.l.b.5.Disk drives ND 4. NOTES 2. Fire bombs ML4Disk/head materials 4.C. Fire control equipment ML5Display technology 7.EA.a.3. Fissile materials A1 and A14Displays 4.A.3.i. Flame throwers ML2Displays, head-up, source code 7.D.3.d.7. Flash discharge X-ray systems and tubes 3.A.l.e.5Diving apparatus ML17 Flight and propulsion systems source code 7.D.3.d.2.Doppler radar velocity source code 7.D.3.b.1. Flight control development technology 7.EA.b.Doppler signal processing 6.A.8.g. Flight control systems source code 7.D.3.dA.Drilling equipment for gas turbine Flight management systems source code 7.D.3.d.l.

blades and vanes 9.B.1.b. Flightweight dewars 9.A.6.a.Dynamic adaptive routing 5.A.1.cA. Flotation fluids 1.C.6.c.Dynamic adaptive routing 5.A.l.d.2. Fluids 1.C.6.Dynamic wavefront measuring equipment 6.A.5.g.1. Fluoride compounds 6.CA.e.1.

Fluoride fibre cable 6.AA.£Electric propulsion engines, liquid cooled 8.A.2.o.2.b. Fluorinated compound manufactures 1.A.1.Electrical discharge machines non wire type 2.B.l.c.3. Fluorinated compounds, unprocessed 1.C.9.Electrical discharge machines wire type 2.B.l.c.2. Fluorinated phosphazene elastomers l.C.9.c.Electrolytic cells (fluorine production) C3 Fluorinated polyimides 1.C.9.b.Electromagnetic energy storage 3.A.l.eA. Fluorinated silicone fluids 1.C.6.b.2.Electromagnets 3.A.l.e.3. Auorine production C3Electron beam machines tools 2.B.l.cA. Auoroelastomer components 1.A.l.c.Electron beam vapour deposition Auoroelastomer technology 1.E.2.b.

equipment 2.B.5.c. Ay-by-light source code 7.D.3.d.3.Electronic equipment, military MLll Ay-by-wire or fly-by-light source code 7.D.3.d.3.Emulators for microcircuits 3.A.2.h. Foam t syntactic 8.C.Enclosures for fuel cells 8.A.2J.3.a. Focal plane arrays 6.A.2.a.l.

88 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 91: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Frequency agilityFrequency agilityFrequency changersFrequency hoppingFrequency inversionFrequency standards, atomicFrequency synthesiser assembliesFrequency synthesiser signal generatorsFrequency synthesiser, instruments

ND ChinaFuel cell air-independant power systemsFuel cell enclosuresFuel element fabrication plantFuel thickeners

Gas bearing technology for gas turbinesGas centrifugeGas masksGas projectorsGas systems, monoatomicGas turbine blade and vane drilling

equipmentGas turbine blade and vane measuring

equipmentGas turbine componentsGas turbine development systemsGas turbine engine component hole

drilling technologyGas turbine engine testing softwareGas turbines, aeroGas turbines, marineGas-lubricated bearingsGaseous diffi.IsionGatewaysGear manufacturing machine toolsGearing, lightweight for vehicles and vesselsGeophones, terrestrialGimbalsGlassGlassGlass preformsGlobal positioning systems (GPS)

and componentsGlobal positioning systems(GPS)

source codeGPS (global positioning systems)

and componentsGradiometersGraruometersGraphics accelerators and coprocessorsGraphite, nuclear gradeGravimeter softwareGravimeter test equipmentGravity meters (gravimeters)GrenadesGrinding machinesGuidance controlGun-carriersGunsGyro production equipmentGyro technologyGyro-astro compassesGyros and componentsHafuium (metal, alloys and conlpounds)Hair type absorbersHalf-tracksHead-up displays source codeHeading reference systems source codeHeat source materials

5.A.l.b.8.5.A.2.e.C65.A.l.b.8.5.A.2.c.3.3.A.2.g.3.A.2.b.3.A.2.d.

3. NOTE b.8.A.2J.3.8.A.2J.3.a.B4ML4

9.E.3.a.13.BI and C6ML7ML28.A.2J .2.b.

9.B.1.b.

9.B.1.a.9.A.3.9.B.2.

9.E.3.c.9.D.4.d.9.A.1.9.A.2.2.A.4.BI5.A.1.b. NOTE a.l1.2.B.3.8.A.2.o.l.d.6.A.1.b.6.A.4.e.3.6.C.4.e.6.C.4.£5.C.1.

7.A.5.

7.D.3.b.2.

7.A.5.6.A.6.6.A.7.4.A.3.h.A66.D.3.g.6.B.7.6.A.7.ML42.B.l.c.l.7.A.3.ML6ML27.B.3.7.E.4.a.4.7.A.4.7.A.2.A8l.C.1.a.1.ML67.D.3.d.7.7.D.2.A13

Heavy waterHeavy water production plantHelicopter power transfer system technologyHelicopter systems development technologyHelmetsHigh pressure nozzlesHigh pressure thrust chambersHigh pressure turbo pump componentsHigh pressure turbo pumpsHousings, high pressure, for underwaterHovercraft, fully skirtedHovercraft, ridged sidewallHowitzersHull penetrator and connectorsHybrid rocket propulsion systemsHydraulic fluidsHydraulic stretch-forming machine

technologyHydridesHydrocarbon oils, syntheticHydrofoil vesselsHydrofoilsHydrophonesHydrophonesHydroxy-napthoic acidHydroxybenzoic acid

Image enhancementImage enhancementImage intensifier tubesImage intensifiersImage invertersImage recognition etc.Image systems for underwaterImaging equipmentlmaging equipment, direct viewlmaging sensors, multispectralIncendiary bombsInertial navigation (ships)Inertial navigation accelerometersInertial navigation source codeInertial systems technologyInertial systems, equipment and

components - aircraftInertial systems, equipment and

components - spacecraftInformation securityInformation security softwareInfrared equipmentInorganic fibreInput/output unitsInput/output units NOInspection equipment for rocket motorsInspection equipment, dimensionalInspection equipment, surface irregularitiesInspection equipment, ultrasonicInspection equipment, X-rayInstrumentation for gas turbine

developmentInstrumentation for wind tunnelsInsulation systems for solid rocketsIntegrated circuits temperature ratingIntegrated circuits, A-to-D and

D-to-A convertersIntegrated circuits!. compoundIntegrated circuits, customIntegrated circuits, digitalIntegrated circuits, gate arraysIntegrated circuits, logic arrays

A3B59.E.3.d.7.E.4.c.ML139.A.6.e.9.A.6.e.9.A.6.d.9.A.6.d.8.A.2.a.1.8.A.l.£:B.A.l.g.ML28.A.2.c.9.A.9.1.C.6.a.

2.E.3.c.3.C.4.l.C.6.a.1.8.A.l.h.B.A.2.m.6.A.i.a.2.a.6.A.l.a.2.b.1.C.8.b.2.b.1.C.8.b.2.c.

4.A.3. NOTE 1.4.A.3.g.6.A.2.a.2.ML156.A.2.a.2.b.i.4.A.3.a.8.A.2.£ML126.A.2.c.6.A.2.b.ML4ML97.A.1.7.D.2.7.E.4.a.4.

7.A.3.a.

7.A.3.b.5.A.2.4.D.3.e.ML12 and ML 15t.C.I0.c.4.A.3.f.4. NOTES 2.9.B.7.2.B.6.2.B.6.d.l.B.1.f.1.B.1.£:

9.B.2.9.B.5.9.A.8.a.3.A.i.a.2.

3.A.l.a.5.3.A.1.a.4.c.3.A. l.a.10.3.A.l.a.l1.3.A.l.a.7.3.A.1.a.8.

Security Export Control September '9'"1 89

Page 92: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Integrated circuits, microwaveIntegrated circuits, neural networksIntegrated circuits, opticalIntegrated circuits, radiation hardenedIntegrated circuits, storageIntegrated services digital network (ISDN)Integrated Services Digital Network (ISDN)

technologyInteractive graphics, numerical

control - technologyInterface equipment, tenninalInterferometer systemsInterlacing machinesIntermediate amplifier equipmentIntrinsically conductive polymersInverters, frequencyIon beam systemsIon implantation equipment non

electronic substratesIon implantation equipment,

semiconductor processingIon plating equipment for non

electronic substratesIron matrix alloysISDN (Integrated services digital network)ISDN (Integrated Se~ces Digital

Network) technologyIsostatic pressesIsotope separation equipment, lithiumIsotopic separation plants

Jig grinders

LaminatesLanding systems, microwaveLarge calibre armamentsLaser beam machines toolsLaser communications technologyLaser diagnostic equipmentLaser manufacturing and inspection

equipmentLaser radar (LIDAR)Laser technologyLaser wavelength - telecomsLasersLasers - telecomsLasers NOLasers NO ChinaLasers, carbon dioxideLasers, carbon monoxideLasers, chemicalLasers, componentsLasers, components and equipmentLasers, dye or other liquidLasers, excimerLasers, free electronLasers,gasLasers, gas discharge and ionLasers, gas, otherLasers, metal vapourLasers, neodymium glassLasers, neodynlium-dopedLasers, other non-tunableLasers, Q-switchedLasers, RamanLasers, rubyLasers, semiconductorLasers, solid state, non-tunableLasers, solid state, tunable

3.A.l.b.2.3.A.l.a.9.3.A.l.a.6.3.A.l.a.l.3.A.l.aA.5.A.l.c.2.

5.E.l.b.8.

2.E.3.a.l.4.A.3.k.2.B.NOTE1.B.l.c.5.A.l.b. NOTE a.3.1.C.l.c.C63.B.5.

2.B.5.b.

3.B.2.

2.B.5.g.1.CA.5.A.1.c.2.

5.E.l.b.8.2.BA.C4Bl

2.B.l.c.l.

1.A.25.A.l.£ML22.B.l.cA.5.E.l.b.2.6.A.5.g.2.

6.B.5.6.A.8J.6.E.3.e.5.A.l.bA.a.ML235.A.1.bA.6. NOTES 7-8.6. NOTES 11.6.A.5.aA.6.A.5.a.3.6.A.5.a.5.6.A.5.£6.A.5.6.A.5.d.6.A.5.a.l.6.A.5.e.6.A.5.a.6.A.5.a.6.6.A.5.A.7.6.A.5.a.2.6.A.5.c.2.b.6.A.5.c.2.c.6.A.5.c.2.d.6.A.5.c.2.c.6.A.5. NOTE 3.6.A.5.c.2.a.6.A.5.b.6.A.5.c.26.A.5.c.l

Lasers, super high power (SHPL)LathesLaunch vehicle composite componentsLaunch vehiclesLIDAR (Laser radar)Lift fansLight back scatter minimisationLight systems for underwaterLights for underwater, argon arcLine tenninating equipmentLinear feedback unitsLinear measuring equipmentLinear-angular measuring equipmentLiquid crystal copolymersLiquid rocket propulsion componentsLiquid rocket propulsion systemsLithium (metal, hyrides and alloys)Lithium deuteridesLithium isotope separationLithography equipmentLogic processorsLubricating materials

Machine gunsMachine pistolsMachine toolsMachine tools - parts thereforMachine tools for gear manufactureMachine tools for generating optical

quality surfacesMachining centresMagnesium alloysMagnesium alloysMagnetic gradiometersMagnetic metalsMagnetometer softwareMagnetometer technologyMagnetometersMagnetostrictive alloysManipulators, articulated, for underwaterManipulators, articulated, for

underwater, NDManufactures from fluorinated compoundsManufactures from fluoroelastomersManufactures from non-fluorinated

polymeric substancesManufacturing process technology,

metal-workingMarine gas turbinesMask making equipmentMasksMass spectrometersMaterials processing equipment

development technologyMaterials processing equipment

production technologyMeasuring equipment for gas turbine

blades and vanesMeasuring equipment, angularMeasuring equipment, linearMeasuring equipment, linear-angularMedia access unitsMercury cadmium tellurideMercury cadmium tellurideMessage authentication code (MAC) NDMetal alloy materialsMetal alloy powdersMetal alloy production systems

and components

6.A.5.g.2.B.1.b.9.A.IO.9.AA.6.A.8J.8.A.2.1.8.A.2.d.2.8.A.2.g.8.A.2.g.2.5.A.1.b. NOTE a.2.2.B.8.b.2.B.6.b.1.2.B.6.c.I.C.8.b.9.A.6.9.A.5.A7A3C43.B.7.4.A.3. NOTE 1.1.C.6.b.

MLlMLl2.B.1.2.B.8.2.B.3.

2.B.2.2.B.l.b.1.C.2.b.l.e.1.C.2.a.2.e.6.A.6.d.1.C.3.6.0.3.£6.E.3.£6.A.6.1.C.3.b.8.A.2.i.

8. NOTE.1.A.1.1.A.1.c.

1.A.3.

2.E.3.b.9.A.2.3.B.7.b.3.B.8.Bl

2.E.1.

2.E.2.

9.B.1.a.2.B.6.b.2.2.B.6.b.l.2.B.6.c.5.A.l.b. NOTE a.12.6.A.5.£6.C.2.b.5 NOTES PT 2. 4.b.1.C.2.1.C.2.

1.B.2.

90 Security Export Control September 1991

Page 93: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Metal alloysMetal coated fibre preformsMetal matrix composite strocturesMetal matrix laminatesMetal-organic compoundsMethyl substituted biphenyleneMethyl substituted naphthaleneMethyl substituted phenyleneMicrochannel plateMicroprocessor, microcomputer

and microcontrollerMicrowave assembliesMicrowave integrated circuitsMicrowave landing systemsMicrowave modulesMicrowave solid state amplifiersMicrowave test receiversMicrowave transistorsMicrowave weapon systemsMilitary aircraftMilitary helicoptersMilitary nuclear reactorsMilling machineMines6.A.2.d.2.b.MirrorsMissile components from

fluorinated materialsMissiles, guided or unguidedMission systems source codeMobile repair shopsModemsModemsModems ND ChinaMonitorsMonoatomic gas systemsMortarsMotion control boards for machine toolsMotion control systems for vesselsMotors, direct current, for submersiblesMulti-data-stream processing technologyMultilevel securityMultimode fibre (see optical fibre).Multiple domed conlbustor technologyMultiplex equipment

NaphthaleneNaval equipmentNavigation test equipmentNeptuniumNetwork access controllerNetwork access controllersNetwork access cuntrollersNetwork analysersNetwork controlNetwork control technologyNeural computersNeutron generator systemsNickel (powder and metal)Nickel alloyNickel alloyNickel aluminidesNickel matrix alloysNickel-based alloysNight imaging systemsNiobium alloyNiobium alloyNiobium-titanium superconductive

filaments

1.C.2.a.1.C.tO.e.t.A.2.b.1.A.2.b.3.C.3.1.C.8.b.l.b.1.C.8.b.1.b.1.C.8.b.1.b.6.A.2.a.2.a.2.

3.A.l.a.3.3.A.l.b.6.3.A.l.b.2.5.A.1.£3.A.l.b.2.3.A.1.bA.3.A.2.£3.A.l.b.3.ML23ML 10MLI0C22.B.1.b.ML 4 Minicoolers

6.AA.a.

1.A.1.c.ML47.D.3.c.ML65.A.l.b. NOTE a.8.5.A.l.b.3.a.5 NOTES PT 1. 7.4.A.3.i.8.A.2J.2.b.ML22.B.1.b.8.A.2.n.8.A.2.a.2.4.E.2.b.5.A.2.£A.1.9.E.3.a.3.5.A.1.b. NOTE a.7.

1.C.8.b.1.a.ML97.B.1.A135.A.l.c.8.b.5.A.1.b.3.c.5.A.l.c.5.3.A.2.e.5.A.l.d.5.E.l.b.6.4.AA.b.ClA51.C.2.a.2.a.1.C.2.b.1.a.1.C.2.a.1.1.CA.1.C.2.a.l.6.A.2.c.1.C.2.a.2.b.1.C.2.b.l.b.

1.C.5.a.

Noise reduction for fuel cellsNoise reduction for underwater dieselsNoise reduction systems for vesselsNon-composite ceramic materialsNon-fluorinated polymeric manufacturesNon-fluorinated pOlymeric substancesNozzles for solid rocketsNuclear heat sourcesNuclear reactorsNumerical control softwareNumerical control unitsNumerical control units - parts therefore

Object detection or location systemsOptical amplifiers - telecomsOptical cables and fibre, telecoms NDOptical componentsOptical components, space qualifiedOptical computersOptical control equipmentOptical detectorsOptical equipmentOptical fibre and accessories for underwaterOptical fibre cables and equipment FCOptical fibre communications cableOptical fibre components and accessoriesOptical fibre manufacturing equipment

NDChinaOptical fibre preformsOptical fibre preformsOptical fibre preformsOptical fibre technology for underwater useOptical fibre test equipment, telecoms NDOptical fibre, telecoms NDOptical fibresOptical fibresOptical fibresOptical fibres, sensing, high birefringenceOptical filtersOptical materialsOptical sensors FCOptical sensors NDOptical sensors ND ChinaOptical switchesOptical switchingOptical technologyOptical test equipmentOptics NDOrganic fibreOrganic fibre preformsOrganic matrix composite strocturesOrganic matrix laminates

Packet switchesParachutesParallel processingPart programme generator - technologyParticle beam systemParticulate metal alloyPhased array antennaePhenyl substituted biphenylenePhenyl substituted naphthalenePhenyl substituted phenylenePhenylenePhenylenePhosphazene elastomers, fluorinatedPhotocathodesPhotoconductive arraysPhotodiodes

8.A.2J.3.a.8.A.2J.2.c.8.A.2.o.3:l.C.7.b.t.A.3.t.C.S.9.A.8.c.At3B32.D.2.b.2.B.l.a.2.B.9.

6.A.1.a.l.b.5.A.1.b.4.e.5 NOTES PT 1. 2.6.AA.b.6.A.4.c.4.A.4.c.6.A.4.e.6.A.2.a.6.A.5.g.5.A.l.e.3.5 NOTES PT 1. 13.5.A.1.e.5.A.1.e.

5 NOTES PT 1. 11.5 NOTES PT 1. 10.6.C.2.c6.CA.h.5.E.l.b.3.5 NOTES PT 1. 3.5.NOTES PT 1. 1.5.A.l.e.6.A.l.a.2.a.2.6.AA.£6.A.2.d.3.6.A.4.d.6.C.4.c.6. NOTES 5.6. NOTES 2-4.6. NOTES 11.6.AA.d.3.5.A.1.c.9.6.E.3.d.6.BA.6. NOTES 6.1.C.IO.a.1.C.IO.e.2.1.A.2.a.1.A.2.a.

5.A.1.c.8.MLI04.A.3.d.2.E.3.a.2.ML231.C.2.b..

5.A.l.f.1.C.S.b.t.b.1.C.8.b.l.b.1.C.8.b.l.b.l.C.6.b.1.1.C.S.b.1.a.l.C.9.c.6.A.2.a.2.6.A.2.a.3.6.A.2.a.4.

Security Export Control September,gg191

Page 94: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Photographic equipmentPhototransistorsPhotovoltaic arraysPhotovoltaic arrays, space qualifiedPiezoelectric ceramicsPiezoelectric polymer manufacturesPiezoelectric polymersPistolsPlanar absorbersPlants, reprocessingPlants, separationPlasma spraying equipment for

electronic substratesPlutoniumPoint ofsale terminals NDPoly phenylene-vinylenePoly thienylene-vinylenePolyamide fibres, aromatic technologyPolyamide-imides, aromaticPolyanilinePolyarylene ether ketonesPolyarylene ketonesPolyarylene sulphidesPolybenzothiazoles technologyPolybenzoxazoles technologyPolybiphenylenethersulph9nePolybromotrifluoroethyenePolycarbosilazanesPolycarbosilazanesPolycWorotrifluoroethylenePolydiorganosilanesPolyetherimide fibrePolyetherimides, aromaticPolyimides, aromaticPolyimides, fluorinatedPolymeric substances, non-fluorinatedPolypyrrolePolysilazanesPolysilazanesPolythiophenePosition control ofsubmersiblePosition encodersPotassium titanyl arsenatePowder metal alloysPowder metallurgy engine

component technologyPowder metallurgy manufacturing

equipmentPowdered metal alloysPower amplifiers, linearPower generating systems, nuclear reactorPower systems, fuel cellPre-emptionPrecursor ceramic materialsPrecursor conversion equipment for ceramicsPrecursor conversion equipment for fibresPrecursors, explosivesPreform production equipmentPreforms ofglassPrepregs production equipmentPresses, isostaticPressure housings or pressure hulls

for underwaterPressure hulls or pressure housings

for underwaterPressure suitsPriority and pre-emptionProduction equipment for fibresProduction equipment for metal alloys

ML126.A.2.a.4.6.A.2.a.3.3.A.1.e.l.c.6.A.1.a.2.a.2.I.A.I.b.6.A.1.a.2.a.2.ML 11.C.1.a.3.B2BI

2.B.5.d.Al, A13 and A145 NOTES PT 2. 4.1.C.1.c.1.C.1.c.1.E.2.d.1.C.8.a.2.1.C.1.C.1.C.8.c.1.C.8.d.1.C.8.e.1.E.2.a.1.E.2.a.l.C.8.£l.C.6.c.3.l.C.7.e.l ...1.C.8.e.3.1.C.6.c.2.l.C.7.e.1.1.C.l0.d.1.1.C.8.a.4.1.C.8.a.3.1.C.9.b.1.C.8.1.C.l.c.1.C.7.e.1.1.C.8.e.2.1.C.1.c.8.A.2.b.3.A.l.£6.C.4.b.l.C.2.b.

9.E.3.a.9.

9.B.9.1.C.2.5.A.l.b.7.a.C28.A.2J.3.5.A.l.c.3.1.C.7.e.I.B.l.d.l.B.l.d.ML81.B.!5.C.1.1.B.1.e.2.B.4.

8.A.2.a.l.

8.A.2.a.l.MLI05.A.1.c.3.l.B.l.d.1.B.2

Production equipment for prepregsProduction equipment, militaryProduction equipment, tritiumProduction plant, heavy waterProduction plant, uranium hexaflourideProduction software for propulsion systemsProduction technology for

propulsion systemsProduction technology, militaryProfilometersProjectile launchersProjection telescopePropellant storage systems for liquid rocketsPropellantsPropeller softwarePropeller technologyPropellers and transmission for vehicles

and vesselsPropellers, contrarotatingPropellers, controllable pitchPropellers, controllable pitch, for vesselsPropellers, pre-swerl or post-swerlPropellers, supercavitating, super-ventilatedPropellers, ventilated and base

ventilated for vesselsPropulsion equipment, nuclearPropulsion motors, direct current,

for submersiblesPropulsion system development technologyPropulsion system production technologyPropulsion systems, aero gas turbinesPropulsion systems, combined cycle enginesPropulsion systems, hybrid rocketsPropulsion systems, liquid rocketsPropulsion systems, marine gas turbinesPropulsion systems, pumpjetPropulsion systems, ramjetsPropulsion systems, scramjetsPropulsion systems, solid rocketsPumpjet propulsion systemsPyrotechnic flare signalsPYrotechnic projectorsPyrotechnics

QAM - quadrature-amplitude-modulationQuadrature-amplitude-modulation (QAM)

RadarRadarNDRadar softwareRadar test equipmentRadar, doppler, velocity source codeRadiation hardened integrated circuitsRadiation hardened photovoltaic arraysRadio equipmentRadio equipment frequencies - telecomsRadio equipment modulation - telecomsRadio equipnlent, digital, NDRadio relay communications equipment FeRadio relay communications ND ChinaRadio transmission media simulators/

channel estimatorsRadio, digitally controlledRadioactive agentsRadiotelephonesRamjetsRange findersRankine cycle engineReaction generator systems

l.B.l.e.ML18CSB5B69.D.2.

9.E.2.ML 187.B.2.b.ML26.A.5.g.4.9.A.6.£ML88.D.2.8.E.2.a.

8.A.2.o.1.8.A.2.o.l.b.8.A.2.o.2.a.8.A.2.o.2.a.8.A.2.o.1.c.8.A.2.o.1.a.

8.A.2.o.2.e.C2

8.A.2.a.2.9.E.1.9.E.2.9.A.l.9.A.11.9.A.9.9.A.5.9.A.2.8.A.2.p.9.A.l1.9.A.l1.9.A.7.8.A.2.p.ML4ML2ML8

5.A.l.b.6.a.5.A.l.b.6.a.

6.A.8.6. NOTES 9-106.D.3.h.6.B.8.7.D.3.b.1.3.A.1.a.1.3.A.l.e.l.c.5.A.1.b. NOTE a.1.5.A.1.b.5.5.A.1.b.6.5 NOTES PT 1. 5.5.NOTES PT 1. 12.5 NOTES PT 1.8.

5.B.l.b.3.5.A.1.b.9.ML75 NOTES PT 2. l.d.9.A.l1.ML58.A.2.j.1.Cl

92 .. Security Export Control SeptBmber 1991

Page 95: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Reacton, nuclearReceiving equipment for radio,

television, eteRechargable battriesRecoilless riflesRecording equipmentRecording equipment - ND ChinaRecording equipment, analogueRecording equipment, digital

instrumentationRecording equipment, digital videoRecovery vehiclesRefuellingRegenerator equipmentRepeater equipmentReprocessing plantsResist materialsResist materials - ND ChinaReticlesRevolversRiflesRing laser gyro test equipmentRobotsRobotsRobots for underwaterRocket launchersRocket motor cases, filament woundRocket motor inspection equipmentRocket propulsion systemsRocket propulsion systemsRocketsRoller bearingsRotary feedback unitsRotor blade tip clearance control softwareRotor blade tip clearance control

technologyRoutersRouting or switching of datagram packetsRouting or switching offast select packets

Salvage systems, submersibleSalvage systems, surfaceSapphire, titanium dopedSatellite telecommunications equipment

technologySatellite-earth stationsScatterometersScramblingScramjetsSearchlightsSecure communications cable systemsSelf-propelled gunsSelf-service statement printers NDSensors, multispectral imagingSHPL (super high power lasers)Shutters, electronically triggeredSignal analysersSignal processingSignal processingSignal processing, digitalSilahydrocarbon oils, syntheticSilencers, firearmSilicon carbideSilicon carbides technologySilicon nitrides technologySilicon oxides technologySilicone fluids, fluorinatedSilver gallium selenideSingle crystal blade and vane technology

B3

5 NOTES PT 2. Le.3.A.1.e.1.b.ML23.A.2.a.3. NOTE c.3.A.2.a.1.

3.A.2.a.3.3.A.2.a.2.ML6ML 105.A.l.b. NOTE a.5.5.A.1.b. NOTE a.4.B23.C.2.3. NOTEd.3.B.8.MLlML 17.B.2.2.B.7.ML 178.A.2.h.ML29.A.8.b.9.B.7.9.A.5.9.A.7.ML42.A.l2.B.8.c.9.D.4.f.

9.E.3.a.12.5.A.1.c.8.5.A.l.c.5.5.A.1.c.5.

8.A.1.b.1.8.A.1.e.6.C.5.a.

5.E.1.b.1.5.A.l.b.5.a.7.B.2.a.5.A.2.c.1. & 2.9.A.l1.ML 175.A.2.g.ML65 NOTES PT 2. 4.b.6.A.2.b.6.A.5.g.ML223.A.2.c.4.A.3. NOTE 1.4.A.3.g.5.A.1.b.l0.1.C.6.a.1.ML 176.C.4.d.I.E.2.c.l.a.3.I.E.2.c.l.a.4.1.E.2.c. La. 1.1.C.6.b.2.6.C.4.b.2.9.E.3.a.2.

Single crystal casting control softwareSingle crystal casting equipment for

blades and vanesSingle mode fibre (see optical fibre)Sintered ferrite absorbenSkin friction transducenSkirts, seals and fingenSlide assembliesSlush hydrogen storage and transfer systemsSmall armsSmall waterplane area vesselsSmart cardsSmoke canistenSmoke grenadesSmoke projectorsSmooth bore weaponsSoftwareSoftwareSoftware - advanced materialsSoftware - computersSoftware - electronicsSoftware - information securitySoftware - marineSoftware - materials processingSoftware - navigation and avionicsSoftware - propulsionSoftware - sensors and lasersSoftware - telecommunicationsSoftware for advanced materialsSoftware for digital cellular radioSoftware for directional solidification

casting controlSoftware for electronic test facilities

for enginesSoftware for engine test data validationSoftware for FADEC systemsSoftware for gas turbine testingSoftware for materials processing

equipmentSoftware for propulsion system

developmentSoftware for propulsion system

productionSoftware for rotor blade tip clearance

controlSoftware for single crystal castilfg controlSoftware for stored program controlleddigital equipmentSoftware for vibration test equipmentSoftware in generalSoftware releases, information securitySoftware source code for inertial navigationSoftware, computenSoftware, expert systemsSoftware, information securitySoftware, operating systemsSoftware, real time operating systemsSoftware, specificSoftware, technologySoftware, validationSolenoidsSolid rocket bonding systemsSolid rocket insulation systemsSolid rocket motor cases, filament woundSolid rocket movable nozzlesSolid rocket propulsion system componentsSolid rocket propulsion systemsSolid rocket thrust nozzlesSolid rocket thrust vector control systems

l

,CJ..p.4.e. " ,I'

9.B;Le. '.5.A.l.e~l.a.

1.C.La.4..9.B;8.8.A.2.k.2.B.8.d.9.A.6.e.MLl8.A.1.i.5 NOTES PT 2. La.ML4ML4ML2MLlML24Dl1.D.4.0.3.D.5.D.2.8.D.2.D.7.D.9.D.6.D.5.D.1.1.D.5.D.1.c.2.

9.D.4.e.

9.DA.c.9.D.4.b.9.D.3.9.DA.d.

2.D.1.

9.D.1.

9.D.2.

9.D.4.f.9.D.4.e.

5.D.1.e.1.9.D.4.a.SOFTWARE NOTE5 NOTES PT 2. 2.7.D.2.4.D.1.4.D.3.d.4.D.3.e.4.D.3.c.4.D.3.f.4.D.3.4.D.2.4.D.3.a.3.A.l.e.3.9.A.8.a.9.A.8.a.9.A.8.b.9.A.8.e.9.A.8.9.A.7.9.A.8.e.9.A.8.d.

SecuritY Export ContI'el~ 199J 83

Page 96: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Solid state joining equipment 9.B.4. Technology - advanced materials LE.Solid state joining technology 9.E.3.a.7. Technology - computers 4.E.Sonar log equipment 6.A.1.c. Technology - electronics 3.E.Source code genrating software 4.D.3.b. Technology - information security 5.E.2.Space launch vehicles 9.A.4. Technology - marine 8.E.Space qualified photovoltaic arrays 3.A.1.e.1.c. Technology - materials processing 2.E.Space-qualified optical components 6.A.4.c. Technology - navigation and avionics 7.E.Spacecraft 9.A.4. Technology - propulsion 9.E.Spacecraft - inertial systems and equipment 7.A.3.b. , Technology - sensors and lasers 6.E.Speech recognition etc. 4.A.3.a. Technology- telecommunications 5.E.1.Spindle assemblies 2.B.8.a. Technology for adjustable flow pathSpread spectrum 5.A.1.b.8. geometry 9.E.3.a.11.Spread spectrum 5.A.2.e. Technology for advanced materials 1.E.1.Sputter deposition 'equipment non Technology for aluminium oxides l.E.2.c.l.a.1.

electronic substrates 2.B.5.e. Technology for aromatic polyamide fibres 1.E.2.d.SQUIDS 6.A.6.h. Technology for boron carbides l.E.2.c.l.a.3.Stabilised light sources (lasers) 5.A.l. Technology for boron nitrides l.E.2.c.l.a.2.Stabilisers, explosives ML8 Technology for ceramic, base material 1.E.2.c.Static fabric technology 5.E.l.b.5. Technology for ceramic, non-compositeStatistical multiplexers 5.A.1.b. NOTE a.7. material 1.E.2.c.Statistical multiplexers 5.A.1.c. Technology for composite gas turbineStep and repeat equipment 3.B.7.a. components 9.E.3.a.4.Stirling Cycle engine 8.A.2.j.l. Technology for composite propeller blades 9.E.3.b.2.Storage production equipment 4.B. Technology for composite propfans 9.E.3.b.2.Storage, solid state 4.A.3.e. Technology for composite structures repair 1.E.2.f.Storage, solid state, ND 4. NOTES 2. Technology for cooled turbine blades 9.E.3.a.6.Stored programme controlled switching 5.A.l.c. Technology for diesel engine ceramicStrobes for underwater 8.A.2.g.1. components 9.E.3.e.2.a.Submarine nets ML~ Technology for diesel engine cylinderSubmarines ML9 wall lubrication 9.E.3.e.3.Submersibles, manned, tethered 8.A.l.a. Technology for diesel engine multifuelSubmersibles, manned, untethered 8.A.1.b. systems 9.E.3.e.2.c.Submersibles, unmanned, tethered 8.A.l.c. Technology for diesel engine turbochargers 9.E.3.e.2.b.Submersibles, unmanned, untethered 8.A.1.d. Technology for diesel engines 9.E.3.e.1.Subscriber line interfaces 5.A.l.c.2. Technology for diffusion bonding 2.E.3.b.lSubstrates for semiconductors 3.C.1. Technology for diffusion bonding 9.E.3.a.8.Superconductive composite conductors 1.C.5. Technology for direct-acting hydraulicSuperconductive devices or circuits 3.A.l.d. pressing 2.E.3.b.lSuperconductive electromagnetic Technology for directionally solidified

energy storage 3.A.l.e.4. blades and vanes 9.E.3.a.l.Superconductive electromagnetic sensors Technology for FADEC systems 9.E.3.a.l0.

and materials 6.A.6.h. Technology for fluoroelastomer 1.E.2.b.Superconductive electromagnets Technology for gas turbine engine

or solenoids 3.A.l.e.3. component drilling 9.E.3.c.Superconductive equipment ML20 Technology for gas ~bine gas bearings 9.E.3.a.13.Superplastic forming equipment 1.B.3. Technology for heljcopter powerSuperplastic forming technology 2.E.3.b.l transfer systems 9.E.3.d.Suppressed compromising eminations 5.A.2.d. Technology for hydraulic stretch-formingSurface acoustic wave devices 3.A.1.c.1. machines 2.E.3.c.Surface inspection equipment 2.B.6.d. Technology for materials processingSurface vessels ML9 equipment 2.E~1.

Surface-effect vehicles, fully skirted 8.A.l.£ Technology for materials processingSurface-effect vehicles, ridged sidewall 8.A.l.g. equipment 2.E.2.SWA (Small waterplane area vessels) 8.A.l.i. Technology for metal working processes 2.E.3.b.Switched terminal interfaces 5.A.l.c.2. Technology for multiple domed combustors 9.E.3.a.3.Switching, stored programme controlled 5.A.1.c. Technology for numerical controlSyntactic foam B.C. expert systems 2.E.3.a.3.Synthetic hydrocarbon oils l.C.6.a.1. Technology for numericalSynthetic silahydrocarbon oils 1.C.6.a.l. control interactive 2.E.3.a.1.Systolic array computers 4.A.4.a. Technology for part programme generators 2.E.3.a.2.

Technology for polyamide fibres, aromatic l.E.2.d.Tank destroyers ML2 Technology for polybenzothiazoles 1.E.2.a.Tanks ML6 Technology for polybenzoxazoles 1.E.2.a.Tape-laying machines 1.B.1.b. Technology for powder metallurgyTapered roller bearings 2.A.3. engine components 9.E.3.a.9.Target acquisition systems ML23 Technology for propulsion systemTCSEC (trusted computer system development 9.E.1.

evaluation criteria) 5.A.2.£ Technology for propulsion systemTear gas ML7 production 9.E.2.

94 Security,Export Control September 1997

Page 97: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Technology for rotor blade tip Transmission shaft systems 8.A.2.o.1.e.clearance control 9.E.3.a.12. Transmission systems for surface

Technology for silicon carbides 1.E.2.c.1.a.3. vehicles and vessels 8.A.2.o.1.Technology for silicon nitrides 1.E.2.c.l.aA. Transmission systems, vessels 8.A.2.o.2.d.Technology for silicon oxides 1.E.2.c.1.a.1. Transmitting equipment 1.5 to 87.5 MHz 5.A.1.b.7.Technology for single crystal Transmultiplex equipment 5.A.1.b. NOTE a.9.

blades and vanes 9.E.3.a.2. Travelling wave tubes (TWR) 3.A.l.b.l.a.Technology for solid state joining 9.E.3.a.7. Tritium (compounds, mixturesTechnology for superplastic forming 2.E.3.b.l and products) A12Technology for tilt rotor power Tritium production equipment CS

transfer systems 9.E.3.d. Trusted computer system evaluationTechnology for tilt wing power criteria (TCSEC) 5.A.2.f.

transfer systems 9.E.3.d. Tungsten alloys 1.CA.Technology for uncooled turbine blades 9.E.3.a.5. Turning centres 2.B.1.b.Technology for wide chord hollow blades 9.E.3.a.14. TV - low light underwater systems 8.A.2.d.3.Technology for wind tunnel aero models 9.E.3.b.1. TV - underwater systems 8.A.2.d.Technology for zirconium oxides 1.E.2.c.1.a.1. TV cameras 8.A.2.d.Technology in general TECHNOLOGY TWR (Travelling wave tubes) 3.A.1.b.1.a.

NOTETelecoms equipment and systems FC Ultrasonic inspection equipment 1.B.1.f.

to PollHun/C & SFR. 5.NOTES PT 1. 15. Uncooled turbine blade technology 9.E.3.a.5.Telecoms equipment environmental Underwater communications 5.A.1.b.l1.

characteristics 5.A.1.a. Underwater optical fibre technology 5.E.1.b.3.Telecoms equipment, systems, Underwater swimming apparatus ML 17

test equipment etc, ND 5.NOTES PT 1. 4. Underwater vessels ML9Telecoms materials 5.C.1. Unprocessed fluorinated compounds 1.C.9.Telecoms test, inspection & production Uranium hexatluoride production plant B6

equipment 5.B.2. Uranium titanium alloys 1.CA.Telecoms test, inspection and production Uranium, natural or depleted AI, A2 and A14

equipment 5.B.1.Telecoms transmission equipment 5.A.1.b. Vacuum tubes and cathodes 3.A.1.b.1.Television equipment 5.A.2.c.6. Validation software 4.D.3.a.Tellurium 6.C.2.a. Vector processors 4.A.3. NOTE 1.Terephtahalic acid 1.C.8.b.2.a. Vehicles ML6Terrain data base 7.D.3.b.3. Vessels of war ML9Terrain data bases source code 7.D.3.b.3. Vibration equipment, acoustic 9.B.6.Tertiary-butyl substituted biphenylene 1.C.8.b.1.b. Vibration test equipment software 9.DA.a.Tertiary-butyl substituted naphthalene 1.C.8.b.1.b. Vinylidene fluoride 1.C.9.a.Tertiary-butyl substituted phenylene 1.C.8.b.1.b. Vinylidene fluoride components 1.A.1.b.Test equipment, electron beam 3.B.9.d.Test equipment, integrated circuits 3.B.9.b. Wafer handling systems 3.B.6.Test equipment, microwave Water or liquid jet machines tools 2.B.1.cA.

integrated circuits 3.B.9.c. Water tunnels 8.B.Test equipment, transistors 3.B.9.a. Waveguides, flexible 3.A.1.b.7.Thallium arsenic selenide 6.CA.b. Wavelength division multiplexing 5.A.l.bA.d.Thermal imaging equipment ML 15 Weaving machines 1.B.1.c.Thio-ethers 1.C.6.b.1. Wet-spinning equipment 1.B.1.d.3.Three dimensional displays source code 7.D.3.d.7. Wide chord hollow blade technology 9.E.3.a.14.Thrust vector control systems 9.A.8.d. Wind tunnel aero model technology 9.E.3.b.1.Tilt rotor power transfer system technology 9.E.3.d. Wind tunnel systems 9.B.5.Tilt wing power transfer system technology 9.E.3.d. Winding machines for filaments 1.B.1.a.Time division multiplex 5.A.1.c.1.Titanium alloy 1.C.2.a.2.c. X-ray systems 3.A.1.e.5.Titanium alloy 1.C.2.b.l.c. X-ray tomography inspection equipment 1.B.1.f.Titanium aluminides 1.C.2.a.1.Titanium borides 1.C.7.a. Zinc selenide 6.CA.Titanium borides 1.C.7.b. Zinc sulphide 6.CA.a.Titanium doped sapphire 6.C.5.a. Zirconium (metal, alloys and compounds) A4Titanium-based alloys 1.C.2.a.1. Zirconium oxides technology 1.E.2.c.1.a.1.Tool and cutter grinders 2.B.1.c.1.Torpedoes ML4Torpeo nets ML9Tow-placement machines 1.B.1.b.Toxicological agents ML7Trailers, ammunition ML6Training equipment ML 14Transducers for measuring skin friction 9.B.8.Transistors, microwave 3.A.1.b.3.Translation encoders (transcoders) 5.A.1.b. NOTE a.6.

Security Export Control September 1991 95

Page 98: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept
Page 99: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Please address any comments on the format or contents of thisbooklet to the Sensitive Technologies Unit of the Export ControlOrganisation

Page 100: CoCom Lists - 1991 Sept

Security Export ControlExport licence applications and directly related enquiries:

Department of Trade and IndustryExport Control OrganisationKingsgate House66-74 Victoria StreetLondonSWIE 6SW

All of the units within the Department's Export Control Organisation are located at the above address.

General Enquiries: Tel: 071-2158070Fax: 071-215 8564

• Technical rating requests/advice (Sensitive Technologies Unit)

• General enquiries on export licensing policy (Policy Unit)

• Sanctions - Iraq (Sanctions Unit) Tel: 071-215 8102Fax: 071-215 8386 (24 hours)

• Export Licence applications: (Export Licensing Unit)

• Non-proscribed countries• Proscribed countries• Hong Kong exports to proscribed destinations

• Enquiries on Atomic Energy List items: Department of Energy Tel: 071-238 3000

September 1991. Department of Trade and Industry.Printed in the UK. DTIIPUB843110K/9/91.